msgid "You will see dancing butterflies of different colors and a question. You have to find the correct butterfly and touch it."
msgstr "Du får sjå dansande sommarfuglar med forskjellige fargar, og vert bedd om å finna sommarfuglen som har ein spesiell farge. Finn sommarfuglen og trykk på han."
#. Look at https://gcompris.net/wiki/Advanced_color_translation to see all the advanced colors Color #FF7F50
msgid "Learn to multiply numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr "Læra å raskt gonga saman to tal."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_by/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Multiplication tables from 1 to 10"
msgstr "Du må kjenna til gongetabellen for tala 1–10."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_by/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A multiplication is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type the product of the numbers. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr "Eit gongestykke vert vist på skjermen. Rekn ut svaret og bruk tastaturet eller skjermtastaturet for å skriva det inn. Du må vera rask og skriva inn svaret før pingvinane i luftballongen landar."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Division of numbers"
msgstr "Deling av tal"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the division operation"
msgstr "Øv på å dela"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the result of the division within a limited period of time"
msgstr "Læra å raskt dela to tal på kvarandre."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Division of small numbers"
msgstr "Deling av små tal"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A division is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr "Eit delestykke vert vist på skjermen. Rekn ut svaret og bruk tastaturet eller skjermtastaturet for å skriva det inn. Du må vera rask og skriva inn svaret før pingvinane i luftballongen landar."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Subtraction of numbers"
msgstr "Subtraksjon av tal"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the subtraction operation"
msgstr "Øv på å trekkja frå"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to find the difference between two numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr "Læra å raskt rekna ut differansen mellom to tal."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Subtraction of small numbers"
msgstr "Du må kunna trekkja små tal frå kvarandre."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A subtraction is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr "Eit minusstykke vert vist på skjermen. Rekn ut svaret og bruk tastaturet eller skjermtastaturet for å skriva det inn. Du må vera rask og skriva inn svaret før pingvinane i luftballongen landar."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Addition of numbers"
msgstr "Plussing av tal"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the addition of numbers"
msgstr "Øv på å leggja til"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to find the sum of two numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr "Læra å raskt plussa saman to tal."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simple addition. Can recognize written numbers"
msgstr "Du må kunna leggja saman to små tal."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "An addition is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins land in their balloon!"
msgstr "Eit plusstykke vert vist på skjermen. Rekn ut svaret og bruk tastaturet eller skjermtastaturet for å skriva det inn. Du må vera rask og skriva inn svaret før pingvinane i luftballongen landar."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logical associations"
msgstr "Logiske samanhengar"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Complete the arrangement of fruits"
msgstr "Fullfør fruktrekkja"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logic training activity"
msgstr "Læra logisk tenking og mønstergjenkjenning."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Look at the two sequences. Each fruit in the first sequence has been replaced by another fruit in the second sequence. Complete the second sequence by using the correct fruits, after studying this pattern."
msgstr "Sjå på dei to fruktrekkjene. Kvar frukt i den første rekkja er bytt ut med ei anna frukt i den andre rekkja. Sjå på mønsteret, og fullfør så den andre rekkja ved å bruka rette frukter."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Align four (with a friend)"
msgstr "Fire på rad (mot ein venn)"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Arrange four tokens in a row"
msgstr "Plasser fire kuler på rad"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Create a line of 4 tokens either horizontally (lying down), vertically (standing up) or diagonally."
msgstr "Prøv å få fire kuler på rad, anten vassrett (bortover), loddrett (nedover) eller på skrå."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play with a friend. Take turns to click the line in which you want to drop a token. You can also use the arrow keys to move the token left or right, and the down or space key to drop a token. First player to create a line of 4 tokens wins"
msgstr "Spel mot ein venn. De byter på å velja kva kolonne de vil sleppa ei kule ned i. De kan òg bruka piltastane til å flytta kula til venstre eller høgre, og nedpila eller mellomromstasten for å sleppa ho. Den første spelaren som får fire på rad vinn."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Align four (against Tux)"
msgstr "Fire på rad (mot Tux)"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play with the computer. Take turns to click the line in which you want to drop a token. You can also use the arrow keys to move the token left or right, and the down or space key to drop a token. First player to create a line of 4 tokens wins"
msgstr "Spel mot datamaskina. De byter på å velja kva kolonne de vil sleppa ei kule ned i. Du kan òg bruka piltastane til å flytta kula til venstre eller høgre, og nedpila eller mellomromstasten for å sleppa ho. Den første spelaren som får fire på rad vinn."
msgid "Catch the alphabet letters. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which letter you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgstr "Fang bokstavskyene. Trykk på skya du vil fly til, eller bruk piltastane på tastaturet. For å veta kva bokstav du skal ta, kan du anten hugsa bokstaven sjølv, eller sjå nede til høgre."
"Just type on the real or virtual keyboard like in a wordprocessor.\n"
" Clicking on the 'Title' button will make the text bigger. Similarly, the 'subtitle' button will make the text slightly less bigger. Clicking on 'paragraph' will remove the formatting.\n"
" Press 'Shift' and use the arrow keys to select the text. Use Ctrl+C to copy, Ctrl+V to paste and Crtl+X to cut text. Ctrl+Z can be used to undo changes.\n"
" Try to fiddle around and find more shortcuts. For example, what is the shortcut to select all the text?"
msgstr ""
"Berre skriv på eit virtuelt tastatur, som i ein vanleg teksthandsamar.\n"
" Trykk på «Tittel»-knappen for å gjera teksten mykje større, på «Overskrift»-knappen for å gjera han litt større eller på «Avsnitt»-knappen for å gå tilbake til vanleg storleik.\n"
" Trykk «Shift» og bruk piltastane for å merkja teksten, og trykk «Ctrl + C» for å kopiera han, «Ctrl + V» for å lima han inn og «Ctrl + X» for å klippa han ut. Du kan òg angra endringar med «Ctrl + Z».\n"
" Prøv deg fram og sjå om du finn fleire snøggtastar. Kva er for eksempel snøggtasten for å merkja all teksten?"
msgid "Drag and Drop the items to make them match"
msgstr "Flytt gjenstandane til andre som dei passar saman med."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Motor coordination. Conceptual matching."
msgstr "Finmotorikk. Læra å oppdaga samanhenger mellom ting."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Cultural references."
msgstr "Kulturelle referansar."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In the main board area, a set of objects is displayed. In the vertical box (at the left of the main board) another set of objects is shown, each object in the group on the left matching exactly one object in the main board area. This game challenges you to find the logical link between these objects. How do they fit together? Drag each object to the correct red space in the main area."
msgstr "Midt på skjermen, og i feltet til venstre, ligg det nokre gjenstandar. Kvar av gjenstandane til venstre høyrer på ein eller annan måte saman med ein av gjenstandane i midten. Finn denne samanhengen, og flytt så gjenstaden frå venstrefeltet og til rett raude prikk."
msgid "Ambrosius Bosschaert the Elder, Flower Still Life - 1614"
msgstr "Ambrosius Bosschaert den eldre: Stilleben med blomar (1614)"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Balance Box"
msgstr "Balanseeske"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Navigate the ball to the door by tilting the box."
msgstr "Styr ballen til døra ved å vippa på eska."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice fine motor skills and basic counting."
msgstr "Øv på finmotorikk og enkel teljing."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Navigate the ball to the door. Be careful not to make it fall into the holes. Numbered-contact buttons in the box need to be touched in the correct order to unlock the door. You can move the ball by tilting your mobile device. On desktop platforms use the arrow keys to simulate tilting.\n"
"\n"
"In the <b>configuration dialog</b> you can choose between the default 'Built-in' level set and one that you can define yourself ('User'). A user-defined level set can be created by choosing the 'user' level set and start the level editor by clicking on the corresponding button.\n"
"\n"
"In the <b>level editor</b> you can create your own levels. Choose one of the editing tools on the left side to modify the map cells of the currently active level in the editor:\n"
" Cross: Clear a map cell completely\n"
" Horizontal Wall: Set/remove a horizontal wall on the lower edge of a cell\n"
" Vertical Wall: Set/remove a vertical wall on the right edge of a cell\n"
" Hole: Set/remove a hole on a cell\n"
" Ball: Set the starting position of the ball\n"
" Door: Set the door position\n"
" Contact: Set/remove a contact button. With the spin-box you can adjust the value of the contact button. It is not possible to set a value more than once on a map.\n"
"All tools (except the clear-tool) toggle their respective target on the clicked cell: An item can be placed by clicking on an empty cell, and by clicking again on the same cell with the same tool, you can remove it again.\n"
"You can test a modified level by clicking on the 'Test' button on the right side of the editor view. You can return from testing mode by clicking on the home-button on the bar or by pressing escape on your keyboard or the back-button on your mobile device.\n"
"In the editor you can change the level currently edited by using the arrow buttons on the bar. Back in the editor you can continue editing the current level and test it again if needed.\n"
"When your level is finished you can save it to the user level file by clicking on the 'Save' button on the right side.\n"
"To return to the configuration dialog click on the home-button on the bar or press Escape on your keyboard or the back button on your mobile device."
msgstr ""
"Styr kula til døra. Pass på at ho ikkje fell ned i hòla, og hugs å treffa talknappane i rett rekkjefølgje for å låsa opp døra. Du kan styra kula ved å vippa nettbrettet/mobiltelefonen. På vanlege PC-ar kan du bruka piltastane i staden for.\n"
"\n"
"I <b>oppsettvindauget</b> kan du velja mellom standardbretta («Innebygd») og brettsamlingar som du har laga sjølv («Brukar»). Du kan laga brettsamlinga ved å velja «Brukar»-brettsamlinga og så trykkja på brettredigeringsknappen.\n"
"\n"
"I <b>brettredigeringa</b> kan du laga eigne brett. Vel eitt av redigeringsverktøya til venstre for å endra kartcellene til det opne brettet.\n"
" Kryss: Tøm brettet\n"
" Vassrett vegg: Legg til / fjern ein vassrett vegg under ei celle\n"
" Loddrett vegg: Legg til / fjern ein vassrett vegg til høgre for ei celle\n"
" Hòl: Legg til / fjern eit hòl på ei celle\n"
" Kule: Vel kor kula skal starta\n"
" Dør: Vel kor døra skal stå\n"
" Kontakt: Legg til / fjern ein talknapp. Med talfeltet kan du justera verdien til talknappen. Alle talknappane må ha forskjellige tal.\n"
"Alle verktøya (utanom tømmeverktøyet) legg til eller fjernar den aktuelle gjenstanden på cella du trykkjer på. Du legg til gjenstanden ved å trykkja på dei tom celle. Trykk på cella att for å fjerna gjenstanden.\n"
"Du kan prøva ut eit brett du har laga ved å trykkja på «Test»-knappen til høgre. Du kjem tilbake frå utprøvingsmodus ved å trykkja på heimeknappen, «Escape» på tastaturet eller «Tilbake» på nettbrettet/mobiltelefonen.\n"
"I brettredigeringa kan du byta mellom brett ved å bruka pilsymbola.\n"
"Når du er ferdig med eit brett, kan du lagra det til ei brettsamlingsfil ved å trykkja på lagreknappen til høgre.\n"
"For å komma tilbake til oppsettvindauget, kan du trykkja på heimeknappen, «Escape» på tastaturet eller «Tilbake» på nettbrettet/mobiltelefonen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/balancebox.js:116
#, qt-format
msgctxt "balancebox|"
msgid ""
"The file '%1' is missing!<br>"
"Falling back to builtin levels."
msgstr ""
"Manglar fila «%1».<br>"
"Fell tilbake til dei innebygde bretta."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:519
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Built-in"
msgstr "Innebygd"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:520
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "User"
msgstr "Brukar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:531
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Select your level set"
msgstr "Vel brettsamling"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:540
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Start Editor"
msgstr "Start brettredigering"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:549
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Load saved levels"
msgstr "Opna lagra brett"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:586
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid ""
"You selected the user-defined level set, but you have not yet defined any user levels!<br/>"
" Either create your user levels by starting the level editor or choose the 'built-in' level set."
msgstr ""
"Du har valt ei tilpassa brettsamling, men du har ikkje noko brett.<br/>"
"Anten kan du laga eigne brett ved å starta brettredigeringa eller så kan du velja den innebygde brettsamlinga."
msgid "Press the left and right arrow keys at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgstr "Trykk på venstre og høgre piltast samtidig for å senda ballen rett fram"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Press the left and right arrow at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line. On a touch screen you have to hit the two hands at the same time."
msgstr "Trykk på venstre og høgre piltast samtidig for å senda ballen rett fram. På ein peikeskjerm må du trykkja på dei to hendene samtidig."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/Ballcatch.qml:228
msgctxt "Ballcatch|"
msgid "Tap both hands at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgstr "Trykk på dei to hendene samtidig for å senda ballen rett fram."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/Ballcatch.qml:230
msgctxt "Ballcatch|"
msgid "Press left and right arrow keys at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgstr "Trykk på venstre og høgre piltast samtidig for å senda ballen rett fram."
# Har dette noko namn på norsk? Har søkt nettet etter «count(ing) to 21 game», som jo i prinsippet er same spel. Liknar òg litt på nim.
msgid "Click the number of balls you wish to place in the holes and then click the OK button. The winner is the one who hasn't put a ball in the red hole."
msgstr "Trykk for å velja kor mange ballar du vil plassera i hòla, og trykk så på «OK». Vinnaren er den som ikkje plasserer ein ball i det raude hòlet."
msgid "Place balls in the holes. You win if your friend has to place the last ball."
msgstr "Plasser ballar i hòla. Du vinn viss vennen din må plassera den siste ballen."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Binary bulbs"
msgstr "Binærlampar"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This activity helps you to learn the concept of conversion of decimal number system to binary number system."
msgstr "Her lærer du om korleis du kan gjera om tal frå titalssystemet til totalssystemet (binærtalsystemet)."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "To get familiar with the binary number system"
msgstr "Verta kjend om totalssystemet"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Decimal number system"
msgstr "Desimaltalsystemet"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Turn on the right bulbs to represent the binary of the given decimal number. When you have achieved it, press OK."
msgstr "Slå på lyspærene som svarar til talet når det vert skrive i totalssystemet. Trykk så på OK."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:31
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "This activity teaches how to convert decimal numbers to binary numbers."
msgstr "Her lærer du å gjera om tal frå titalssystemet til totalssystemet (binærtalsystemet)."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:35
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Computers use transistors to count and transistors have only two states, 0 and 1. Mathematically, these states are represented by 0 and 1, which makes up the binary system of numeration."
msgstr "Datamaskiner brukar transistorar for å telja, og transistorar kan berre ha to tilstandar. Matematisk sett vert tilstandane representerte med 0 og 1, som utgjer totalssystemet, òg kalla binærtalsystemet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:39
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "In the activity 0 and 1 are simulated by bulbs, switched on or off."
msgstr "Her brukar me lyspærer som er av/på for å etterlikna siffera 0 og 1."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:43
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Binary system uses these numbers very efficiently, allowing to count from 0 to 255 with 8 bits only."
msgstr "Totalssystemet brukar desse siffera veldig effektivt, slik at dei kan telja frå 0 til 255 med berre 8 siffer, òg kalla 8 bit."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:47
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Each bit adds a progressive value, corresponding to the powers of 2, ascending from right to left: bit 1 → 2⁰=1 , bit 2 → 2¹=2 , bit 3 → 2²=4 , bit 4 → 2³=8 , bit 5 → 2⁴=16 , bit 6 → 2⁵=32 , bit 7 → 2⁶=64 , bit 8 → 2⁷=128."
msgstr "Frå høgre til venstre vert verdien av kvar bit dobla. Han svarar såleis til 2 opphøgd i eit tal: bit 1 → 2⁰ = 1; bit 2 → 2¹ = 2; bit 3 → 2² = 4; bit 4 → 2³ = 8; bit 5 → 2⁴ = 16; bit 6 → 2⁵ = 32; bit 7 → 2⁶ = 64; bit 8 → 2⁷ = 128."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:51
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "To convert a decimal 5 to a binary value, 1 and 4 are added."
msgstr "For å gjera 5 i titalssystemet om til totalssystemet legg me saman 1 og 4."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:55
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Their corresponding bits are set to 1, the others set to 0. Decimal 5 is equal to binary 101."
msgstr "Tilsvarande bitverdiar vert sette til 1, og resten vert sette til 0. Talet 5 vert altså 101 i totalssystemet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:59
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "This image will help you to compute bits' value."
msgstr "Du kan bruka denne teikninga for å rekna ut verdien til kvar bit."
msgid "The screen has 3 sections: an interactive braille cell, an instruction telling you the letter to reproduce, and at the top the Braille letters to use as a reference. Each level teaches a set of 10 letters."
msgstr "Skjermbiletet består av tre delar – ei interaktiv Braille-celle, instruksar om kva bokstav du skal skriva og ei oversikt over dei ulike bokstavane du kan skriva. Du lærer ti bokstavar på kvart nivå."
msgid "Each Braille character, or cell, is made up of six dot positions, arranged in a rectangle containing two columns of three dots each. As seen on the left, each dot is referenced by a number from 1 to 6."
msgstr "Kvar rute (celle) inneheld seks punkt – to kolonnar med tre punkt kvar. Som du ser, er punkta nummererte frå 1 til 6."
msgid "When you are ready, click on me and try reproducing Braille characters."
msgstr "Trykk på Tux når du er klar til å prøva å skriva blindeskrift."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:23
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:27
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:31
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:35
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:39
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:43
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:47
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:51
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:55
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:59
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:65
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:69
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:73
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:77
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:81
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:85
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:89
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:93
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:97
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:101
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:107
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:111
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:115
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:119
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:123
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:127
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the letter %1."
msgstr "Trykk på punkta i cella for å skriva bokstaven %1."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:133
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:137
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:141
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:145
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:150
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:154
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:158
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:162
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:166
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:170
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the number %1."
msgstr "Trykk på punkta i cella for å skriva talet %1."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:176
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:180
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:184
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:188
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:192
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the symbol %1."
msgstr "Trykk på punkta i cella for å skriva teiknet %1."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille Fun"
msgstr "Gøy med blindeskrift"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille the letters"
msgstr "Skriv Braille-bokstavar"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille Alphabet Codes"
msgstr "Braille-kodar"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enter the braille code in the tile for the letters on the banner pulled by Tux in his plane across the screen. Check the braille chart by clicking on the toggle button for help."
msgstr "Skriv Braille-koden for bokstaven i flagget på flyet til Tux. Trykk på hjelpeknappen for å sjå på bokstavoversikta."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Calendar"
msgstr "Kalender"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions and select the correct date on the calendar"
msgstr "Les instruksjonane og vel rett dato på kalenderen"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to use a calendar"
msgstr "Læra korleis bruka kalenderen"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Concept of week, month and year"
msgstr "Kjenna til veker, månadar og år"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions and select the correct date on the calendar."
msgstr "Les instruksjonane og vel rett dato på kalenderen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:266
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr "Sundag"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:267
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Monday"
msgstr "Måndag"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:268
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Tuesday"
msgstr "Tysdag"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:269
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Wednesday"
msgstr "Onsdag"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:270
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Thursday"
msgstr "Torsdag"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:271
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Friday"
msgstr "Fredag"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:272
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Saturday"
msgstr "Laurdag"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:46
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 23"
msgstr "Vel dag 23"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:50
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 1"
msgstr "Vel dag 1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:54
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 16"
msgstr "Vel dag 16"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:58
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 28"
msgstr "Vel dag 28"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:62
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 11"
msgstr "Vel dag 11"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:66
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 20"
msgstr "Vel dag 20"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:86
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of week is the 4th of given month?"
msgstr "Kva vekedag fell den fjerde i månaden på?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:90
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 12th of given month?"
msgstr "Kva vekedag fell den tolvte i månaden på?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:94
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 20th of given month?"
msgstr "Kva vekedag fell den tjuande i månaden på?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:98
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 28th of given month?"
msgstr "Kva vekedag fell den tjueåttande i månaden på?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:102
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 22nd of given month?"
msgstr "Kva vekedag fell den tjueandre i månaden på?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:106
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 16th of given month?"
msgstr "Kva vekedag fell den sekstande i månaden på?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:110
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 10th of given month?"
msgstr "Kva vekedag fell den tiande i månaden på?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:130
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Monday between days 1 and 7 of given month"
msgstr "Vel ein måndag mellom dag 1 og dag 7 i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:134
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Tuesday between days 8 and 16 of given month"
msgstr "Vel ein tysdag mellom dag 8 og dag 16 i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:138
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Wednesday between days 15 and 22 of given month"
msgstr "Vel ein onsdag mellom dag 15 og dag 22 i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:142
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Thursday between days 26 and 31 of given month"
msgstr "Vel ein torsdag mellom dag 26 og dag 31 i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:146
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Friday between days 20 and 25 of given month"
msgstr "Vel ein fredag mellom dag 20 og dag 25 i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:150
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Saturday between days 13 and 23 of given month"
msgstr "Vel ein laurdag mellom dag 13 og dag 23 i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:154
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Sunday between days 5 and 17 of given month"
msgstr "Vel ein sun mellom dag 5 og dag 17 i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:173
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select second day before the 15th of given month"
msgstr "Vel den andre dagen før den femtande i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:177
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select fourth Sunday of given month"
msgstr "Vel den fjerde sundagen i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:181
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day one week after 13th of given month"
msgstr "Vel dagen som er éi veke før den trettande i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:185
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select fifth Thursday of given month"
msgstr "Vel den femte torsdagen i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:189
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select third day after 27th of given month"
msgstr "Vel den tredje dagen etter den tjuesjuande i månaden"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:208
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the month starting a Thursday and having 28 days"
msgstr "Vel månaden som startar på ein torsdag og har tjueåtte dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:212
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month starting a Monday and having 31 days"
msgstr "Finn ein månad som startar på ein måndag og har trettiéin dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:216
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the month between June and August"
msgstr "Finn månaden som ligg mellom juni og august"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:220
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month starting a Saturday"
msgstr "Finn ein månad som startar på ein laurdag"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:224
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month having 30 days"
msgstr "Finn ein månad med tretti dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:244
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the first Monday of January month of year 2019"
msgstr "Finn den første måndagen i januar i år 2019"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:248
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the second Wednesday of February month of year 2019"
msgstr "Finn den andre onsdagen i februar i år 2019"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:252
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the third Friday of March month of year 2019"
msgstr "Finn den tredje fredagen i mars i år 2019"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:256
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fifth Sunday of April month of year 2018"
msgstr "Finn den femte sundagen i april i 2018"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:260
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fourth Tuesday of July month of year 2018"
msgstr "Finn den fjerde tysdagen i juli i 2018"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:264
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the first Monday of August month of year 2018"
msgstr "Finn den første måndagen i august i 2018"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:268
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the third Thursday of September month of year 2017"
msgstr "Finn den tredje torsdagen i september i 2017"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:272
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fifth Sunday of October month of year 2017"
msgstr "Finn den femte sundagen i oktober i 2017"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:276
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the second Friday of December month of year 2017"
msgstr "Finn den andre fredagen i desember i 2017"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:295
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Human Rights Day is celebrated five days after December 5.<br>"
" Find the date of Human Rights Day in 2017."
msgstr ""
"Menneskerettsdagen vert feira fem dagar etter 5. desember.<br>"
"Finn kva dato han fall på i 2017."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:299
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Braille Day is celebrated one day before January 5.<br>"
" Find the date of Braille Day in 2018"
msgstr ""
"Den internasjonale Braille-dagen vert dagen før 5. januar.<br>"
"Finn kva dato han fall på i 2018."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:303
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Mark's birthday is on November 4. In 2017 his party was exactly two weeks later.<br>"
" Find the date of his party in 2017"
msgstr ""
"Mats har fødselsdag 4. november. I 2017 feira han dagen to veker seinare.<br>"
" Finn ut kva dato han feira fødselsdagen på i 2017."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:307
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"International Women's Day is celebrated two days before March 10.<br>"
" Find the date of International Women's Day in 2018."
msgstr ""
"Den internasjonale kvinnedagen vert feira to dagar før 10. mars.<br>"
" Finn ut kva dato han fall på i 2018."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:311
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Sports competition was held on last Friday of September 2017.<br>"
" Select the date of sports competition on the calendar."
msgstr ""
"Den siste fredagen i september 2017 var det ein idrettskonkurranse.<br>"
" Vel kva dato konkurransen fann stad på."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Operate a canal lock"
msgstr "Kanalsluse"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is in trouble, and needs to take his boat through a lock. Help Tux and find out how a canal lock works."
msgstr "Tux har problem med båten sin, og må gjennom ei kanalsluse. Hjelp han å forstå korleis slusesystemet fungerer."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You are in charge of the canal lock. Open the gates and the locks in the right order, so Tux can travel through the gates in both directions."
msgstr "Du er ansvarleg for eit sluseanlegg, og må opna sluseportane i rett rekkjefølgje, slik at Tux kan reisa fram og tilbake gjennom systemet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drawing by Stephane Cabaraux."
msgstr "Teikningar av Stephane Cabaraux."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/CanalLock.qml:62
msgctxt "CanalLock|"
msgid "Your goal is to get Tux across the canal lock to get the wooden logs, using the different types of water locks available."
msgstr "Du må hjelpa Tux gjennom kanalslusa for å henta tømmerstokkane."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/CanalLock.qml:64
msgctxt "CanalLock|"
msgid "The vertical colored bars represent the water locks, which can be operated by clicking them. Two locks of the same type cannot be operated simultaneously."
msgstr "Dei loddrette firkantane er sluseportar, som du kan trykkja på for å opna eller stengja. Men du kan ikkje betena to like sluseportar samtidig."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/CanalLock.qml:66
msgctxt "CanalLock|"
msgid "The water level inside the lock will change according to the side of the canal it is connected with. Use this property to help Tux get the job done."
msgstr "Vassnivået i slusa vil stiga eller søkka avhengig av kva side av slusa som står open. Bruk dette for å hjelpa Tux til tømmarstokkane."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Categorization"
msgstr "Kategorisering"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Categorize the elements into correct and incorrect groups"
msgstr "Kategoriser elementa i rette og feile grupper"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Build conceptual thinking and enrich knowledge"
msgstr "Byggja konseptuell tenking og utvida kunnskapen"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can drag elements using mouse"
msgstr "Kan dra element med musa"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Review the instructions and then drag and drop the elements as specified"
msgstr "Les gjennom instruksjonane og dra og slepp elementa der dei skal vera."
msgid "You don't have all the images for this activity. Press Update to get the complete dataset. Press the Cross to play with demo version or 'Never show this dialog later' if you want to never see again this dialog."
msgstr "Du har ikkje alle bileta som trengst for denne aktiviteten. Trykk «Oppdater bileta» for å henta ned bileta. Trykk på krossen for å spela ein demoversjon eller «Vis aldri dette spørsmålet meir» dersom du ikkje vil verta spurt om dette meir."
"Checkers is played by two opponents, on opposite sides of the gameboard. One player has the dark pieces; the other has the light pieces. Players alternate turns. A player may not move an opponent's piece. A move consists of moving a piece diagonally to an adjacent unoccupied square. If the adjacent square contains an opponent's piece, and the square immediately beyond it is vacant, the piece may be captured (and removed from the game) by jumping over it.\n"
"Only the dark squares of the checkered board are used. A piece may move only diagonally into an unoccupied square. Capturing is mandatory. The player without pieces remaining, or who cannot move due to being blocked, loses the game.\n"
"When a man reaches the crownhead or kings row (the farthest row forward), it becomes a king, and is marked by placing an additional piece on top of the first man, and acquires additional powers including the ability to move backwards. If there is a piece in a diagonal that a king can capture, he can move any distance along the diagonal, and may capture an opposing man any distance away by jumping to any of the unoccupied squares immediately beyond it.\n"
msgstr ""
"Dam er eit brettspel for to spelarar, som startar på kvar side av eit sjekkbrett. Éin spelar har mørke brikker, den andre har lyse brikker, og ein byter på å gjera trekk. Ved kvart trekk flyttar ein éi av brikkene sine eitt steg på skrå framover, til eit ledig felt. Viss ei av brikkene til motspelaren står på eit felt som er på skrå (framover eller bakover) men neste felt på skrå i same retning er ledig, kan ein hoppa over brikka til motspelaren og såleis slå ut denne brikka. Ho vert då fjerna frå spelet. Viss det er fleire motspelarbrikker på skrå (i valfri retning) når ein landar, kan ein halda fram med å hoppa over dei i same trekk.\n"
"Det er slagtvang, så viss ein kan slå ut ein av brikkene til motstandaren, må ein òg gjera dette. Ein tapar når ein ikkje har fleire brikker att eller viss ein er innesperra, slik at ein ikkje kan gjera eit trekk.\n"
"Når ei brikke kjem til rada lengst vekke frå startposisjonen, vert ho «dam», som vert markert ved å leggja ei ekstra brikke på ho. Ho kan då flytta på skrått både bakover og framover. Og viss det står ei motspelarbrikke ein eller annan stad langs ein diagonal, kan ein hoppa over denne, og vidare i same retning så langt ein vil, så lenge felta er ledige.\n"
msgid "The checkers library is draughts.js <https://github.com/shubhendusaurabh/draughts.js>. Manual is from wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Draughts>"
msgstr "Dam-biblioteket er «draughts.js» <https://github.com/shubhendusaurabh/draughts.js>. Bruksrettleiinga er delvis basert på artikkelen frå engelsk Wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Draughts>."
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing against the computer. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves. At first level the computer is fully random to give the most chances to the children. As level increases, better the computer plays.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
"Her skal du læra sjakk ved å spela mot datamaskina. Alle lovlege trekk vert viste når du vel ei sjakkbrikke, noko som gjer det lettare å læra reglane. På det første nivået flyttar datamaskina brikkene heilt tilfeldig, for å gjera det lettast mogleg å vinna. På seinare nivå spelar datamaskina betre.\n"
"\n"
"Du kan setja matt tidlegare viss du følgjer desse enkle reglane:\n"
" Prøv å tvinga kongen til motspelaren i eit hjørne.\n"
"<b>Forklaring</b>: Då vil brikka til motspelaren berre ha tre retningar å flytta i staden for (opptil) åtte.\n"
" «Legg ei felle» med bøndene som lokkemat.\n"
"<b>Forklaring</b>: Slik kan du lokka motspelaren ut av «komfortsona».\n"
" Ver tolmodig.\n"
"<b>Forklaring</b>: Ikkje forhast deg. Tenk heller litt grundigare, og prøv å gjetta kva trekk motspelaren vil gjera, slik at du kan sikra brikkene dine."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/ActivityInfo.qml:44
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:44
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The chess engine is p4wn <https://github.com/douglasbagnall/p4wn>."
msgstr "Sjakkmotoren er p4wn <https://github.com/douglasbagnall/p4wn>."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:129
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Black's turn"
msgstr "Svart sin tur"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:129
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "White's turn"
msgstr "Kvit sin tur"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:134
msgctxt "chess|white wins"
msgid "White mates"
msgstr "Kvit set matt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:134
msgctxt "chess|black wins"
msgid "Black mates"
msgstr "Svart set matt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:144
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Drawn game"
msgstr "Remis"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:148
msgctxt "chess|black king is under attack"
msgid "White checks"
msgstr "Kvit seier sjakk"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:148
msgctxt "chess|white king is under attack"
msgid "Black checks"
msgstr "Svart seier sjakk"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:151
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Invalid, your king may be in check"
msgstr "Ugyldig – kongen kan vera i sjakk"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_2players/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play chess against your friend"
msgstr "Spel sjakk mot ein venn"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_2players/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing against a friend. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
"Her skal du læra sjakk ved å spela mot ein venn. Alle lovlege trekk vert viste når du vel ei sjakkbrikke, noko som gjer det lettare å læra reglane.\n"
"\n"
"Du kan setja matt tidlegare viss du følgjer desse enkle reglane:\n"
" Prøv å tvinga kongen til motspelaren i eit hjørne.\n"
"<b>Forklaring</b>: Då vil brikka til motspelaren berre ha tre retningar å flytta i staden for (opptil) åtte.\n"
" «Legg ei felle» med bøndene som lokkemat.\n"
"<b>Forklaring</b>: Slik kan du lokka motspelaren ut av «komfortsona».\n"
" Ver tolmodig.\n"
"<b>Forklaring</b>: Ikkje forhast deg. Tenk heller litt grundigare, og prøv å gjetta kva trekk motspelaren vil gjera, slik at du kan sikra brikkene dine."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "End of chess game"
msgstr "Sluttspel i sjakk"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play the end of the chess game against Tux"
msgstr "Spel sluttspel i sjakk mot Tux"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing only the end of a game. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
"Her skal du læra sjakk ved å spela sluttspel i sjakk. Alle lovlege trekk vert viste når du vel ei sjakkbrikke, noko som gjer det lettare å læra reglane.\n"
"\n"
"Du kan setja matt tidlegare viss du følgjer desse enkle reglane:\n"
" Prøv å tvinga kongen til motspelaren i eit hjørne.\n"
"<b>Forklaring</b>: Då vil brikka til motspelaren berre ha tre retningar å flytta i staden for (opptil) åtte.\n"
" «Legg ei felle» med bøndene som lokkemat.\n"
"<b>Forklaring</b>: Slik kan du lokka motspelaren ut av «komfortsona».\n"
" Ver tolmodig.\n"
"<b>Forklaring</b>: Ikkje forhast deg. Tenk heller litt grundigare, og prøv å gjetta kva trekk motspelaren vil gjera, slik at du kan sikra brikkene dine."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Chronos"
msgstr "Kronologi"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop the items to organize the story"
msgstr "Set bileta i rett rekkjefølgje."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Sort the pictures into the order that tells the story"
msgstr "Set saman bileta i rett rekkjefølgje, slik at dei fortel ei forteljing."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tell a short story"
msgstr "Du må kunna fortelja ei kort forteljing."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pick from the pictures on the left and put them on the red dots"
msgstr "Hent bileta frå feltet til venstre og legg dei på dei raude prikkane."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Moon photo is copyright NASA. The space sounds come from Tuxpaint and Vegastrike which are released under the GPL license. The transportation images are copyright Franck Doucet. Dates of Transportation are based on those found in <http://www.wikipedia.org>."
msgstr "Månebileta er henta frå NASA, og romlydane kjem frå Tux Paint og Vegastrike, som begge er tilgjengelege under GNU GPL-lisensen. Samferdselsdatoane er henta frå <http://www.wikipedia.org/> og samferdselsbileta er teikna av Franck Doucet."
msgid "A letter is spoken. Click on the matching letter in the main area. You can listen to the letter again, by clicking on the mouth icon in the bottom box."
msgstr "Du høyrer ein bokstav, og skal så trykkja på han. Du kan høyra bokstaven om att ved å trykkja på munnbiletet nedst på skjermen."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click and draw"
msgstr "Trykk og teikn"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by clicking on the selected points."
msgstr "Lag ei teikning ved å trykkja på dei merkte punkta."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move the mouse and click accurately on points."
msgstr "Kan flytta på musa og trykkja på små punkt."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by clicking on each point in sequence. Each time a point is selected the next blue one appears."
msgstr "Lag ei teikning ved å trykkja på punkta i rett rekkjefølgje. Kvar gong du trykkjer på eit punkt, vert eit nytt punkt vist med blått."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click On Me"
msgstr "Trykk på meg"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch all the swimming fish before they leave the fish tank"
msgstr "Fang alle fiskane før dei sym ut av akvariet"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Motor coordination: moving the hand precisely."
msgstr "Auge–hand-koordinering: flytting av handa nøyaktig."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move mouse and click on the correct place"
msgstr "Kan flytta på musa og sikta med peikaren."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch all the moving fish by simple clicking or touching them with your finger."
msgstr "Fang alle fiskane ved å trykkja på dei."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Fish are taken from the Unix utility xfishtank. All image credits belong to Guillaume Rousse."
msgstr "Fiskane er henta frå Unix-programmet xfishtank. Alle bileta er laga av Guillaume Rousse."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learning Clock"
msgstr "Lær klokka"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to tell the time on an analog clock"
msgstr "Lær kor mykje klokka er på ei urskive"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Distinguish between time-units (hour, minute and second). Set and display time on an analog clock."
msgstr "Læra å skilja mellom timar, minutt og sekund, og setja rett klokkeslett på ei urskive."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The concept of time."
msgstr "Du må kunna forstå skrivne klokkeslett."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Set the clock to the given time, in the time-units shown (hours:minutes or hours:minutes:seconds). Drag the different arrows, to make the respective time unit go up or down."
msgstr "Dra visarane slik at urskiva viser same klokkeslett som teksten («timar:minutt» eller «timar:minutt:sekund»)."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:106
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "Set the watch to:"
msgstr "Set uret til"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:109
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n hour(s)"
msgid_plural "%n hour(s)"
msgstr[0] "%n time"
msgstr[1] "%n timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:112
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n minute(s)"
msgid_plural "%n minute(s)"
msgstr[0] "%n minutt"
msgstr[1] "%n minutt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:115
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n second(s)"
msgid_plural "%n second(s)"
msgstr[0] "%n sekund"
msgstr[1] "%n sekund"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mixing color of paint"
msgstr "Blanda målingsfargar"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Discover paint color mixing."
msgstr "Oppdag korleis du kan blanda måling for å få ulike fargar"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mix the primary colors to match to the given color"
msgstr "Bland saman primærfargane slik at du får fargen som vert vist."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of paint (subtractive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of paints the inks absorb different colors of light falling on it, subtracting it from what you see. The more ink you add, the more light is absorbed, and the darker the combined color gets. We can mix just three primary colors to make many new colors. The primary colors for paint/ink are cyan (a special shade of blue), magenta (a special shade of pink), and yellow.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"I denne aktiviteten skal du blanda primærfargane som ved måling (subtraktiv fargeblanding).\n"
"\n"
"Ulike fargar måling absorberer lyset som fell på dei; dei tek vekk noko av lyset. Jo meir måling du legg til, jo meir lys vert absorbert, og jo mørkare ser fargen ut. Ved å blanda berre tre primærfargar kan me laga alle regnbogens fargar. Primærfargane for måling er cyanblå (ein lys blåfarge), magenta (ein spesiell rosa/lilla-farge) og gul.\n"
" "
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:41
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Images from http://openclipart.org"
msgstr "Bilete frå http://openclipart.org/"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:97
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Match the color"
msgstr "Lag lik farge"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:208
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough red"
msgstr "Ikkje nok raudt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:210
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much red"
msgstr "For mykje raudt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:213
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough green"
msgstr "Ikkje nok grønt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:215
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much green"
msgstr "For mykje grønt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:218
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough blue"
msgstr "Ikkje nok blått"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:220
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much blue"
msgstr "For mykje blått"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:224
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough magenta"
msgstr "Ikkje nok magenta"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:226
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much magenta"
msgstr "For mykje magenta"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:229
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough yellow"
msgstr "Ikkje nok gult"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:231
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much yellow"
msgstr "For mykje gult"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:234
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough cyan"
msgstr "Ikkje noko cyanblått"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:236
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much cyan"
msgstr "For mykje cyanblått"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mixing colors of light"
msgstr "Blanda lysfargar"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Discover light color mixing."
msgstr "Oppdag korleis du kan blanda farga lys for å få ulike fargar"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mix the primary colors to match to the given color."
msgstr "Bland saman primærfargane slik at du får fargen som vert vist."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of light (additive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of light it is just the opposite of mixing color with paints! The more light you add the lighter the resultant color will get. Primary colors of light are red, green and blue."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"I denne aktiviteten skal du blanda primærfargar av lys (additiv fargeblanding).\n"
"\n"
"Blanding av lysfargar er det motsette av blanding av farga måling. Jo meir lys du legg til, jo lysare vert fargen. Primærfargane for lys er raud, grøn og blå."
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of light (additive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of light it is just the opposite of mixing color with paints! The more light you add the lighter the resultant color will get. Primary colors of light are red, green and blue.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"I denne aktiviteten skal du blanda primærfargar av lys (additiv fargeblanding).\n"
"\n"
"Blanding av lysfargar er det motsette av blanding av farga måling. Jo meir lys du legg til, jo lysare vert fargen. Primærfargane for lys er raud, grøn og blå.\n"
" "
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr "Fargar"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on the right color"
msgstr "Trykk på rett farge"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This activity teaches you to recognize different colors. When you hear the name of the color, touch the duck wearing it."
msgstr "Læra å kjenna att fargar. Når du høyrer namnet på ein farge, skal du trykkja på anda som har denne fargen."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Identifying colours"
msgstr "Du må kunna kjenna att fargar."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Listen to the color and touch the matching duck."
msgstr "Høyr fargen, og trykk så på anda som har denne fargen."
msgid "Move the items in the left frame to copy their position in the right model. Next to the crane itself, you will find four arrows that let you move the items. To select the item to move, just click on it. If you prefer, you can use the arrow keys and the space or tab key instead. On a mobile version, you can also swipe up/down/left/right to move the items in the left frame."
msgstr "Flytt gjenstandane til venstre slik at dei har same plassering som i ruta til høgre. Ved sidan av kranen finn du fire piler du kan bruka til å styra kranen, og du kan trykkja på gjenstandane for å velja dei. Du kan òg bruka piltastane på tastaturet, samt mellomroms- eller tabulatortasten, om du føreretrekkjer det. På mobilversjonen kan du dra opp, ned, til venstre eller til høgre for å flytta gjenstandane."
#. Translators: NOTE: Word list for crane activity. Translate this into a list of 15–25 simple 3-letter words separated by semi-colons. The words can only contain lowercase ASCII letters (a–z). Example: cat;dog;win;red;yes
#. Translators: NOTE: Word list for crane activity. Translate this into a list of 10–20 simple 4-letter words separated by semi-colons. The words can only contain lowercase ASCII letters (a–z). Example: blue;best;good;area
#. Translators: NOTE: Word list for crane activity. Translate this into a list of 10–20 simple 5-letter words separated by semi-colons. The words can only contain lowercase ASCII letters (a–z). Example: happy;child;white;apple
msgid "Drag electrical components from the selector and drop them in the working area. In the working area, you can move the components by dragging them. To delete a component, select the deletion tool on top of the component selector, and select the component. You can click on the component and then on the rotate button to rotate it or info button to get information about it. You can click on the switch to open and close it. To connect two terminals, click on first terminal, then on second terminal. To deselect terminal or delete tool, click on any empty area. The simulation is updated in real time by any user action."
msgstr "Dra elektriske komponentar til arbeidsområdet. Du kan så flytta dei rundt på arbeidsområdet ved å dra dei og fjerna dei att ved å først trykkja på fjerneverktøyet over komponentveljaren og så på komponenten du vil fjerna. Du kan trykkja på ein komponent og så på dreieknappen for å dreia han eller på informasjonsknappen for å lesa meir om han. Brytarar kan du skru på og av ved å trykkja på det. For å kopla saman to terminalar trykkjer du på den første terminalen og så på den andre. For å fjerna merkinga ein terminal eller eit verktøy, trykk på eit ledig område. Simuleringa vert kontinuerleg oppdatert."
msgid "AND gate outputs 1 only if all its inputs are equal to 1. As soon as one input is equal to 0 the result is 0. Output for 2 input AND gate is:"
msgstr "Ein OG-port gjev verdien 1 berre viss alle innverdiane òg er 1. Så lenge minst éin innverdi er 0, er utverdien òg 0. Her er sanningstabellen for to innverdiar og ein OG-port:"
msgid "BCD counter usually takes a signal generator as input. The output is a BCD number starting from 0 which is increased by one at each tick."
msgstr "BCD-teljaren tek vanlegvis ein signalgenerator som innverdi. Utverdien er eit BCD-tal (binærkoda desimal) som startar på 0 og aukar med 1 for kvart tikk."
msgid "BCD to 7 segment converter takes 4 binary inputs in its input terminals and gives 7 binary outputs which allow to light BCD number segments (binary-coded decimal) to display numbers between 0 and 9. The output for BCD To 7 Segment converted is:"
msgstr "Ein BCD- til 7-segment-konverter tek 4 binære innverdiar og gjev 7 binærverdiar ut, noko som gjer det mogleg å lysa opp BCD-talsegment (binærkoda desimal) for å visa tala 0–9. Utverdiane for konverteren er:"
msgid "Comparator takes 2 numbers as input, A and B. It compares them and outputs 3 values. First output is 1 if A < B, 0 otherwise. Second is 1 if A = B, 0 otherwise. Third is 1 if A > B, 0 otherwise. "
msgstr "Ein komparator tek 2 innverdiar, A og B. Han samanliknar dei så og gjev ut 3 verdiar. Den første verdien er 1 dersom A < B og 0 elles. Den andre er 1 dersom A = B og 0 elles. Den tredje er 1 dersom A > B og 0 elles."
msgid "Digital light is used to check the output of other digital components. It turns green if the input is 1, and turns red if the input is 0."
msgstr "Ei lyspære vert brukt til å kontrollera utverdiane til andre digitale komponentar. Ho lyser grønt dersom innverdien er 1 og raudt dersom han er 0."
msgid "NAND gate outputs the opposite of AND gate. If all inputs are 1, output is equal to 0 and as soon as one input is equal to 0 it gives a 1:"
msgstr "Ein NOG-port gjev ut det motsette av ein OG-port. Viss alle innverdiane er 1, er utverdien 0, og dersom minst éin innverdi er 0, er utverdien 1:"
msgid "NOR gate outputs the opposite of OR gate. As soon as there is a 1 in input the output is equal to 0. To obtain a 1 all the inputs must be equal to 0:"
msgstr "Ein NELLER-port gjev ut det motsette av ein ELLER-port. Viss minst éin innverdi er lik 1, er utverdien 0. For å få 1 som utverdi må alle innverdiane vera 0:"
msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions... It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
msgstr "Digitalteknikk har berre to tilstandar, 0 og 1. Dette gjer det mogleg å bruka matematiske operasjonar, for eksempel addisjon og subtraksjon. Det er grunnlaget for datamaskinteknologi. I praksis representerer talet 0 ei spenning om lag lik jordspenninga og talet 1 representerer matespenninga til straumkrinsen."
msgid "7 segment display takes 7 binary inputs in its input terminals. The display consists of 7 segments and each segment gets lighted according to the input. By generating different combination of binary inputs, the display can be used to display numbers from 0 to 9 and a few letters. The diagram is:"
msgstr "Ein 7-segmentsskjerm tek inn 7 binære innverdiar. Skjermen har 7 segment (strekar) og kvart segment vert lyst opp avhengig av innverdiane. Ved å senda forskjellige kombinasjonar av innverdiar kan skjermen brukast til å visa tala 0–9 og nokre bokstavar. Diagrammet er:"
msgid "Signal Generator is used to generate alternating signals of 0 and 1. The time between two changes can be modified by pressing the arrows on the generator."
msgstr "Ein signalgenerator vert brukt til å laga alternerande 0- og 1-signal. Du kan endra tidsintervallet mellom signalendringane ved å trykkja på pilene på generatoren."
msgid "Switch is used to connect or disconnect two terminals. If the switch is turned on, current can flow through the switch. If the switch is turned off, then the connection between terminal is broken and current can not flow through it."
msgstr "Ein brytar vert brukt til å kopla to terminalar saman eller til å bryta tilkoplinga. Når brytaren er på, kan straum flyta gjennom brytaren. Når han er av, vert koplinga mellom terminalane broten og straumen flyt ikkje gjennom brytaren."
msgid "XOR gate outputs 1 if the number of '1' in input is odd, and 0 if number of '1' in input is even. In this activity, a 2 input XOR gate is shown. Output for 2 input XOR gate is:"
msgstr "Ein XELLER-port gjev ut 1 dersom talet på 1-innverdiar er eit oddetal og 0 dersom det er eit partal. I denne aktiviteten har me ein XELLER-port med to innverdiar. Utverdiane vert:"
msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions... It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
msgstr "Digitalteknikk har berre to tilstandar, 0 og 1. Dette gjer det mogleg å bruka matematiske operasjonar, for eksempel addisjon og subtraksjon. Det er grunnlaget for datamaskinteknologi. I praksis representerer talet 0 ei spenning om lag lik jordspenninga og talet 1 representerer matespenninga til straumkrinsen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:30
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Zero input"
msgstr "Innverdi 0"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:37
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "One input"
msgstr "Innverdi 1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:44
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Digital light"
msgstr "Lyspære"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:51
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "AND gate"
msgstr "OG-port"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:58
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "OR gate"
msgstr "ELLER-port"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:65
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NOT gate"
msgstr "IKKJE-port"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:72
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "XOR gate"
msgstr "XELLER-port"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:79
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NAND gate"
msgstr "NOG-port"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:86
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NOR gate"
msgstr "NELLER-port"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:93
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Switch"
msgstr "Brytar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:100
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Comparator"
msgstr "Komparator"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:107
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "BCD to 7 segment"
msgstr "BCD til 7-segment"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:114
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 segment display"
msgstr "7-segmentsskjerm"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:121
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Signal generator"
msgstr "Signalgenerator"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:128
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "BCD counter"
msgstr "BCD-teljar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:155
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The digital light will glow when its terminal is connected with an input of 1."
msgstr "Lyspæra lyser når terminalen vert kopla til ein komponent som gjev ut verdien 1."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:156
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using the inputs provided."
msgstr "Bruk komponentane til å slå lyspæra på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:169
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The AND gate produces an output of one when both of its input terminals are of value 1."
msgstr "Ein OG-port gjev ut 1 dersom begge innterminalane får verdien 1."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:170
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using an AND gate and the inputs provided."
msgstr "Bruk ein OG-port og dei tilgjengelege komponentane til å slå lyspæra på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:183
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The OR gate produces an output of 1 when at least one of its input terminals is of value 1."
msgstr "Ein ELLER-port gjev ut 1 dersom minst éin av innterminalane får verdien 1."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:184
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using an OR gate and the inputs provided."
msgstr "Bruk ein ELLER-port og dei tilgjengelege komponentane til å slå lyspæra på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:197
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Note: You can draw multiple wires from the output terminal of a component."
msgstr "Merk: Du kan teikna fleire leidningar frå utterminalen på ein komponent."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:210
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The NOT gate takes a single binary input and flips the value in the output."
msgstr "IKKJE-porten tek éin binær innverdi og gjev ut den motsette verdien."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:223
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The NAND gate takes two binary inputs and produces one binary output."
msgstr "NOG-porten tek to binære innverdiar og gjev ut éin binær utverdi."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:224
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the NAND gate will be zero if both of its inputs are \"1\". Else, the output will be one."
msgstr "Utverdien til NOG-porten er 0 dersom begge innverdiane er 1; elles er han 1."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:225
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "For a more detailed description about the gate, select it and click on the info button."
msgstr "For meir informasjon om porten, trykk på han og så på informasjonsknappen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:226
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the NAND gate provided."
msgstr "Bruk NOG-porten til å slå lyspæra på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:242
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid ""
"Light the bulb using the components provided such that the bulb will glow under the following two circumstances:\n"
"1. The first switch is turned ON, or\n"
"2. Both of the second and the third switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
"Bruk dei tilgjengelege komponentane for å få lyspæra til å lysa berre dersom:\n"
"1 Den første brytaren er slått på, eller\n"
"2 Både den andre eller tredje brytaren er slått på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:257
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The XOR Gate takes two binary inputs and produces one binary output."
msgstr "XELLER-porten tek to binære innverdiar og gjev ut éin binær utverdi."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:258
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the XOR gate will be one if the number of \"1\" in the input is odd. Else, the output will be zero."
msgstr "Utverdien til XELLER-porten er 1 dersom talet på innverdiar er eit oddetal; elles er han 0."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:259
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the XOR gate provided."
msgstr "Bruk XELLER-porten til å slå lyspæra på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:275
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the three switches such that the bulb glows when odd number of the switches are turned on."
msgstr "Bruk dei tre brytarane til å få lyspæra til å lysa berre dersom talet på påslegne lysbrytarar er eit oddetal."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:288
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "A NOR gate takes 2 binary input and outputs 1 if both of them are 0, otherwise produces an output of 0."
msgstr "NELLER-porten tek 2 binære innverdiar og gjev ut 1 dersom begge er 0; elles gjev han ut 0."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:290
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the NOR gate provided."
msgstr "Bruk NELLER-porten til å slå lyspæra på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:303
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:364
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Use the gates such that the bulb will glow only when the switch is turned off and remain off when the switch is turned on."
msgstr "Bruk komponentane slik at lyspæra lyser berre dersom brytaren er slått av og ikkje lyser dersom han er slått på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:319
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:380
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows only when both of the switches are turned on."
msgstr "Bruk komponentane til å få lyspæra til å lysa berre dersom begge brytarane er på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:335
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:396
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows when either of the switches are turned on."
msgstr "Bruk komponentane til å få lyspæra til å lysa berre dersom minst éin brytar er slått på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:351
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows only when both of the switches are turned off."
msgstr "Bruk komponentane til å få lyspæra til å lysa berre dersom begge brytarane er av."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:412
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb will glow when at least one of the switches are turned off."
msgstr "Bruk komponentane til å få lyspæra til å lysa berre dersom minst éin av brytarane er av."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:428
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "A comparator takes two numbers (A and B) as input and produces 3 values as output. First value is 1 if A < B, second value is 1 for A = B and third value is 1 for A > B."
msgstr "Ein komparator tek to innverdiar, A og B, og gjev ut tre utverdiar. Den første verdien er 1 dersom A < B, den andre er 1 dersom A = B og den tredje er 1 dersom A > B. Elles er dei 0."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:429
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb will glow when the value of the current flowing through the first switch is less than or equal to that of the second switch."
msgstr "Bruk komponentane til å få lyspæra til å lysa berre dersom verdien gjennom den første brytaren er mindre enn verdiane gjennom den andre brytaren."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:442
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The component in the middle is a BCD to seven segment converter."
msgstr "Komponenten midt i er ein konverter mellom BCD og ein 7-segmentsskjerm."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:443
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "It takes 4 bits as input represented in the binary coded decimal (BCD) format and converts the BCD number into a seven segment code."
msgstr "Han tek inn 4 bit (innverdiar koda som binærkoda desimal, BCD) og konverterer BCD-talet til ein 7-segmentskode."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:444
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the converter is connected to the seven segment display, to view the value of the input provided."
msgstr "Utterminalen til konverteren er kopla til 7-segmentsskjermen, slik at du kan sjå talverdien."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:445
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Display the number \"6\" in the seven segment display."
msgstr "Vis talet 6 på 7-segmentsskjermen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:458
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The signal generator on the left is used to generate alternating signals between 0 and 1 in a given time period taken as input. The time period by default is 1 second, but it can be changed between 0.25 and 2s."
msgstr "Signalgeneratoren til venstre vert brukt til å laga alternerande 0- og 1-signal. Tidsintervallet mellom signalendringane er som standard 1 sekund, men du kan endra det, ned til 0,25 sekund og opp til 2 sekund."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:459
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The BCD counter placed under it is a special type of counter which can count from 0 to 9 and back to 0 on application of a clock signal."
msgstr "BCD-teljaren nedanfor er ein spesiell type teljar som kan telja frå 0 til 9 og tilbake til 0 ved bruk av eit klokkesignal."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:460
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Connect the components to make sure that the count of 0 to 9 is visible in the seven segment display provided."
msgstr "Kopla saman komponentane slik at oppteljinga frå 0 til 9 er synleg på 7-segmentsskjermen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:476
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using both the switches such that the bulb will glow only when either the first switch is on and the second switch is off or the first switch is off and the second switch is on."
msgstr "Bruk dei to brytarane for å få lyspæra til å lysa berre dersom den første brytaren er på og den andre er av eller den første er av og den andre er på."
msgid "First, properly organize the items so that you can count them. Then, select the item you want to answer in the bottom right area. Enter the answer with the keyboard."
msgstr "Sorter først gjenstandane slik at du lett kan telja dei. Vel så den gjenstanden du vil telja nede til høgre, og skriv inn kor mange det er av gjenstanden med tastaturet."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen"
msgstr "Flytt på musepeikaren eller trykk på skjermen"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen to erase the area and discover the background"
msgstr "Flytt på musepeikaren eller trykk på skjermen for å viska ut, slik at du får fram bakgrunnen"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mouse-manipulation"
msgstr "Du må kunna bruka musa."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen until all the blocks disappear."
msgstr "Flytt musa over, eller trykk på, all felta, slik at heile biletet bak vert synleg."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click"
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk / trykk to gongar raskt"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click to erase the area and discover the background image"
msgstr "På kvart felt, trykk to gongar raskt eller dobbeltklikk med musa, slik at heile biletet bak vert synleg"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click the mouse on rectangles until all the blocks disappear."
msgstr "Trykk to gongar raskt eller dobbeltklikk med musa for å viska ut, slik at heile biletet bak vert synleg."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap"
msgstr "Trykk"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap to erase the area and discover the background"
msgstr "Trykk på skjermen for å viska slik at biletet bak vert synleg"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap on the blocks all of them disappear."
msgstr "Trykk på, eller flytt peikaren over, alle felta, slik at heile biletet bak vert synleg."
"In level one, players enjoy exploring each animal on the screen. Click on an animal and learn about it, what its name is, what sound it makes, and what it looks like. Study well this information, because you will be tested in level 2 and 3!\n"
"\n"
"In level two, a random animal sound is played and you must find which animal makes this sound. Click on the corresponding animal. If you'd like to hear the animal sound repeated, click on the play button. When you have matched all animals correctly, you win!\n"
"\n"
"In level three, a random text prompt is displayed and you must click on the animal that matches the text. When you have matched all texts correctly, you win!\n"
msgstr ""
"Det finst tre brett i dette spelet.\n"
"\n"
"På det første brettet skal du læra om dyra du ser. Trykk på kvart dyr for å lesa litt om det, læra kva det heiter og kva lydar det lagar, og sjå korleis det verkeleg ser ut. Lær deg dette, då du vert spurd om det på dei to neste bretta!\n"
"\n"
"På det andre brettet vil du høyra ein tilfeldig dyrelyd, og du må trykkja på dyret som lagar den lyden. Trykk på munnbiletet viss du vil høyra lyden om att. Du er ferdig når du har klart å kopla alle lydane med rett dyr!\n"
"\n"
"På det tredje brettet må du lesa litt om eit dyr, og så trykkja på det dyret. Du er ferdig når du har klart å kopla alle tekstane med rett dyr!\n"
msgid "The sheep is a mammal that bears a fleece of wool. It is a grazing herbivore, bred for its wool, its meat, and its milk. The fleece can be removed and used to produce articles of clothing and blankets, among other things."
msgstr "Sauen er eit pattedyr med ull. Han er planteetar, og vert halden på grunn av ulla, kjøtet og mjølka. Ein kan klippa av ulla og laga blant anna tepper og klede av det."
msgid "Chichen Itza, meaning “at the mouth of the Itza well”, is a Mayan City on the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico, between Valladolid and Merida. It was established before the period of Christopher Colombus and probably served as the religion center of Yucatan for a while."
msgstr "Chichén Itzá tyder «ved munnen av brønnen til Itzá-folket», og er ein ruinby på Yucatán-halvøya i Mexico, mellom Valladolid og Mérida. Han vart bygd før Christofer Columbus kom, og var truleg eit religiøst hovudsete på Yucatán ein periode."
msgid "The Colosseum or Coliseum is today the most recognizable of Rome's Classical buildings. Even 2,000 years after it was built, and despite centuries when the abandoned building was pillaged for building materials, it is instantly recognizable as a classical template for the stadia of today. It was the first permanent amphitheatre to be raised in Rome, and the most impressive arena the Classical world had yet seen."
msgstr "Colosseum er i dag det mest kjende av dei klassiske byggverka i Roma. Sjølv 2 000 år etter at det vart bygd, og til tross for fleire hundre år der det vart utsett for plyndring av bygningsmateriale, er det lett å kjenna att som inspirasjon for dagens stadium. Det var det første faste amfiteateret som vart bygd i Roma og det mest imponerande byggverket i antikken."
msgid "Christ the Redeemer is an Art Deco statue of Jesus Christ in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. A symbol of Christianity across the world, the statue has also become a cultural icon of both Rio de Janeiro and Brazil."
msgstr "Kristusstatuen («Cristo Redentor» – Kristus frelsaren) er ein art deco-statue i Rio de Janeiro i Brasil som viser Jesus Kristus. Han er eit symbol på kristendom i heile verda, og har òg blitt eit kulturelt symbol på både Rio de Janiero og Brasil."
msgid "The Great Wall, was listed as a World Heritage by UNESCO in 1987. Just like a gigantic dragon, it winds up and down across deserts, grasslands, mountains and plateaus, stretching approximately 13,170 miles (21,196 kilometers) from east to west of China."
msgstr "Den kinsesiske muren vart oppført på verdsarvlista til UNESCO i 1987. Nett som ein enorm drake buktar han seg opp og ned gjennom ørkenar, grassletter, fjell og vidder, 21 196 kilometer frå aust til vest i Kina."
msgid "Machu Picchu stands 2,430 m above sea-level, in the middle of a tropical mountain forest, in an extraordinarily beautiful setting. It was probably the most amazing urban creation of the Inca Empire at its height; its giant walls, terraces and ramps seem as if they have been cut naturally in the continuous rock escarpments. The natural setting, on the eastern slopes of the Andes, encompasses the upper Amazon basin with its rich diversity of flora and fauna."
msgstr "Machu Picchu ligg 2 430 meter over havet, uvanleg vakkert til, midt i ein tropisk fjellskog. Det var truleg det ypparste inkaane skapte, og dei høge murane, kunstige terrassane og rampane ser ut til å vera tilpassa dei naturlege landskapsformasjonane. Ruinbyen ligg på austsida av Andesfjella, ved det øvre Amazonasbekkenet, som har eit svært rikt plante- og dyreliv."
msgid "Petra is a historical and archaeological city in the southern Jordanian governorate of Ma'an that is famous for its rock-cut architecture and water conduit system. Established possibly as early as 312 BC as the capital city of the Arab Nabataeans, it is a symbol of Jordan, as well as Jordan's most-visited tourist attraction."
msgstr "Petra er ein ruinby i guvernementet Ma’an sør i det noverande Jordan. Han er kjend for fasadane som er hogde ut direkte frå fjellet og for det imponerande vassleiingssystemet. Petra vart bygd kanskje så tidleg som år 312 fvt., som hovudstaden til nabatearane. Han er eit symbol på Jordan, og er også den mest vitja turistattraksjonen der."
msgid "The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgstr "Taj Mahal er eit kvitt marmormausoleum ved elva Jamuna i byen Agra i India. Det vart bygd i 1632 av stormogulen Shah Jahan, og skulle husa gravkammeret til yndlingskona hans, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgid "Sri Harimandir Sahib, known as the Golden Temple in Amritsar, is one of the most revered spiritual sites of Sikhism. The construction was intended to build a place of worship for men and women from all walks of life and all religions to worship God equally."
msgstr "Det gylne tempelet (Harmandir Sáhib, Hari Mandir eller Sri Darbár Sáhib) er ein av dei heilagaste stadane til sikhane. Byggverket er meint som eit gudshus der folk frå alle samfunnslag og religionar kan tilbe Gud."
msgid "Hawa Mahal, is a palace in Jaipur, India, so named because it was essentially a high screen wall built so the women of the royal household could observe street festivals while unseen from the outside. Constructed of red and pink sandstone, the palace sits on the edge of the City Palace, and extends to the zenana, or women's chambers."
msgstr "Hawa Mahal («vindanes palass») er eit palass i Jaipur i India. Det har fått namnet fordi det var bygd som ein høg fasade der kvinnene ved hoffet kunne sjå på aktivitetane i gatene utan sjølv å verta sette. Det er laga av raud og rosa sandstein, og er ein ytre del av bypalasset, som eit tilbygg til «zenana»-en, kvinnefløyen."
msgid "The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgstr "Taj Mahal er eit kvitt marmormausoleum ved elva Jamuna i byen Agra i India. Det vart bygd i 1632 av stormogulen Shah Jahan, og skulle husa gravkammeret til yndlingskona hans, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgid "The Gateway of India is one of India's most unique landmarks situated in the city of Mumbai. The colossal structure was constructed in 1924. Located at the tip of Apollo Bunder, the gateway overlooks the Mumbai harbor, bordered by the Arabian Sea in the Colaba district. The Gateway of India is a monument that marks India's chief ports and is a major tourist attraction for visitors who arrive in India for the first time."
msgstr "Gateway of India («inngangsporten til India») ligg i byen Mumbai, og er eit av Indias mest unike landemerke. Det enorme byggverket vart ferdigstilt i 1924. Det ligg nesten ytst på Apollo Bunder, omkransa av Arabiahavet og med utsikt over hamna i Mumbai. Gateway of India står som eit merke på dei viktigaste hamnene i India, og vert mykje vitja av turistar som er i India for første gong."
msgid "The Great Stupa at Sanchi is the oldest stone structure in India and was originally commissioned by the emperor Ashoka the Great in the 3rd century BCE. Its nucleus was a simple hemispherical brick structure built over the relics of the Buddha. It was crowned by the chatra, a parasol-like structure symbolizing high rank, which was intended to honor and shelter the relics."
msgstr "Stupaen ved Sanchi er den eldste steinbygningen i India, og var bygd på oppdrag frå keisar Ashoka den store i det tredje hundreåret før vår tidsrekning. I kjernen var ein enkel halvkuleforma mursteinskonstruksjon bygd over relikviane til Buddha. Oppå denne var «chatra»-en, ein parasolliknande struktur som symboliserte høg rang og som var laga for å verna og visa vørdnad for relikviane."
msgid "The Ajanta Caves are about 29 rock-cut Buddhist cave monuments which date from the 2nd century BCE to about 480 CE in Aurangabad district of Maharashtra state of India. The caves include paintings and rock cut sculptures described as among the finest surviving examples of ancient Indian art, particularly expressive paintings that present emotion through gesture, pose and form. Since 1983, the caves have been a UNESCO World Heritage Site"
msgstr "Ajanta-hòlene er 30 buddhistiske hòler hogne ut frå fjellet i Aurangabad-distriktet i staten Maharashtra i India. Dei stammar frå år 200 fvt. til 480 evt., og inneheld fleire veggmåleri og uthogne skulpturar. Desse vert rekna som nokre av dei beste overlevande eksempla på tidleg indisk kunst. Dette gjeld spesielt dei uttrykksfulle måleria, som presenterer kjensler gjennom kroppsføring, positur og form. I 1983 kom hòlene med på verdsarvlista til UNESCO."
msgid "The Konark Sun Temple (also spelled Konarak) is a 13th-century Hindu temple dedicated to the Sun god. Shaped like a giant chariot, the temple is known for the exquisite stone carvings that cover the entire structure."
msgstr "Soltempelet i Konarak er eit hindutempel frå 1200-talet. Det er forma ei stor hestestridsvogn og er kjend for dei detaljerte utskjeringane i stein som dekkjer heile byggverket."
# Veit ikkje om noko offisielt namn; dette er eit forslag.
msgid "Mysore Palace or Mysore Maharaja Palace is one of the largest and most spectacular monuments in India. Also known as Amba Vilas, it is located in the heart of the city of Mysore. The palace was initially built by the Wodeyar kings in the 14th century."
msgstr "Palasset i Mysore er eit av dei største og mest praktfulle byggverka i India. Det ligg i hjartet av byen Mysore og vart bygd av Wodeyar-kongane på 1300-talet."
msgid "The Charminar in Hyderabad was constructed in 1591 by Mohammed Quli Qutab Shah. He built the Charminar to mark the end of plague in the Hyderabad city. Since the construction of the Charminar, the Hyderabad city has almost become synonymous with the monument. The Charminar is a massive and impressive structure with four minarets."
msgstr "Moskéen Charminar i byen Hyderabad vart bygd i 1591 av Muhammad Quli Qutab Shah. Han bygde moskéen for å markera slutten på spreiinga av pesten i Hyderabad. Seinare har Hyderabad nesten blitt synonymt med dette minnesmerket. Det er eit massivt og imponerande byggverk med fire minaretar."
msgid "The Victoria Memorial was built to commemorate the peak of the British Empire in India. It represents the architectural climax of Kolkata city, and blends the best of the British and Mughal architecture. The Victoria Memorial hall was built with white Makrana marbles."
msgstr "Victoria Memorial vart bygd som eit minnesmerke over det britiske imperiet i India, og det representerer eit arkitektonisk høgdepunkt for Kolkata. Det er ei blanding av det beste frå arkitekturen til både Storbritannia og Mughalriket og er bygd med kvit makranamarmor."
msgid "The Rang Ghar is a two-storied building which once served as the royal sports-pavilion where Ahom kings and nobles were spectators at games like buffalo fights and other sports at Rupahi Pathar - particularly during the Rongali Bihu festival in the Ahom capital of Rangpur."
msgstr "Rang Ghar er ein toetasjes bygning som ein gong fungerte som ein kongeleg sportspaviljong der Ahom-kongane og andre adelsfolk kunne sjå på bøffelslagsmål og andre sportar ved Rupahi Pathar, spesielt under Rongali Bihu-festivalen i Ahom-hovudstaden Rangpur."
msgid "Qutub Minar at 74 meters, is the tallest brick minaret in the world, and the second tallest minar in India after Fateh Burj at Mohali. Along with the ancient and medieval monuments surrounding it, they form the Qutb Complex, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The tower, located in the Mehrauli area of Delhi, is made of red sandstone and marble."
msgstr "Den 74 meter høge Qutb Minar er den høgaste minareten i verda bygd av steinblokkar, og den nesten høgaste minareten i India, etter Fateh Burj i byen Mohali. Qutb Minar og dei omkringliggjande monumenta frå antikken og mellomalderen dannar Qutb-komplekset, som står på verdsarvlista til UNESCO. Tårnet er i Mehrauli-området i Delhi og er laga av raud sandstein og marmor."
msgid "Mont Saint-Michel is a rocky tidal island located in Normandy, at the mouth of the Couesnon River, near the city of Avranches. The highest point of the island is the spire at the top of the Abbey’s bell tower, 170 metres above sea level. They are currently less than 50 people living on the island. The unique feature of Mont Saint-Michel is that it is completely surrounded by water and can only be accessed at low tide."
msgstr "Mont-Saint-Michel er ei steinete tidevassøy i Normandie, ved munningen til elva Couesnon, nær byen Avranches. Det høgaste punktet på øya er spiret på toppen av eit kloster, 170 meter over havet. Det lever 50 menneske på øya. Det spesielle med Mont-Saint-Michel er at øya berre er tilgjengeleg når det fjøre; elles har ho vatn på alle sider."
msgid "With more than 4 million visitors each year, Carcassonne is among the most prestigious tourist destinations in France, on a par with Mont Saint Michel and Paris’ Notre-Dame. A UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1997, Carcassonne is a dramatic representation of medieval architecture perched on a rocky spur that towers above the River Aude, southeast of the new town."
msgstr "Med meir enn fire millionar vitjarar kvart år er Carcassonne blant dei mest velrenommerte reisemåla for turistar i Frankrike – saman med Mont-Saint-Michel og Notre-Dame i Paris. Carcassonne kom med på verdsarvlista til UNESCO i 1997, og er eit dramatisk eksempel på mellomalderarkitektur, der han tronar på toppen av ein ås, over elva Aude, søraust for nyebyen."
msgid "By size, Reims Cathedral is quite an extraordinary construction: designed to accommodate huge crowds, its gigantic dimensions include a surface area of 6,650 m2 and a length of 122m. A Gothic art masterpiece and the coronation site of the Kings of France, it has been listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1991. The Mecca for tourists in the Champagne region welcomes 1,500,000 visitors every year."
msgstr "Storleiksmessig er Notre-Dame de Reims eit byggverk utanom det vanlege. Med ei lengd på 112 meter og eit areal på 6 650 kvadratmeter vart katedralen bygd for å husa store menneskemengder. Det er eit meisterverk i gotisk stil og kroningsstaden for kongar av Frankrike. Katedralen kom med på verdsarvlista til UNESCO i 1991. Dette mekkaet for turistar i Champagne-regionen tek imot 1 500 000 vitjarar kvart år."
msgid "The Pont du Gard was built shortly before the Christian era to allow the aqueduct of Nîmes (which is almost 50 km long) to cross the Gardon river. The Roman architects and hydraulic engineers who designed this bridge, which stands almost 50 m high and is on three levels – the longest measuring 275 m – created a technical as well as an artistic masterpiece."
msgstr "Brua Pont du Gard, bygd kort tid før vår tidsrekning, var laga for å la akvedukten til byen Nîmes (som er nesten 50 km lang) kryssa Gard-elva (no Gardon). Brua er 50 meter høg og har bogar på tre nivå, det det lengste er 275 meter. Dei romerske arkitektane og vassbyggingsingeniørane som utforma brua, laga eit teknisk og kunstnarisk meisterverk."
msgid "This Roman amphitheatre dates back to the first century BC and was originally the setting for gladiator battles and chariot races during Antiquity. Modified many times, it was finally renovated during the 19th century."
msgstr "Dette romerske amfiteateret vart bygd i det første hundreåret i vår tidsrekning, og vart opphavleg brukt til gladiatorkampar og vognløp. Det har blitt bygd om fleire gongar, og vart til slutt rehabilitert på 1800-talet."
msgid "Prestigious, majestic, colossal, extravagant are these adjectives enough to fully describe the splendour of Chambord? The largest chateau of the Loire Valley is indeed full of surprises for those who are lucky enough to explore its domain. This remarkable piece of architecture is certainly more than just a castle: it is the dream of a King, transformed into reality."
msgstr "Majestetisk, kolossal, ekstravagant – er desse adjektiva nok til å skildra Chambord? Det største slottet i Loire-dalen er full av overraskingar for dei som er heldige nok til å få utforska det. Dette byggverket er meir enn eit slott; det er draumen til ein konge – gjord til verkelegheit."
msgid "When coming from Cahors by road, Rocamadour suddenly appears clinging precariously against the cliff above the Alzou canyon. One of the most famous villages of Europe, Rocamadour seemingly defies the laws of gravity. The vertiginous Citadel of Faith is best summed up by an old local saying: “houses on the river, churches on the houses, rocks on the churches, castle on the rock”."
msgstr "Når ein følgjer vegen frå Cahors, dukkar landsbyen Rocamadour brått opp, den han formeleg klyngjer seg til klippa over elva Alzou. Det er ein av dei mest kjende landsbyane i Europa, og ser tilsynelatande ut til å trossa tyngdekrafta. Det svimlande citadellet der kan best oppsummerast med eit lokalt uttrykk: «husa på elva, kyrkjene på husa, steinane på kyrkjene og slottet på steinen»."
msgid "The star attraction of Avignon is the Palais des Papes (Palace of the Popes), a vast castle of significant historic, religious and architectural importance. It is one of the largest and most important medieval Gothic buildings in Europe."
msgstr "Hovudattraksjonen i Avignon er pavepalasset, Palais des Papes, eit monumental slott, som både er historisk, religiøst og arkitektonisk viktig. Det er eit av dei største og viktigaste bygningane frå mellomalderen i Europa som er bygd i gotisk stil."
msgid "Chateau de Chenonceau is among many of Loire Valley Chateaux that boast amazing architecture and historical significance drawing thousands of tourists from all over the world. Chateau de Chenonceau is sometimes called the Ladies Castle by some historians due to feminine figures having greatly influenced the construction and development of this French Chateau over the centuries."
msgstr "Château de Chenonceau er blant dei mange storslåtte og historisk viktige slotta i Loire-dalen, og det trekkjer kvart år tusenvis av turistar frå heile verda. Det vert nokre gongar kalla «kvinnenes slott» av historikarar, sidan fleire kvinner var involverte i bygginga og i vidareutviklinga av slottet opp gjennom hundreåra."
msgid "The world-famous metallic tower was built for the Paris International Exhibition in 1889 for the centenary of the French Revolution. At the time of its inauguration, it was the world’s tallest monument."
msgstr "Dette verdskjende ståltårnet vart bygd til verdsutstillinga i 1889, for å feira hundreårsdagen til den franske revolusjonen. Når det vart innvia, var det det høgaste byggverket i verda."
msgid "The ultimate fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein is situated on a rugged hill near Füssen in southwest Bavaria. It was the inspiration for the Sleeping Beauty castles in the Disneyland parks. The castle was commissioned by King Ludwig II of Bavaria who was declared insane when the castle was almost completed in 1886 and found dead a few days later. Neuschwanstein is the most photographed building in the country and one of the most popular tourist attractions in Germany."
msgstr "Det fullkomne eventyrslottet Neuschwanstein ligg på ein ulendt ås nær Füssen i Sørvest-Bayern, og var inspirasjon for Tornerose-slotta i Disneyland-parkane. Det vart bygd på ordre av kong Ludwig II av Bayern. Han vart erklært gal i 1886 like før slottet var ferdigstilt, og funnen død nokre dagar seinare. Neuschwanstein er den mest fotograferte bygningen i Tyskland og eit av dei mest populære turistreisemåla."
msgid "The Trier Imperial Baths are a large Roman bath complex in Trier, Germany. It is designated as part of the Roman Monuments, Cathedral of St. Peter and Church of Our Lady in Trier UNESCO World Heritage Site."
msgstr "Keisarbadet («Kaiserthermen») er eit stort romersk badeanlegg i Trier i Tyskland. Det er ein del av dei romerske kulturminna, som saman med blant anna domkyrkja og Vår Frues kyrkje står på verdsarvlista til UNESCO."
msgid "The Brandenburg Gate is the only surviving city gate of Berlin and symbolizes the reunification of East and West Berlin. Built in the 18th century, the Brandenburg Gate is the entry to Unter den Linden, the prominent boulevard of linden trees which once led directly to the palace of the Prussian monarchs. It is regarded as one of the most famous landmarks in Europe."
msgstr "Brandenburger Tor («Brandenburg-porten») er den einaste gjenlevande byporten i Berlin, og står som eit symbol på den nye sameininga mellom Aust-Berlin og Vest-Berlin. Han vart bygd på 1800-talet og er inngangsporten til Under den Linden («under lindetrea»), paradegata med lindetre som ein gong førte rett til palasset til dei prøyssiske monarkane. Han er eit av dei mest vidgjetne landemerka i Europa."
msgid "The Cathedral of Berlin is the largest church in the city, and it serves as a vital center for the Protestant church of Germany. Reaching out well beyond the borders of the parish and of Berlin, the cathedral attracts thousands of visitors, year after year, from Germany and abroad."
msgstr "Berliner Dom er den største kyrkja i byen og eit levande midtpunkt for den lutherske kyrkja i Tyskland. Domen trekkjer til seg mange tusen vitjarar kvart år, både frå Tyskland og frå resten av verda."
msgid "This romantic fairytale fortress, with all its many towers, domes and wings, is reflected in the waters of Lake Schwerin. It was completed in 1857 and symbolized the powerful dynasty of its founder, Friedrich Franz II."
msgstr "Dette romantiske eventyrslottet, med alle dets tårn, kuplar og fløyer, speglar seg i Schwerinsjøen. Det var ferdig bygd i 1857 og symboliserer dynastiet til grunnleggjaren, Fredrik Franz II."
msgid "The long, high-ceilinged brick structure was the throne hall of the Roman emperor until the destruction of the city by Germanic tribes. The invaders built a settlement inside the roofless ruin. In the 12th century, the apse was converted into a tower to accommodate the Archbishop of Trier."
msgstr "Denne lange murbygningen med høg takhøgd var tronhallen til den romerske keisaren fram til byen vart øydelagd av germanarfolk, som så bygde ein busetnad i ruinane. På 1100-talet vart apsisen bygd om til eit tårn for erkebiskopen av Trier."
msgid "Worms Cathedral (Wormser Dom) also known as the Cathedral of St Peter is a Romanesque cathedral in the German city of Worms. A sandstone structure with distinctive conical towers, Worms Cathedral was constructed in phases throughout the twelfth century and mostly completed by 1181."
msgstr "Wormser Dom, òg kjend som St. Peter-domen, er ein katedral i byen Worms, bygd i romansk stil. Han er utforma i sandstein, med særeigne kjegleforma tårn. Han vart bygd opp i fleire steg opp gjennom 1100-talet, og stod ferdig i år 1181."
msgid "Situated on Point Loma in San Diego, California, Cabrillo National Monument commemorates the first European to land on the West Coast of the United States, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo. Portuguese by birth, Cabrillo carried the Spanish flag in his conquests of the New World. He arrived at San Diego Bay in September 1542, three months after departing from Barra de Navidad on the west coast of Mexico."
msgstr "Nasjonalmonumentet Cabrillo ligg på sørspissen av halvøya Point Loma i San Diego i California. Det er eit minnesmerke over Juan Rodríguez Cabrillo, den første europearen som gjekk i land på vestkysten av USA. Han var fødd i Portugal, men erobra «den nye verda» under det spanske flagget. Han kom til San Diego Bay i September 1542, tre månadar etter at han forlét Barra de Navidad på vestkysten av Mexico."
msgid "The stoic red ruins of Canyon de Chelly in northeastern Arizona are at once part of the National Park Service and the Navajo Nation, having been established as a national monument in 1931. A number of important early Native American sites are preserved in the nearly 84,000 acres of parkland, and Canyon de Chelly also offers an array of Southwestern geological formations, including Spider Rock, an 800-foot-tall sandstone spire that rises eerily from the bottom of the canyon floor."
msgstr "Dei raude landskapet i Canyon de Chelly nordaust i Arizona er ein del av National Park Service og Navajo Nation, og vart erklært eit nasjonalmonument i 1931. Ruinar frå fleire viktige tidlege indianske busetnadar ligg i det over 400 dekar store området. Canyon de Chelly har òg ei mengd interessante geologiske formasjonar, blant anna Spider Rock, eit over 200 meter høgt sandsteinsspir som står ut frå botnen av dalen."
msgid "Set on more than 20 acres in St. Augustine, Florida, the Castillo de San Marcos was completed as the city's defensive fort in 1695, when Florida was still a Spanish territory. Constructed out of the rare coquina limestone, the star-shaped Castillo also is the oldest masonry fort in the country."
msgstr "Det om lag 80 dekar store stjerneforma fortet i St. Augstine, Florida, stod ferdig som byens forsvarsfort i 1695, når Florida framleis låg under Spania. Det er bygd med den sjeldne coquina-kalksteinen, og er det eldste murfortet på fastlands-USA."
msgid "This round, sandstone fort sitting at the bottom of Manhattan Island predates Ellis Island by about 50 years as the first U.S. immigration checkpoint. Castle Clinton (nps.gov/cacl) was originally built as a fort to protect New York from a British invasion during the War of 1812, and was dedicated as a national monument in 1946."
msgstr "Dette runde sandsteinsfortet på øya Manhattan var den første immigrasjonsstasjonen i USA, og var i bruk om lag 50 år før Ellis Island. Castle Clinton var opphavleg bygd som eit fort for å verna New York frå invasjon frå Storbritannia i 1812-krigen, og det vart erklært som eit nasjonalmonument i 1946."
msgid "The George Washington Birthplace National Monument is in Westmoreland County, Virginia, United States. Originally settled by John Washington, George Washington's great-grandfather, George Washington was born here on February 22, 1732. He lived here until age three, returning later as a teenager."
msgstr "Dette nasjonalmonumentet ligg i Westmoreland fylke i delstaten Virginia. Det var oldefar til George Washington, John Washington, som først slo seg ned her. George vart fødd her 22. februar 1732, og budde her til han var tre år. Han kom seinare tilbake som tenåring."
msgid "Built in white stone with 36 iconic columns, The Lincoln Memorial is one of the most recognized structures in the United States. The memorial is at the west end of the National Mall, in West Potomac Park, and is an example in Neoclassical architecture. It features a solitary, 19-foot-tall statue of Abraham Lincoln sitting in contemplation, which is flanked on both side chambers with inscriptions of Lincoln’s Second Inaugural Address and arguably his most famous speech, the Gettysburg Address."
msgstr "Lincoln-monumentet er bygd i kvit marmor, og er med dei 36 doriske søylene eit eksempel på nyklassisistisk arkitektur. Det ligg plassert på vestkanten av nasjonalparken National Mall og er eit av dei mest kjende monumenta i USA. Inni monumentet er ein nesten 6 meter høg statue av Abraham Lincoln, flankert på begge sider av veggtavler med inskripsjonar frå hans andre innsetjingstale og det som truleg er han mest kjende tale, Gettysburg-tala."
msgid "Mt. Rushmore stands as a shrine of democracy, a monument and memorial to George Washington, this country's birth, growth and ideals. Mount Rushmore symbolizes the greatness of this nation through the greatness of its leaders. The epic sculpture of Mount Rushmore depicts the faces of four exalted American presidents that symbolize this nation's rich history, rugged determination and lasting achievements."
msgstr "Mount Rushmore står som eit symbol på demokrati og som eit minnesmerke over USAs fødsel, vekst og ideal. Monumentet viser bystene til fire amerikanske presidentar, som til saman symboliserer den rike historia, handleviljen og prestasjonane til nasjonen og innbyggjarane der opp gjennom tidene."
msgid "Navajo National Monument is a National Monument located within the northwest portion of the Navajo Nation territory in northern Arizona, which was established to preserve three-well preserved cliff dwellings of the Ancestral Puebloan People: Keet Seel (Kitsʼiil), Betatakin (Bitátʼahkin), and Inscription House (Tsʼah Biiʼ Kin). The monument is high on the Shonto plateau, overlooking the Tsegi Canyon system, west of Kayenta, Arizona. It features a visitor center with a museum, two short self-guided mesa top trails, two small campgrounds, and a picnic area. Rangers guide visitors on free tours of the Keet Seel and Betatakin cliff dwellings. The Inscription House site, further west, is currently closed to public access."
msgstr "Navajo National Monument er eit nasjonalmonument nordvest i navaho-reservatet Navajo Nation i Nord-Arizona. Det vart etablert for å verna tre fjellhòler til anasazifolket – Keet Seel (Kitsʼiil), Betatakin (Bitátʼahkin), og Inscription House (Tsʼah Biiʼ Kin). Monumentet ligg høgt på Shonto-platået, med utsikt over Tsegi Canyon, vest for Kayenta. Det har eit besøkssenter med museum, to korte turstiar, to leirplassar og eit piknikområde. Ein kan få gratis omvisingar til hòlene Keet Seel og Betatakin. Den tredje hòla er stengd for allmenta."
msgid "Perhaps the best-known monument and symbol of the United States is the Statue of Liberty, which sits on its own tiny island in New York City. The statue was a gift from the people of France and was dedicated in October 1886."
msgstr "Kanskje det mest kjende monumentet og symbolet på USA er Fridomsgudinna, ein høg statue på ei lita øy (Liberty Island – «fridomsøya») i New York. Statuen var ei gåve frå Frankrike og vart avduka i oktober 1886."
msgid "Originally built as a defensive structure following the War of 1812, it was at this oceanfront fortification in Charleston Harbor, South Carolina, that the first shots of the Civil War were fired. Inside Fort Sumter, a number of exhibits offer perspectives on U.S. history, particularly the divisions between North and South that eventually resulted in the war."
msgstr "Fortet var opphavleg bygd som eit forsvarsverk etter 1812-krigen. Det var ved dette kystfortet i Charleston Harbor i Sør-Carolina at dei første skota i borgarkrigen vart avfyrte. I Fort Sumter finn me fleire utstillingar frå historia til USA, spesielt om skiljelinjene mellom nord- og sørstatane – som til slutt utløyste den amerikanske borgarkrigen."
msgid "The Great Pyramid of Giza is also known as the Pyramid of Khufu or the Pyramid of Cheops. It is considered to be the oldest of all the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. It is also the largest of all the three pyramids in the Giza. It is situated in Giza Necropolis of Egypt. The initial construction has been started by Egyptian Pharaoh Khufu then it was continued by his son Khafre and finally completed by Menkaure. It took almost 20 years to build the pyramid and approximately 2 million blocks of stone has been used in the construction. The height of the pyramid is approximately 139 meters making it the highest pyramid of Egypt."
msgstr "Kheopspyramiden, den store pyramiden i Giza, vert òg kalla Khufupyramiden. Han vert rekna for å vera den eldste av alle dei sju underverka i antikken. Det er òg den største av dei tre pyramidane i Giza og ligg på Giza nekropolis i Egypt. Pyramidekomplekset med dei tre pyramidane der vart påbegynt av den egyptiske faraoen Khufu, arbeida vidare med under sonen hans Khafre og til slutt fullført av Menkaure. Det tok om lag 20 år og to millionar steinblokker å byggja pyramiden. Han er cirka 139 meter høg og den høgaste av pyramidane i Egypt."
msgid "The Bent Pyramid located at Dahshur was the second pyramid built by pharaoh Sneferu. Mysteriously, this true pyramid rises from the desert at an angle of 55 degrees and then suddenly changes to a more gradual angle of 43 degrees. One theory holds that due to the steepness of the original angle the weight to be added above the inner chambers and passageways became too large, forcing the builders to adopt a shallower angle. Today, the Bent Pyramid is the only pyramid in Egypt of which the outer casing of polished limestone is still largely intact."
msgstr "Den bøygde pyramiden ved Dahshur var den andre pyramiden bygd av faraoen Sneferu. Pyramiden stig opp frå ørkenen med ein vinkel på 55 gradar, men skiftar brått til ein vinkel på 43 gradar. Ein teori er at den opphavlege vinkel var for bratt, slik at tyngda som kom på dei indre kammera og gangane vart for stor, og ein måtte gå over til ein mindre bratt vinkel. Den bøygde pyramiden er den einaste pyramiden i Egypt der delar av det ytre laget med polert kalkstein framleis står att."
msgid "Five miles south of Saqqara in Egypt stands the mysterious tower-like pyramid of Meidum, which today scarcely resembles a typical pyramid at all. The pyramid was probably built during the reign of the 4th Dynasty pharaoh Sneferu, although it is believed by some that the pyramid may have been started by Sneferu’s predecessor, Huni. At some point during its construction the steps of the pyramid were filled with limestone encasing marking the first attempt by the ancient Egyptians at the construction of a true pyramid."
msgstr "Sør for Saqqara i Egypt står den mystiske tårnliknande Meidum-pyramiden, som i dag knapt ser ut som ein typisk pyramide. Han var truleg bygd under faraoen Sneferu i det fjerde egyptiske dynastiet, men nokon trur han kan vera på begynt under forgjengaren hans, Huni. På eit tidspunkt under bygginga vart trappetrinna fylde med kalkstein, og dette markerer det første forsøket på å byggja ein ekte pyramide."
msgid "Red Pyramid was one of the finest and successful attempts by Pharaoh Sneferu in building world’s first ever smooth sided pyramid during the Ancient Egypt period. The height of the pyramid is 104 meters making it the world’s 4th largest pyramid in Egypt. The pyramid has been built with red limestone stones and hence the name. The local people of Egypt called it as el-heram el-watwaat meaning the Bat Pyramid."
msgstr "Den raude pyramiden var ein av dei flottaste og mest vellukka forsøka farao Sneferu hadde på å byggja ein pyramide med glatte sider. Pyramiden er 104 meter høg, noko som gjer han til den fjerde høgaste pyramiden i Egypt. Han vart bygd med raud kalkstein, derav namnet. Dei lokale innbyggjarane kalla han «el-heram el-watwaat», som tyder «flaggermuspyramiden»."
"In level one, players enjoy exploring each animal on the screen. Click on the question mark, and learn about the animal, what it's name is, and what it looks like. Study well this information, because you will be tested in level 2!\n"
"\n"
"In level two, a random text prompt is displayed and you must click on the animal that matches the text. When you have matched all texts correctly, you win!\n"
msgstr ""
"Det finst to brett i dette spelet.\n"
"\n"
"På det første brettet skal du læra om dyra du ser. Trykk på kvart dyr for å lesa litt om det, læra kva det heiter og sjå korleis det verkeleg ser ut. Lær deg dette, då du vert spurd om det på det neste brettet!\n"
"\n"
"På det andre brettet må du lesa litt om eit dyr, og så trykkja på det dyret. Du er ferdig når du har klart å kopla alle tekstane med rett dyr!\n"
msgid "Hedgehogs eat small animals, like frogs and insects, so many people keep them as useful pets. When in danger, they will curl up into a ball and stick up their coat of sharp spines."
msgstr "Piggsvinet et små dyr, for eksempel froskar og insekt, og mange brukar det derfor som nyttedyr. Når det kjenner seg redd, krøllar det seg saman og stikk ut piggane."
msgid "The giraffe lives in Africa and is the tallest mammal in the world. Just their legs, which are usually 1.8 meters long, are taller than most humans!"
msgstr "Sjiraffen bur i Afrika og er det høgaste pattedyret i verda. Beina er ofte rundt 1,8 meter – høgare enn mange menneske!"
# Det er visstnok alaskaelgen som er det *største* hjortedyret, ikkje vår heimlege elg. Og ein elg kan ifølgje engelsk Wikipedia eta opptil 32 kg om dagen, altså meir enn 25 kg.
msgid "Being the largest of all the deers, moose eats as much as 25 kg a day. However, it's not easy, so sometimes moose has to stand on its hind legs to reach branches up to 4 meters!"
msgstr "Elgen eit eit spesielt stort hjortedyr, som kan fortæra over 25 kg mat om dagen. Men det er ikkje lett, og av og til må han stå på bakbeina for å nå opp til høge greiner."
"In the first level, enjoy exploring music from around the world. Click on each suitcase to learn about the music from that area, and listen to a short sample. Study well, because there will be two games related to this information next!\n"
"\n"
"The second level is a matching game. You will hear a clip of music, and you must select the location that corresponds to that music. Click the play button if you'd like to hear the music again. You win the level when you have correctly matched all sound clips.\n"
"\n"
"The third level is also a matching game. You must select the location that matches the text description on the screen. You win the level when you have correctly matched all text prompts.\n"
msgstr ""
"Det finst tre brett i dette spelet.\n"
"\n"
"På det første brettet skal du utforska musikk frå ulike stadar i verda. Trykk på kvart koffert for å læra om musikken frå det området og høyra eit kort eksempel. Følg nøye med, då du vert spurd om det på dei to neste bretta!\n"
"\n"
"På det andre brettet vil du høyra eit tilfeldig musikklipp, og du må så trykkja på staden som musikken høyrer til. Trykk på avspelingsbiletet viss du vil høyra lyden om att. Du er ferdig når du har klart å kopla alle musikklippa med rett stad.\n"
"\n"
"På det tredje brettet må du lesa litt om musikk, og så trykkja på rett stad på kartet. Du er ferdig når du har klart å kopla alle tekstane med rett stad.\n"
msgid "Aboriginals were the first people to live in Australia. They sing and play instruments, like the didgeridoo. It is made from a log and can be up to five meters long!"
msgstr "Aboriginane var dei første menneska som budde i Australia. Dei syng og spelar på for eksempel didgeridoo. Dette instrumentet er laga av eit uthola trerøyr og kan vera heile fem meter lang!"
msgid "Music is a part of everyday life in Africa. African music features a great variety of drums, and they believe it is a sacred and magical instrument."
msgstr "Musikk er ein del av dagleglivet i Afrika. Afrikansk musikk har mange ulike typar trommer, og ein meiner det er eit heilagt og magisk instrument."
msgid "Music is a very important part of middle eastern culture. Specific songs are played to call worshipers to prayer. The lute is an instrument invented thousands of years ago and still in use today."
msgstr "Musikk er veldig viktig i kulturen i Midtausten. Eigne songar vert brukte til å kalla dei truane til bønn. Lutt er eit instrument funne opp for fleire tusen år sidan og er stadig i bruk."
msgid "Taiko drumming comes from Japan. This type of drumming was originally used to scare enemies in battle. It is very loud, and performances are very exciting with crowds cheering and performers yelling!"
msgstr "Taikotromming kjem frå Japan. Denne typen tromming vart opphavleg brukt til å skremma fienden i kamp. Han lagar mykje lyd, og framføring av taikotromming går svært livleg for seg, med jubel frå publikum og hyl frå utøvarane!"
msgid "Folk music of this region is called celtic music, often incorporates a narrative poem or story. Typical instruments include bagpipes, fiddles, flutes, harps, and accordions."
msgstr "Folkemusikken i dette området vert kalla keltisk musikk, og har ofte eit dikt eller ei forteljing som ein viktig del. Typiske instrument er sekkepipe, fløyte, harpe og trekkspel."
msgid "Italy is famous for its Opera. Opera is a musical theater where actors tell a story by acting and singing. Opera singers, both male and female, learn special techniques to sing operas."
msgstr "Italia er vidgjeten for opera. Opera er ei form for musikkteater der utøvarane fortel ei historie gjennom skodespel og song. Operasongarar lærer spesielle teknikkar for å synga."
msgid "Mariachi is a famous type of Mexican music. It features guitars, trumpets, and violins. These bands play for many occasions, including weddings and parties."
msgstr "Mariachi er kjend musikkform frå Mexico, med gitar, trompet og fiolin. Mariachi-orkester spelar ved mange typar tilstellingar, for eksempel bryllaup og festar."
msgid "USA also has a wide variety of musical genres, but perhaps it is most famous for rock n' roll music. This music features vocalists, guitars, and drums."
msgstr "USA har mange typar musikk, men er kanskje mest kjend for rock and roll. Denne musikken har songarar, gitarar og trommer."
msgid "Find the date 2 months, 1 week and 8 days before April 7."
msgstr "Finn datoen 2 månadar, 1 veke og 8 dagar før 7. april."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Control the hose-pipe"
msgstr "Sløkk brannen"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The fireman needs to stop the fire, but the hose is blocked."
msgstr "Brannmannen vil sløkkja brannen, men noko har sett seg fast i vasslangen"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Fine motor coordination"
msgstr "Øva finmotorikk."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or your finger over the lock which is represented as a red part in the hose-pipe. This will move it, bringing it, part by part, up to the fire. Be careful, if you move off the hose, the lock will go backward."
msgstr "Flytt peikaren eller fingeren over den raude delen av vasslangen. Då vil vatnet begynna å renna ut, litt etter litt. Pass på at du ikkje flyttar peikaren/fingeren ut av slangen."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The football game"
msgstr "Fotball"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Kick the ball into the goal"
msgstr "Skyt fotballen i målet"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Kick the ball behind the goal keeper on the right"
msgstr "Skyt fotballen forbi målmannen til høgre."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag a line from the ball, to set its speed and direction."
msgstr "Dra ei linje frå ballen for å velja fart og skotretning."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Locate the region"
msgstr "Kjenn att landområda"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop the regions to redraw the whole country"
msgstr "Dra og slepp dei geografiske områda til rett plass på kartet."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and drop different regions of the country to correct locations to redraw the whole country."
msgstr "Dra og slepp dei geografiske områda til rett plass på kartet."
msgid "If you have a keyboard you can use the arrow keys to move and hit space to swallow a number. With a mouse you can click on the block next to your position to move and click again to swallow the number. With a touch screen you can do like with a mouse or swipe anywhere in the direction you want to move and tap to swallow the number."
msgstr "Viss du har eit tastatur, kan du bruka piltastane for å flytta deg og mellomromstasten for å eta eit tal. Har du ei mus, kan du trykkja på eit felt ved sida av talmumsaren for å gå der, og så trykkja éin gong til for å eta talet. Med peikeskjerm gjer du det same som med musa, eller du kan dra fingeren i retninga du vil gå, og trykkja på eit felt for å eta talet."
msgid "The factors of a number are all the numbers that divide that number evenly. For example, the factors of 6 are 1, 2, 3 and 6. 4 is not a factor of 6 because 6 cannot be divided into 4 equal pieces. If one number is a multiple of a second number, then the second number is a factor of the first number. You can think of multiples as families, and factors are the people in those families. So 1, 2, 3 and 6 all fit into the 6 family, but 4 belongs to another family."
msgstr "Faktorane til eit tal er dei tala som går opp i talet. For eksempel er faktorane til talet 6 tala 1, 2, 3 og 6. Men 4 er ikkje ein faktor, då du ikkje kan dela 6 i 4 like store delar. Viss eitt tal er eit multiplum av eit anna tal, så er dette andre talet ein faktor i det første talet. Du kan tenkja på multiplum som familiar, og faktorane er menneska i familiane. For eksempel høyrer 1, 2, 3 og 6 til 6-familien, men 4 høyrer til i ein annan familie."
msgid "The multiples of a number are all the numbers that are equal to the original number times another number. For example, 24, 36, 48 and 60 are all multiples of 12. 25 is not a multiple of 12 because there isn't any number that can be multiplied by 12 to get 25. If one number is a factor of a second number, then the second number is a multiple of the first number. Again, you can think of multiples as families, and factors are the people who belong to those families. The factor 5, has parents 10, grandparents 15, great-grandparents 20, great-great-grandparents 25, and every extra step of 5 is another great- in front! But the number 5 does not belong in the 8 or 23 families. You can't fit any number of 5s into 8 or 23 with nothing left over. So 8 isn't a multiple of 5, nor is 23. Only 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 ... are multiples (or families or steps) of 5."
msgstr "Multipluma av eit tal er dei tala som er lik det opphavlege talet gongar eit anna heiltal. For eksempel er 24, 36, 48 og 60 alle multiplum av 12. Men 25 er ikkje eit multiplum, då det ikkje finst noko heiltal som kan gongast med 12 for å få 25. Viss eit tal er ein faktor til eit anna tal, så er dette andre talet eit multiplum av det første talet. Òg her kan du tenkja på desse multipluma som familiar. Faktoren 5 har foreldre 10, besteforeldre 15, oldeforeldre 20, tippoldeforeldre 25 og så vidare. Men talet 5 høyrer ikkje til 8- eller 23-familiane. Du kan ikkje putta 5-arar i 8 eller 23 utan å ha noko til overs. Så 8 er ikkje eit multiplum av 5, og det er heller ikkje 23. Berre 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 og så vidare er multiplum (eller familiar eller steg) av 5."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:28
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Gnumch Primes"
msgstr "Primtals-mumsar"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guide the Number Muncher to all the prime numbers."
msgstr "Hjelp talmumsaren fram til alle primtala"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn about prime numbers."
msgstr "Læra om primtal."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Prime numbers are numbers that are only divisible by themselves and 1. For example, 3 is a prime number, but 4 isn't (because 4 is divisible by 2). You can think of prime numbers as very small families: they only ever have two people in them! Only themselves and 1. You can't fit any other numbers into them with nothing left over. 5 is one of these lonely numbers (only 5 × 1 = 5), but you can see that 6 has 2 and 3 in its family as well (6 × 1 = 6, 2 × 3 = 6). So 6 is not a prime number."
msgstr "Primtal er tal større enn 1 som berre er delelege med seg sjølv og 1. For eksempel er 2 og 3 primtal, mens 4 og 9 ikkje er det (sidan 4 kan delast på 2, og 9 kan delast på 3). Du kan tenkja på primtal som veldig små familiar; dei har berre to familiemedlemmar."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Graph Coloring"
msgstr "Graf-fargelegging"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Color the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same color."
msgstr "Fargelegg grafen slik at alle nabonodar har forskjellige fargar."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to distinguish between different colors/shapes and learn about relative positions."
msgstr "Læra å skilja mellom forskjellige fargar/former, og å læra om relative plasseringar."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Ability to distinguish different colors/shapes, sense of positions"
msgstr "Kunna skilja mellom forskjellige fargar/formar, og forstå plasseringar."
msgid "Guess the algebraic expression and drag the tiles to get a result equal to the Guesscount."
msgstr "Gjett kva reknestykket skal vera og dra brikkene slik at svaret vert lik gjettetalet."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Intuition and practice of algebraic-like calculations."
msgstr "Intuisjon og øving på algebraiske utrekningar."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "knowledge of arithmetic operations"
msgstr "Kjennskap til aritmetiske operasjonar"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag the appropriate numbers and the operators to the boxes to obtain the number to guess in the instruction."
msgstr "Dra tala og operatorane til dei farge felta, slik at svaret vert rett."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Admin.qml:43
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Admin|"
msgid "Level %1"
msgstr "Nivå %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Admin.qml:99
msgctxt "Admin|"
msgid "empty"
msgstr "tom"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/guesscount.js:118
msgctxt "guesscount|"
msgid "result is not positive integer"
msgstr "svaret er ikkje eit positivt heiltal"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/guesscount.js:120
msgctxt "guesscount|"
msgid "result is not an integer"
msgstr "svaret er ikkje eit heiltal"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:132
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "%1/%2"
msgstr "%1/%2"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:159
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Guesscount: %1"
msgstr "Gjettetal: %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:217
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Admin"
msgstr "Administrator"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:218
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "BuiltIn"
msgstr "Innebygd"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:233
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr "Vel modus"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:257
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Valt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:257
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Not Selected"
msgstr "Ikkje valt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/OperandRow.qml:51
msgctxt "OperandRow|"
msgid "Numbers"
msgstr "Tal"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/OperatorRow.qml:55
msgctxt "OperatorRow|"
msgid "Operators"
msgstr "Operatorar"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guess a number"
msgstr "Gjett eit tal"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux escape the cave. Tux hides a number for you to find."
msgstr "Hjelp Tux å komma seg ut av hòla. Han har gøymd eit tal som du må gjetta."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers from 1 to 1000 for the last level."
msgstr "Tal frå 1 til 1 000 for det siste nivået."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions that give you the range of the number to find. Enter a number in the top right entry box. You will be told if your number is higher or lower. Then enter another number. The distance between Tux and the escape area on the right represents how far you are from the correct number. If Tux is over or under the escape area, it means your number is over or under the correct number."
msgstr "Les instruksjonane som fortel deg kva to tal talet ligg mellom. Gjett eit tal, og skriv det inn øvst til høgre. Tux vil så fortelja deg om talet du gjetta er for stort eller for lite. Skriv så inn eit nytt tal. Avstanden mellom Tux og utgangen til høgre viser kor langt vekke du er frå rett tal. Viss Tux er over eller under utgangen, er talet ditt større eller mindre enn det rette talet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:74
#, qt-format
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Guess a number between 1 and %1"
msgstr "Gjett eit tal frå 1 til %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:99
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:103
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number too high"
msgstr "Talet er for stort"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:106
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number too low"
msgstr "Talet er for lite"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:110
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number found!"
msgstr "Du fann talet!"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The classic hangman game"
msgstr "Det klassiske hengtmann-spelet"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guess the letters of the given word. To help you, on every wrong try, a part of the image representing the word will be revealed."
msgstr "Gjett bokstavane i eit visst ord. For å hjelpa deg vert ein del av biletet som representerer ordet vist kvar gong du gjettar feil."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This is a good exercise to improve reading and spelling skills."
msgstr "Gjev god øving i lesing og staving."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can enter the letters using the virtual keyboard on the screen or with the real keyboard."
msgstr "Du kan skriva inn bokstavar med skjermtastaturet eller det vanlege tastaturet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/hangman.js:216
#, qt-format
msgctxt "hangman|"
msgid "Attempted: %1"
msgstr "Forsøk: %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:270
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "Select your locale"
msgstr "Vel språk"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:276
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "Display image to find as hint"
msgstr "Vis bilete å finna som eit hint"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:445
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr "Me har dessverre ikkje ei omsetjing for språket ditt enno."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:446
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr "GCompris er utvikla av KDE-fellesskapet. Du kan setja om GCompris til eit anna språk ved å verta med i ei omsetjingsgruppe på <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:448
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr "Me endra språket til engelsk for denne aktiviteten, men du kan velja eit anna språk i programinnstillingane."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simplified Tower of Hanoi"
msgstr "Forenkla «Tårnet i Hanoi»"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the given tower"
msgstr "Bygg opp tårnet"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the tower on the right in the empty space on the left"
msgstr "Bygg opp tårnet til høgre på den ledige plassen."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop one top piece at a time, from one peg to another, to reproduce the tower on the right in the empty space on the left."
msgstr "Flytt dei øvste tårnringane mellom pinnane for å byggja opp tårnet på den ledige plassen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Concept taken from EPI games."
msgstr "Konseptet er henta frå EPI-spela."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The Tower of Hanoi"
msgstr "Forenkla utgåve av «Tårnet i Hanoi»"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the tower on the right side"
msgstr "Bygg opp tårnet til høgre på den ledige plassen."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"The object of the game is to move the entire stack to another peg, obeying the following rules:\n"
" only one disc may be moved at a time\n"
" no disc may be placed atop a smaller disc\n"
msgstr ""
"Du skal flytta heile stabelen frå éin pinne til ein annan, med desse reglane:\n"
"\n"
" Du kan berre flytta éi skive om gongen.\n"
" Ei stor skive kan ikkje liggja oppå ei mindre skive.\n"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and drop the top pieces only from one peg to another, to reproduce the initial left side tower on the right peg."
msgstr "Flytt dei øvste tårnringane mellom pinnane for å byggja opp tårnet på den ledige plassen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The puzzle was invented by the French mathematician Edouard Lucas in 1883. There is a legend about a Hindu temple whose priests were constantly engaged in moving a set of 64 discs according to the rules of the Tower of Hanoi puzzle. According to the legend, the world would end when the priests finished their work. The puzzle is therefore also known as the Tower of Brahma puzzle. It is not clear whether Lucas invented this legend or was inspired by it. (source Wikipedia: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_hanoi)"
msgstr "Tårnet i Hanoi vart oppfunnen av den franske matematikaren François Édouard Anatole Lucas i 1883. Det finst ei gammal legende om eit hindutempel der prestane held på å flytta 64 skiver etter reglane i dette spelet. Legenda seier at verda går under når dei er ferdige. Men dette ville ta veldig lang tid (mykje lengre tid enn universet vårt har vore til), sjølv om dei klarte flytta så mykje som éi skive i sekundet og brukte den optimale flyttestrategien. Det er ikkje klart om Lucas fann på legenda sjølv, eller berre vart inspirert av ho. (Kjelde: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_Hanoi)"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/HanoiReal.qml:85
msgctxt "HanoiReal|"
msgid "Move the entire stack to the right peg, one disc at a time."
msgstr "Flytt heile stabelen til pinnen til høgre."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/HanoiReal.qml:86
msgctxt "HanoiReal|"
msgid "Build the same tower in the empty area as the one you see on the right-hand side"
msgstr "Bygg opp tårnet til høgre på den ledige plassen."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Hexagon"
msgstr "Tampen brenn"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the strawberry by clicking on the blue fields"
msgstr "Finn jordbæret gøymt under dei blå felta"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logic-training activity"
msgstr "Øva på logisk tenking."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Try to find the strawberry under the blue fields. The fields become redder as you get closer."
msgstr "Prøv å finna jordbæret som er gøymt under eitt av dei blå felta. Felta vert meir og meir raude etter kvart som du nærmar deg."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/imagename/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Image Name"
msgstr "Biletnamn"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/imagename/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop each item above its name"
msgstr "Plasser gjenstandane over tilhøyrande ord."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/imagename/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Vocabulary and reading"
msgstr "Du skal øva på å lesa, og samtidig utvida ordforrådet ditt."
msgid "Maintain the spaceship in the middle without crashing into the planets or the asteroids"
msgstr "Hald romskipet i midten utan å krasja det inn i planetar eller asteroidar"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Follow the instructions when you run the activity."
msgstr "Følg instruksjonane når du køyrer aktiviteten."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:124
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Gravity is universal and Newton's law of universal gravitation extends gravity beyond earth. This force of gravitational attraction is directly dependent upon the masses of both objects and inversely proportional to the square of the distance that separates their centers."
msgstr "Tyngdekrafta er universell, og Newtons tyngdekraftlover gjeld også utanfor jordkloten. Tiltrekkingskrafta mellom to objekt avheng av massen deira og er omvend proporsjonal med kvadratet av avstanden mellom dei."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:128
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Since the gravitational force is directly proportional to the mass of both interacting objects, more massive objects will attract each other with a greater gravitational force. So as the mass of either object increases, the force of gravitational attraction between them also increases"
msgstr "Sidan tyngdekrafta er direkte proporsjonal med massen til begge objekta, vil meir massive objekt tiltrekkja kvarandre sterkare."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:132
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "But this force is inversely proportional to the square of the separation distance between the two interacting objects, more separation distance will result in weaker gravitational forces."
msgstr "Men denne krafta er omvend proporsjonal med kvadratet av avstanden mellom dei, så objekt som er langt frå kvarandre vil ikkje trekkja så kraftig på kvarandre."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:135
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Your goal is to let Tux's spaceship move by changing the mass of its surrounding planets. Don't get too close to the planets or you will crash on them. The arrow indicates the direction of the force on your ship."
msgstr "Målet ditt er å fly romskipet til Tux ved å endra på massen til planetane rundt. Ikkje kom for nær planetane; då krasjar du i dei. Pila viser retninga til krafta på romskipet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:139
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Avoid the asteroid and join the space shuttle to win."
msgstr "Unngå asteroiden, og kopla deg til romferja for å vinna."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Land Safe"
msgstr "Land trygt"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Understanding acceleration due to gravity."
msgstr "Forstå korleis tyngdekrafta verkar."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pilot the spaceship towards the green landing area."
msgstr "Styr romskipet til det grøne landingsområdet."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Acceleration due to gravity experienced by the spaceship is directly proportional to the mass of the planet and inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the center of the planet. Thus, with every planet the acceleration will differ and as the spaceship comes closer and closer to the planet the acceleration increases.\n"
"\n"
"Use the up/down keys to control the thrust and the right/left keys to control direction. On touch screens you can control the rocket through the corresponding on-screen buttons.\n"
"\n"
"The accelerometer on the right border shows your rocket's overall vertical acceleration including gravitational force. In the upper green area of the accelerometer your acceleration is higher than the gravitational force, in the lower red area it's lower, and on the blue baseline in the yellow middle area the two forces cancel each other out.\n"
"\n"
"In higher levels, you can use the right/left keys to rotate the spaceship. By rotating the spaceship you can trigger an acceleration in non-vertical direction using the up/down keys.\n"
"\n"
"The landing platform is green if your speed is fine for a safe landing."
msgstr ""
"Akselerasjonen (fartsendringa) romskipet opplever på grunn av tyngdekrafta er proporsjonal til massen til planeten og omvendt proporsjonal til kvadratet av avstanden til (midten av) planeten. For kvar planet vil altså akselerasjonen vera forskjellig, og også endra seg når romskipet kjem nærare eller lenger vekk frå planeten.\n"
"\n"
"Bruk opp- og nedtastane for å kontrollera motorkrafta og venstre- og høgretastane for å styre retninga. På peikeskjermar kan du trykkja på dei tilhøyrande skjermknappane.\n"
"\n"
"Akselerometeret til høgre viser totalakselerasjonen loddrett, medrekna tyngdekrafta. På det øvste, grøne området er akselerasjonen høgare enn tyngdekrafta, og i det nedre, raude området er han lågare. På den blå streken i det gule området i midten opphever dei to kreftene seg.\n"
"\n"
"På dei seinare bretta kan du bruka venstre- og høgretastane til å dreia romskipet. Du kan då endra farten i andre retningar ved å bruka opp- og nedtastane.\n"
"\n"
"Landingsplattforma vert grøn viss du har låg nok fart til å landa."
"Use the up and down keys to control the thrust.<br/>"
"Use the right and left keys to control direction.<br/>"
"You must drive Tux's ship towards the landing platform.<br/>"
"The landing platform turns green when the velocity is safe to land."
msgstr ""
"Bruk opp- og nedtastane til å styra motorkrafta.<br/>"
"Bruk venstre- og høgretastane til å styra retninga.<br/>"
"Du må få romskipet til Tux til landingsplattforma.<br/>"
"Plattforma vert grøn når farten er låg nok til å landa trygt."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/land_safe.js:100
msgctxt "land_safe|"
msgid ""
"The up and down keys control the thrust of the rear engine.<br/>"
"The right and left keys now control the rotation of the ship.<br/>"
"To move the ship in horizontal direction you must first rotate and then accelerate it."
msgstr ""
"Opp- og nedtastane styrer framleis motorkrafta,<br/>"
"men venstre- og høgretastane dreier no romskipet.<br/>"
"For å få romskipet vassrett må du først dreia det og så gje fart."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:574
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Fuel: %1"
msgstr "Drivstoff: %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:584
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Altitude: %1"
msgstr "Høgd: %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:595
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Velocity: %1"
msgstr "Fart: %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:608
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Acceleration: %1"
msgstr "Akselerasjon: %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:634
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Gravity: %1"
msgstr "Tyngdekraft: %1"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enrich your vocabulary"
msgstr "Utvida ordforrådet ditt"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Complete language learning activities."
msgstr "Fullfør språklæringsaktivitetar."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enrich your vocabulary in your native language or in a foreign one."
msgstr "Utvida ordforrådet ditt på språket ditt eller eit framandspråk"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Review a set of words. Each word is shown with a voice, a text and an image.<br/>"
"When done, you are suggested an exercise in which, given the voice, you must find the right word. In the configuration, you can select the language you want to learn."
msgstr ""
"Sjå gjennom eit sett ord. Kvar ord vert vist med ei stemme, ein tekst og eit bilete.<br/>"
"Når du er ferdig, får du ei øving der du må finna rett ord når du høyrer det lese opp. I oppsettvindauget kan du velja kva språk du skal ha øvingane på."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:45
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The images and voices come from the Art4Apps project: http://www.art4apps.org/."
msgstr "Bilete og stemmene kjem frå Art4Apps-prosjektet: http://www.art4apps.org/."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:143
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr "Me har dessverre ikkje ei omsetjing for språket ditt enno."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:144
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr "GCompris er utvikla av KDE-fellesskapet. Du kan setja om GCompris til eit anna språk ved å verta med i ei omsetjingsgruppe på <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:146
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr "Me endra språket til engelsk for denne aktiviteten, men du kan velja eit anna språk i programinnstillingane."
# Litt vanskeleg ord kanskje, men på plussida lærer ein nytt vanskeleg ord.
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:253
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "transport"
msgstr "transportmiddel"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find your left and right hands"
msgstr "Venstre- og høgrehender"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Determine if a hand is a right or a left hand"
msgstr "Finn ut om ei hand er ei venstrehand eller ei høgrehand"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Distinguish right and left hands from different points of view. Spatial representation"
msgstr "Læra å skilja mellom venstre og høgre hand, sett frå forskjellige synsvinklar."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can see a hand: is it a left hand or a right hand? Click on the left button, or the right button depending on the displayed hand."
msgstr "Det vert vist eit bilete av ei hand. Du må finna ut om dette er ei venstre- eller ei høgrehand. Trykk så på den venstre eller høgre knappen, avhengig av kva type hand det er."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/Leftright.qml:144
msgctxt "Leftright|"
msgid "Left hand"
msgstr "Venstrehand"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/Leftright.qml:160
msgctxt "Leftright|"
msgid "Right hand"
msgstr "Høgrehand"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Letter in which word"
msgstr "Bokstav i kva ord"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A letter is written and/or spoken. Some words are displayed, the children must find the word or the words in which this letter appears."
msgstr "Ein bokstav vert skriven eller lesen opp. Nokre ord vert viste, og du må finna ordet eller orda som inneheld bokstaven."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select all the words which contain the spoken letter."
msgstr "Vel alle ord som inneheld bokstaven."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "spellings, letter recognition"
msgstr "staving, kjenna att bokstavar"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A letter is displayed on the flag attached to the plane, select all the words or the objects in which the letter appears and then press OK."
msgstr "Flagget på flyet viser ein bokstav. Vel alle orda eller gjenstandane der bokstaven vert brukt, og trykk så «OK»."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:130
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "All words"
msgstr "Alle ord"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:138
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Only 5 words"
msgstr "Berre fem ord"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:148
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Select case for letter to be searched"
msgstr "Vel format på søkjebokstaven"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:151
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Mixed Case"
msgstr "Både store og små bokstavar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:152
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Upper Case"
msgstr "Store bokstavar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:153
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Lower Case"
msgstr "Små bokstavar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:167
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Select your locale"
msgstr "Vel språk"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:422
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr "Me har dessverre ikkje ei omsetjing for språket ditt enno."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:423
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr "GCompris er utvikla av KDE-fellesskapet. Du kan setja om GCompris til eit anna språk ved å verta med i ei omsetjingsgruppe på <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:425
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr "Me endra språket til engelsk for denne aktiviteten, men du kan velja eit anna språk i programinnstillingane."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Lights Off"
msgstr "Av med lysa"
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The aim is to switch off all the lights."
msgstr "Målet er å slå av alle lysa."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The effect of pressing a button is to toggle the state of that button, and of its immediate vertical and horizontal neighbors. The sun and the color of the sky depend on the number of clicks needed to solve the puzzle. If you click on Tux, the solution is shown."
msgstr "Når du trykkjer på ein knapp, slår du både den knappen på/av, men òg knappane over, under og ved sida av. Sola og fargen på himmelen avheng av kor mange brytarar du måtte trykkja på for å få av alle lysa. Viss du trykkjer på Tux, får du sjå løysinga."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The solver algorithm is described on Wikipedia. To know more about the Lights Off game: <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lights_Out_(game)>"
msgstr "Løysealgoritmen finn du på Wikipedia på engelsk. Der kan du også lesa meir om spelet: <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lights_Out_(game)>"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The History of Louis Braille"
msgstr "Livshistoria til Louis Braille"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Review the major dates of the inventor of the Braille System"
msgstr "Lær om viktige hendingar i livet til oppfinnaren av blindeskrifta Braille"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the history of Louis Braille, his biography, and the invention of the Braille system. Click on the previous and next buttons to move between the story pages. At the end, arrange the sequence in chronological order."
msgstr "Les om livet til Louis Braille og oppfinninga av blindeskrifta Braille. Trykk på pilsymbola for å flytta mellom sidene. Til slutt skal du ordna hendingane i livet hans i rett rekkjefølgje."
msgid "Charles Barbier, a French soldier, visited his school and shared his invention of night writing, a code of 12 raised dots to share information on battlefields."
msgstr "Charles Barbier, ein fransk soldat, besøkte skulen han gjekk på, og lærte han systemet som soldatane brukte for å kommunisera i mørket, basert på 12 opphøgde punkt."
msgid "Click on the hat to open it. Stars go in and a few stars escape. You have to count how many are still under the hat. Click on the bottom area to input your answer and on the OK button to validate your answer."
msgstr "Trykk på hatten for å løfta han. Nokre stjerner kjem og gøymer seg under hatten og andre fyk vekk. Du må telja kor mange stjerner som er att. Trykk på området nede til høgre for å svara og så på «OK»-knappen for å sjå om svaret var rett."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:101
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "Click on the hat to begin the game"
msgstr "Trykk på hatten for å begynna spelet"
#. The math operation
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:106
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "−"
msgstr "−"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:106
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "+"
msgstr "+"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-plus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count how many items are under the magic hat"
msgstr "Tel etter kor mange stjerner det er under trollmannens hatt"
msgid "Click on the hat to open it. Under the hat, how many stars can you see moving around? Count carefully. Click on the bottom area to input your answer and on the OK button to validate your answer."
msgstr "Trykk på hatten for å løfta han. Kor mange stjerner ser du under han? Tel nøye etter. Trykk på området nede til høgre for å svara og så på «OK»-knappen for å sjå om svaret var rett."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Maze"
msgstr "Labyrint"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux get out of this maze"
msgstr "Hjelp Tux å komma ut av labyrinten"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:36
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or swipe the touch screen to move Tux up to the door."
msgstr "Bruk piltastane eller dra fingeren på skjermen for å hjelpa Tux fram til døra."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "At the first levels, Tux walks comfortably, one step on each move request, through the maze."
msgstr "I dei første labyrintane vandrar Tux roleg av garde, eitt steg om gongen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:38
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:38
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "For larger mazes, there is a special walking mode, called \"run-fast-mode\". If this run-fast-mode is enabled, Tux will run all the way automatically until he reaches a fork and you have to decide which way to go further."
msgstr "I dei seinare, større labyrintane, finst det ein eigen springemodus. Viss denne er slått på, vil Tux springa av garde heilt fram til vegen delar seg att. Du må då velja kva veg han skal ta vidare."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:39
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:39
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can see whether this mode is enabled or not, by looking at Tux's feet: If Tux is barefooted, \"run-fast-mode\" is disabled. And if he wears red sport shoes, \"run-fast-mode\" is enabled."
msgstr "Du kan sjå om springemodusen er slått på ved å kikka på føtene til Tux. Viss Tux har på seg raude joggesko, er springemodusen på, og er han berrføtt, er springemodusen av."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"At higher levels, run-fast-mode will be enabled automatically. If you want to use this feature in earlier levels or want to disable it in advanced levels, click on the \"barefoot / sportshoe\"-icon in the upper left corner of the screen to toggle the run-fast-mode.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"I dei seinare labyrintane er springemodusen automatisk på. Viss du vil bruka denne modusen i dei tidlegare labyrintane òg, eller om du vil slå han av for dei seinare labyrintane, kan trykkja på «berrføtt/joggesko»-ikonet oppe til venstre.\n"
"\t"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/Maze.qml:324
msgctxt "Maze|"
msgid "Look at your position, then switch back to invisible mode to continue your moves"
msgstr "Sjå kor du er, og byt så tilbake til usynlege veggar når du vil flytta deg."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Invisible Maze"
msgstr "Usynleg labyrint"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guide Tux out of the invisible maze"
msgstr "Hjelp Tux å finna vegen ut av den usynlege labyrinten"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or swipe the touch screen to move Tux up to the door. Use the maze icon or the spacebar to switch between invisible and visible modes. Visible mode just gives you an indication of your position, like a map. You cannot move Tux in visible mode."
msgstr "Bruk piltastane på tastaturet eller dra over skjermen for å flytta Tux fram til utgangen. Bruk labyrintikonet eller mellomromstasten til å byta mellom synlege og usynlege veggar. Du kan berre flytta deg når veggane er usynlege."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Relative Maze"
msgstr "Relativ labyrint"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux get out of this maze (Move is relative)"
msgstr "Hjelp Tux å finna vegen ut av labyrinten (med relative rørsler)"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In this maze, the move is relative (first person). Left and right are used to turn and up to go forward."
msgstr "I denne labyrinten er rørslene relative til Tux. Venstre og høgre vert brukt til å snu, og opp til å gå framover."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Melody"
msgstr "Melodi"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce a sound sequence"
msgstr "Gjenskap ein melodi"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Ear-training activity"
msgstr "Høyr og hugs ein enkel melodi"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move and click the mouse"
msgstr "Du må kunna bruka musa."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Listen to the sound sequence played, and repeat it by clicking on the xylophone's bars. You can listen again by clicking on the repeat button."
msgstr "Høyr på melodien, og gjenta han ved å trykkja på stavane på xylofonen i rett rekkjefølgje. Du kan høyra han om att ved å trykkja på munnbiletet nedst på skjermen."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the lower/uppercase of an alphabet, and you have to associate all the upper case letters with its lower case and vice versa. Tux teacher does the same."
msgstr "Du ser baksida av nokre kort. På framsida av kvart kort er ein bokstav, stor eller liten, og du må kopla kortet med den store bokstaven til kortet med den små bokstaven. Lærar Tux gjer det same."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the lower/uppercase of an alphabet, and you have to associate all the upper case letters with its lower case and vice versa."
msgstr "Du ser baksida av nokre kort. På framsida av kvart kort er ein bokstav, stor eller liten, og du må kopla kortet med den store bokstaven til kortet med den små bokstaven."
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux, you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
"Du ser nokre kort, men du kan ikkje sjå kva som står på baksida. Kvart kort gøymer eit reknestykke, eller svaret på eit slikt stykke.\n"
"\n"
"I dette spelet gøymer korta dei to delane av reknestykket. Du må finna dei to delane av reknestykket og få dei saman att. Trykk på eit kort for å sjå kva tal det gøymer, og prøv så å finna kortet som høyrer til, slik at reknestykket vert rett. Du kan berre snu to kort om gongen, så du må hugsa kor tala er gøymde. Du fungerer som likskapsteiknet, og tala treng hjelp frå deg til å slå dei saman til eit rett reknestykke. Når du gjer det, forsvinn begge korta! Når du har fått vekk alle korta, og funne fleire par enn Tux, har du vunne!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found all the operations, you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
"Du ser nokre kort, men du kan ikkje sjå kva som står på baksida. Kvart kort gøymer eit reknestykke, eller svaret på eit slikt stykke.\n"
"\n"
"I dette spelet gøymer korta dei to delane av reknestykket. Du må finna dei to delane av reknestykket og få dei saman att. Trykk på eit kort for å sjå kva tal det gøymer, og prøv så å finna kortet som høyrer til, slik at reknestykket vert rett. Du kan berre snu to kort om gongen, så du må hugsa kor tala er gøymde. Du fungerer som likskapsteiknet, og tala treng hjelp frå deg til å slå dei saman til eit rett reknestykke. Når du gjer det, forsvinn begge korta! Når du har fått vekk alle korta, har du vunne!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux, and you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
"Du ser nokre kort, men du kan ikkje sjå kva som står på baksida. Kvart kort gøymer eit reknestykke, eller svaret på eit slikt stykke.\n"
"\n"
"I dette spelet gøymer korta dei to delane av reknestykket. Du må finna dei to delane av reknestykket og få dei saman att. Trykk på eit kort for å sjå kva tal det gøymer, og prøv så å finna kortet som høyrer til, slik at reknestykket vert rett. Du kan berre snu to kort om gongen, så du må hugsa kor tala er gøymde. Du fungerer som likskapsteiknet, og tala treng hjelp frå deg til å slå dei saman til eit rett reknestykke. Når du gjer det, forsvinn begge korta! Når du har fått vekk alle korta, og funne fleire par enn Tux, har du vunne!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an adding-up sum, or the answer to the sum.\n"
"An adding-up sum looks like this: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"The numbers on one side of the equals sign (=) have to be the same as the number on the other side. So 2 (1, 2) and 2 more (3, 4) makes 4. Count aloud when you work this out, and count on your fingers, because the more ways you do something, the better you remember it. You can also use blocks, or buttons, or anything you can count. If you have lots of brothers and sisters, you can count them! Or the kids in your class at school. Sing counting songs. Count lots of things, for practice, and you'll be very good at adding-up!\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an adding-up sum (also called an addition sum). You need to find the two parts of the sum, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole sum. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper sum. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more sums than Tux and you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
"Du ser baksida av nokre kort. På framsida av kvart kort er det anten eit pluss-stykke, eller svaret på eit slikt stykke.\n"
"Eit pluss-stykke ser slik ut: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"Uttrykket på eine sida av likskapsteiknet (=) må vera lik uttrykket på den andre. Her har me 2 (tel: 1, 2) pluss 2 til (tel: 3, 4), som til samen vert 4. Tel høgt når du løyser reknestykket, og tel på fingrane. Jo fleire måtar du gjer noko, jo lettare hugsar du det. Du kan òg bruka leikeklossar, knappar eller kva som helst anna til å telja med. Viss du har mange søsken, kan du telja dei! Eller dei du går på skule med. Syng teljesongar. Øv deg på å telja alt mogleg, så vert du veldig flink til å plussa!\n"
"\n"
"I dette spelet gøymer korta dei to delane av pluss-stykket (òg kalla ein addisjon). Du må finna dei to delane av reknestykket og få dei saman att. Trykk på eit kort for å sjå kva tal det gøymer, og prøv så å finna kortet som høyrer til, slik at reknestykket vert rett. Du kan berre snu to kort om gongen, så du må hugsa kor tala er gøymde. Du fungerer som likskapsteiknet, og tala treng hjelp frå deg til å slå dei saman til eit rett reknestykke. Når du gjer det, forsvinn begge korta! Når du har fått vekk alle korta, og funne fleire par enn Tux, har du vunne!"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Addition memory game"
msgstr "Hugsespel med addisjon"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Turn the cards over to find two numbers which add up the same, until all the cards are gone."
msgstr "Snu korta til du finn to med same sum, heilt til du har fått vekk alle korta"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an adding-up sum, or the answer to the sum.\n"
"An adding-up sum looks like this: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"The numbers on one side of the equals sign (=) have to be the same as the number on the other side. So 2 (1, 2) and 2 more (3, 4) makes 4. Count aloud when you work this out, and count on your fingers, because the more ways you do something, the better you remember it. You can also use blocks, or buttons, or anything you can count. If you have lots of brothers and sisters, you can count them! Or the kids in your class at school. Sing counting songs. Count lots of things, for practice, and you'll be very good at adding-up!\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an adding-up sum (also called an addition sum). You need to find the two parts of the sum, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole sum. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper sum. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found all the sums, you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
"Du ser baksida av nokre kort. På framsida av kvart kort er det anten eit pluss-stykke, eller svaret på eit slikt stykke.\n"
"Eit pluss-stykke ser slik ut: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"Uttrykket på eine sida av likskapsteiknet (=) må vera lik uttrykket på den andre. Her har me 2 (tel: 1, 2) pluss 2 til (tel: 3, 4), som til samen vert 4. Tel høgt når du løyser reknestykket, og tel på fingrane. Jo fleire måtar du gjer noko, jo lettare hugsar du det. Du kan òg bruka leikeklossar, knappar eller kva som helst anna til å telja med. Viss du har mange søsken, kan du telja dei! Eller dei du går på skule med. Syng teljesongar. Øv deg på å telja alt mogleg, så vert du veldig flink til å plussa!\n"
"\n"
"I dette spelet gøymer korta dei to delane av pluss-stykket (òg kalla ein addisjon). Du må finna dei to delane av reknestykket og få dei saman att. Trykk på eit kort for å sjå kva tal det gøymer, og prøv så å finna kortet som høyrer til, slik at reknestykket vert rett. Du kan berre snu to kort om gongen, så du må hugsa kor tala er gøymde. Du fungerer som likskapsteiknet, og tala treng hjelp frå deg til å slå dei saman til eit rett reknestykke. Når du gjer det, forsvinn begge korta! Når du har fått vekk alle korta, har du vunne!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux and you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
"Du ser nokre kort, men du kan ikkje sjå kva som står på baksida. Kvart kort gøymer eit reknestykke, eller svaret på eit slikt stykke.\n"
"\n"
"I dette spelet gøymer korta dei to delane av reknestykket. Du må finna dei to delane av reknestykket og få dei saman att. Trykk på eit kort for å sjå kva tal det gøymer, og prøv så å finna kortet som høyrer til, slik at reknestykket vert rett. Du kan berre snu to kort om gongen, så du må hugsa kor tala er gøymde. Du fungerer som likskapsteiknet, og tala treng hjelp frå deg til å slå dei saman til eit rett reknestykke. Når du gjer det, forsvinn begge korta! Når du har fått vekk alle korta, og funne fleire par enn Tux, har du vunne!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more operations than Tux and you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
"Du ser nokre kort, men du kan ikkje sjå kva som står på baksida. Kvart kort gøymer eit reknestykke, eller svaret på eit slikt stykke.\n"
"\n"
"I dette spelet gøymer korta dei to delane av reknestykket. Du må finna dei to delane av reknestykket og få dei saman att. Trykk på eit kort for å sjå kva tal det gøymer, og prøv så å finna kortet som høyrer til, slik at reknestykket vert rett. Du kan berre snu to kort om gongen, så du må hugsa kor tala er gøymde. Du fungerer som likskapsteiknet, og tala treng hjelp frå deg til å slå dei saman til eit rett reknestykke. Når du gjer det, forsvinn begge korta! Når du har fått vekk alle korta, og funne fleire par enn Tux, har du vunne!"
msgid "A set of cards is shown. Each card has an associated sound, and each sound has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to hear its hidden sound, and try to match the twins. You can only activate two cards at once, so you need to remember where a sound is, while you listen to its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear."
msgstr "Ein del kort vert viste. Kvar av dei har sin eigen lyd, og nokre av dei er tvillingar, med same lyd. Trykk på eit kort for å høyra lyden, og prøv så å finna tvillingkortet. Du kan berre høyra på to kort om gongen, så du må hugsa lydane. Når du høyrer på to tvillingkort samtidig, forsvinn dei."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-sound/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Audio memory game"
msgstr "Lydlotto"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-sound/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on cards and listen to find the matching sounds"
msgstr "Trykk på korta og finn to like lydar"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory Game with images against Tux"
msgstr "Biletlotto, mot Tux"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Flip the cards to find the matching pairs against Tux"
msgstr "Snu dei kortpara som passar saman, mot Tux"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Train your memory and remove all the cards"
msgstr "Tren på å hugsa alle korta, og fjern par av kort som er like."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A set of blank cards is shown. Each card has a picture on the other side, and each picture card has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to see its hidden picture, and try to match the twins. You can only turn over two cards at once, so you need to remember where a picture is, while you look for its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear. Tux teacher do the same."
msgstr "Baksida av ein del kort vert vist. To og to av desse like på framsida. Du kan trykkja på eit kort for å snu det, men sidan du berre kan snu to kort om gongen, må du prøva å hugsa kva framside dei ulike korta har. Når du har funne to kort som er like og har snudd dei samtidig, vert dei fjerna. Lærar Tux gjer det same."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the numeral form of a number, or the word to write it."
msgstr "Du ser baksida av nokre kort. På framsida av kvart kort er eit tal, anten skrive med siffer eller med bokstavar."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:22
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "zero"
msgstr "null"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:23
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "one"
msgstr "éin"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:24
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "two"
msgstr "to"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:25
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "three"
msgstr "tre"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:26
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "four"
msgstr "fire"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:27
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "five"
msgstr "fem"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:28
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "six"
msgstr "seks"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:29
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "seven"
msgstr "sju"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:30
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eight"
msgstr "åtte"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:31
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "nine"
msgstr "ni"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:32
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "ten"
msgstr "ti"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:33
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eleven"
msgstr "elleve"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:34
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "twelve"
msgstr "tolv"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:35
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "thirteen"
msgstr "tretten"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:36
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "fourteen"
msgstr "fjorten"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:37
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "fifteen"
msgstr "femten"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:38
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "sixteen"
msgstr "seksten"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:39
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "seventeen"
msgstr "sytten"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:40
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eighteen"
msgstr "atten"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:41
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "nineteen"
msgstr "nitten"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:42
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "twenty"
msgstr "tjue"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory Game with images"
msgstr "Biletlotto"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Flip the cards to find the matching pairs"
msgstr "Snu dei kortpara som passar saman"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A set of blank cards is shown. Each card has a picture on the other side, and each picture card has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to see its hidden picture, and try to match the twins. You can only turn over two cards at once, so you need to remember where a picture is, while you look for its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear."
msgstr "Baksida av ein del kort vert vist. To og to av desse like på framsida. Du kan trykkja på eit kort for å snu det, men sidan du berre kan snu to kort om gongen, må du prøva å hugsa kva framside dei ulike korta har. Når du har funne to kort som er like og har snudd dei samtidig, vert dei fjerna."
msgid "GCompris is a high quality educational software suite, including a large number of activities for children aged 2 to 10."
msgstr "GCompris er eit leik og lær-spel med mange ulike aktivitetar for ungar frå 2 til 10 år."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Some of the activities are game orientated, but nonetheless still educational."
msgstr "Nokre av aktivitetane er som spel, men er likevel lærerike."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Select an icon to enter an activity or to display a list of activities in a category.\n"
"At the bottom of the screen is the GCompris control bar. Notice that you can hide or show the bar by touching its anchor.\n"
"The following icons are displayed:\n"
"(note that each icon is displayed only if available in the current activity)\n"
" Home - Exit an activity, go back to menu (Ctrl+W and escape key)\n"
" Arrows - Display the current level. Click to select another level\n"
" Lips - Repeat the question\n"
" Question Mark - Help\n"
" Reload - Start the activity from the beginning again\n"
" Tool - The configuration menu\n"
" G - About GCompris\n"
" Quit - Quit GCompris (Ctrl+Q)\n"
"The stars show suitable age groups for each game:\n"
" 1, 2 or 3 simple stars - from 2 to 6 years old\n"
" 1, 2 or 3 complex stars - 7 years and up\n"
"Shortcuts:\n"
" Ctrl+B Show or Hide the control bar\n"
" Ctrl+F Toggle full screen\n"
" Ctrl+M Toggle mute for the background music\n"
" Ctrl+S Toggle the activity section bar\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"Trykk på eitt av ikona for å komma til ein aktivitet eller ei oversikt over aktivitetar.\n"
"Nedst på skjermen ser du kontrollinja med desse ikona (kvart ikon vert berre vist om det er tilgjengeleg i den valde aktiviteten):\n"
" Heim – Avslutt aktivitet eller tilbake til førre meny («Ctrl + W» eller «Escape»).\n"
" Piler – Viser gjeldande nivå. Trykk på terningen for å byta nivå.\n"
" Lepper – Gjenta spørsmålet.\n"
" Spørjeteikn – Hjelp.\n"
" Omstart – Start aktiviteten på nytt.\n"
" Skiftenøkkel – Oppsettmeny.\n"
" «G» – Informasjon om spelet.\n"
" Avslutt – Avslutt GCompris («Ctrl + Q»).\n"
"Stjernene viser tilrådd alderssteg for kvar aktivitet:\n"
" 1, 2 eller 3 enkle stjerner – 2 til 6 år.\n"
" 1, 2 eller 3 kompliserte stjerner – 7 år og oppover.\n"
"Snarvegar:\n"
" Ctrl + B – Vis eller gøym kontrollinja.\n"
" Ctrl + F – Byt mellom fullskjerm og vindauge.\n"
" Ctrl + M – Slå på/av bakgrunnsmusikken.\n"
" Ctrl + S – Slå på/av aktivitetslinja.\n"
" "
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:77
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "You have the full version"
msgstr "Du har fullversjonen"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:78
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Buy the full version"
msgstr "Kjøp fullversjonen"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:141
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "On <a href='https://gcompris.net'>https://gcompris.net</a> you will find the instructions to obtain an activation code."
msgstr "På <a href='https://gcompris.net'>https://gcompris.net</a> finn du informasjon om korleis du skaffar aktiveringskode."
# skip-rule: aktiver
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:163
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enter your activation code"
msgstr "Skriv inn aktiveringskode"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:166
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Sorry, your code is too old for this version of GCompris"
msgstr "Koden din er for gammal for denne versjonen av GCompris."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:169
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Your code is valid, thanks a lot for your support"
msgstr "Koden er gyldig. Tusen takk for støtta!"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:189
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Show locked activities"
msgstr "Vis òg låste aktivitetar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:199
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable audio voices"
msgstr "Bruk tale"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:208
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable audio effects"
msgstr "Bruk lydeffektar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:217
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Fullscreen"
msgstr "Fullskjerm"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:227
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Virtual Keyboard"
msgstr "Virtuelt tastatur"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:237
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable automatic downloads/updates of sound files"
msgstr "Last automatisk ned / oppdater lydfiler"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:251
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Use full word image set"
msgstr "Bruk fullstendig ordbiletsamling"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:251
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Download full word image set"
msgstr "Last ned fullstendig ordbiletsamling"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:262
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "The activity section menu is visible"
msgstr "Vis kategorioversikta"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:275
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font selector"
msgstr "Vel skrift"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:292
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Skriftstorleik"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:298
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:333
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:310
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font Capitalization"
msgstr "Store eller små bokstavar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:327
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font letter spacing"
msgstr "Avstand mellom bokstavar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:346
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Language selector"
msgstr "Språkval"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:373
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Localized voices"
msgstr "Lokalisert tale"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:389
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Check for updates"
msgstr "Sjå etter oppdateringar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:390
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Last ned"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:408
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Difficulty filter:"
msgstr "Vanskegradar:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:610
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid ""
"You selected a new locale. You need to restart GCompris to play in your new locale.<br/>"
"Do you want to download the corresponding sound files now?"
msgstr ""
"Du har valt eit nytt språk. Du må starta GCompris på nytt for å spela på det nye språket.<br/>"
"Vil du lasta ned tilhøyrande lydfiler no?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:611
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:648
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:617
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:653
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:646
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "The images for several activities are not yet installed. "
msgstr "Bileta for fleire aktivitetar er ikkje installerte. "
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:647
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Do you want to download them now?"
msgstr "Vil du lasta dei ned no?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:706
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Mixed case (default)"
msgstr "Blanda (standard)"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:707
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "All uppercase"
msgstr "Berre store bokstavar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:708
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "All lowercase"
msgstr "Berre små bokstavar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:336
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Put your favorite activities here by selecting the sun at the top right of that activity."
msgstr "Legg favorittaktivitetane dine her ved å trykkja på sola oppe til høgre for kvar aktivitet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:616
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Search specific activities"
msgstr "Søk etter aktivitetar"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mining for gold"
msgstr "Grav etter gull"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the mousewheel to approach the rockwall and look for gold nuggets."
msgstr "Bruk mushjulet til å sjå nærare på bergveggen, for å oppdaga gullklumpar"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to use the mousewheel or the zoom / pinch gesture to zoom in and out."
msgstr "Læra å bruka mushjulet eller kniperørsla for å komma nærare / fjernare."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You should be familiar with moving the mouse and clicking."
msgstr "Du må kunna bruka musa."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Looking at the rockwall, you can see a sparkle somewhere. Move next to this sparkle and use the mousewheel or the zoom gesture to zoom in. If you zoomed in at maximum, a gold nugget will appear at the position of the sparkle. Click on the gold nugget to collect it.\n"
"\n"
"Having collected the nugget, use the mousewheel or the pinch gesture to zoom out again. If you zoomed out at maximum, another sparkle will appear, showing the next gold nugget to collect. Collect enough nuggets to complete the level.\n"
"\n"
"The truck in the lower, right corner of the screen will tell you the number of already collected nuggets and the total number of nuggets to collect in this level."
msgstr ""
"Sjå nøye på bergveggen, og du vil sjå noko som glimtar. Bruk mushjulet eller kniperørsla på glimtstaden for å sjå nærare på han. Når du er nær nok, dukkar det opp ein gullklump. Trykk på gullklumpen for å ta han.\n"
"\n"
"Når du har tatt gullklumpen, kan du bruka mushjulet eller kniperørsla til å fjerna deg frå bergveggen att. Det dukkar så opp eit nytt glimt, som du må følgja for å finna ein ny gullklump. Når du har samla nok gullklumpar, har du klart brettet.\n"
"\n"
"Vogna nede til høgre viser kor mange gullklumpar du har fått tak i, og kor mange du må samla for å fullføra brettet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Thanks to the Tuxpaint team for providing the following sounds under GPL:\n"
"- realrainbow.ogg - used when a new gold nugget appears\n"
"- metalpaint.wav - remixed and used when a gold nugget is collected"
msgstr ""
"Takk til Tux Paint-utviklarane for desse lydane, tilgjengeleg under GNU GPL:\n"
"– realrainbow.ogg – brukt når ein ny gullklump glimtar fram\n"
"– metalpaint.wav – remiksa og brukt når du plukkar opp ein gullklump"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:414
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Find the sparkle and zoom in around it. If you have a mouse, point the cursor on the sparkle then use the scroll wheel. If you have a trackpad, point the cursor on the sparkle then drag one finger on the right area or two fingers on the center. On a touch area, drag two fingers away from the sparkle, one in each direction."
msgstr "Oppdag glimt i bergveggen. Kvar glimt viser kor ein gullklump ligg. Viss du har ei mus, kan du bruka mushjulet til å sjå nærare på glimtet. Viss du har ei styreplate, flytt peikaren over staden der du såg glimtet, og dra éin finger på det høgre området på styreplata eller to fingrar i midten. Viss du har ein peikeskjerm, dra to fingrar i kvar sin retning vekk frå glimtet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:425
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Perfect you are zooming. Continue until you see the nugget."
msgstr "Perfekt! Du nærmar deg. Hald fram slik, heilt til du ser gullklumpen."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:431
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Hum, take care, you are zooming too far from the sparkle."
msgstr "Pass på. No er du på veg vekk frå staden der gullklumpen er."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:437
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now you see the nugget, click on it to catch it."
msgstr "No ser du gullklumpen. Trykk på han for å ta han."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:443
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Hum, you are too far from the nugget to see it. Unzoom then zoom again as close as you can from the sparkle."
msgstr "Pass på. No er du for langt unna staden der gullklumpen er. Fjern deg frå bergveggen, og prøv på nytt når du kan sjå glimtet frå gullklumpen att."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:449
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now unzoom and try to find another sparkle."
msgstr "Fjern deg frå bergveggen att for å finna eit nytt glimt av ein gullklump."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:455
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Continue to unzoom until you see the sparkle."
msgstr "Fjern deg meir frå bergveggen, til du ser glimtet att."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:461
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now you see the sparkle, go ahead, you can zoom on it."
msgstr "No ser du glimt av gullklumpen att. Sjå nærare på staden der glimtet er."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:28
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Missing Letter"
msgstr "Manglande bokstav"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Training reading skills"
msgstr "Du skal verta flinkare til å lesa."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Word reading"
msgstr "Du må kunna lesa enkle ord."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "An object is displayed in the main area, and an incomplete word is printed under the picture. Select the missing letter to complete the word."
msgstr "Ein gjenstand og tilhøyrande ord vert vist. Ordet manglar ein bokstav, og du skal finna ut kva bokstav dette er."
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr "GCompris er utvikla av KDE-fellesskapet. Du kan setja om GCompris til eit anna språk ved å verta med i ei omsetjingsgruppe på <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>."
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr "Me endra språket til engelsk for denne aktiviteten, men du kan velja eit anna språk i programinnstillingane."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Money"
msgstr "Pengar"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice money usage"
msgstr "Øv på å handtera pengar"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/money_cents/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You must buy the different items and give the exact price. At higher levels, several items are displayed, and you must first calculate the total price."
msgstr "Du skal kjøpa dei forskjellige gjenstandane for rett pris. Ved høgare nivå vert fleire gjenstandar viste, og du må då rekna ut totalprisen."
msgid "Click or tap on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click or tap on it on the upper screen area."
msgstr "Trykk på myntane eller setlane nedst på skjermen for å velja pengane du vil betala med. Du kan òg trykkja på pengane du allereie har valt for å fjerna dei att."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/money.js:665
msgctxt "money|"
msgid "Click on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click on it on the upper screen area."
msgstr "Trykk på myntane eller setlane nedst på skjermen for å velja pengane du vil betala med. Du kan òg trykkja på pengane du allereie har valt for å fjerna dei att."
msgid "Tux bought different items from you and shows you his money. You must give him back his change. At higher levels, several items are displayed, and you must first calculate the total price."
msgstr "Tux har kjøpt ting frå deg og viser deg kor mykje pengar han betalar. Du må så gje han pengar tilbake. Ved høgare nivå vert fleire gjenstandar viste, og du må då rekna ut totalprisen."
msgid "Click on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click on it on the upper screen area."
msgstr "Trykk på myntane eller setlane nedst på skjermen for å velja pengane du vil betala med. Du kan òg trykkja på pengane du allereie har valt for å fjerna dei att."
msgid "If you form a mill (line of 3 pieces), then select a piece of Tux, and remove it. Pieces of formed mill can not be removed unless no other pieces are left on board."
msgstr "Viss du klarar å laga ei mil (tre brikker på rad), kan du velja ei av Tux sine brikker å fjerna. Du kan ikkje fjerna brikker frå ferdig mil med mindre det ikkje er nokon at brikker att på brettet."
msgid "After all the pieces are placed, you and Tux will take turns to move them. Click on one of your pieces, and then on the adjacent empty spot to move it there. Green color spot indicates where you can move."
msgstr "Når alle brikkene er lagde ut, byter du og Tux på å flytta dei. Trykk på éi av brikkene og så på nabofeltet du vil flytta ho til. Grøne punkt markerer kor du kan flytta brikka."
msgid "Form mills (line of 3 pieces) to remove pieces of opponent until opponent has only two pieces, or doesn't have a legal move"
msgstr "Lag mil (linjer med tre brikker) for å få fjerna brikker frå motstandarden, heilt til han eller ho berre har to brikker att eller ikkje noko gyldig trekk."
"This activity will teach you to read notes from F1 in bass clef up to D6 in treble clef.<br>"
"For each level you will learn new notes and train the ones you have already learned.<br>"
"Reference notes are colored in red and will help you to read the notes placed around them."
msgstr ""
"Her lærer du å lesa notane, frå F1 i f-nøkkelen og opp til D6 i g-nøkkelen.<br>"
"På kvart nivå lærer du nye notar og øver deg på dei du alt har lært.<br>"
"Referansenotane vert viste i raudt for å hjelpa deg å finna rette notar."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Number sequence"
msgstr "Tal i rekkjefølgje"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Touch the numbers in the right sequence."
msgstr "Trykk på tala i rett rekkjefølgje"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can count from 1 to 50."
msgstr "Telja frå 1 og opp til 50."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by touching each number in the right sequence, or sliding your finger or dragging the mouse through the numbers in the correct sequence."
msgstr "Lag ei teikning ved å trykkja på kvart tal i rett rekkjefølgje, eller ved å dra fingeren eller peikaren gjennom tala i rett rekkjefølgja."
msgid "Catch the odd or even number clouds. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which number you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgstr "Fang odde- og partalsskyene. Trykk på skya du vil fly til, eller bruk piltastane på tastaturet. For å veta kva type tal du skal ta, kan du anten hugsa det, eller sjå nede til høgre."
+msgid "For example: 12, 38, 52, 68, 102, 118, 168, 188, 502, 532, 700, 798, 842, 892, 1000. All of these numbers are even numbers as they leave remainder 0 when divided by 2."
+msgid "For example: 15, 19, 51, 65, 103, 119, 169, 185, 505, 533, 701, 799, 845, 897, 1001. All of these numbers are odd numbers as they do not leave remainder 0 when divided by 2."
msgid "Utagawa Hiroshige, Horse-mackerel and Prawn - 1840"
msgstr "Ando Hiroshige: Hestmakrell og reker (1840)"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Penalty kick"
msgstr "Straffespark"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on any side of the goal in order to score."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk med musa eller trykk to gongar raskt med fingeren kor som helst i målet for skåra."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on a side of the goal to kick the ball. You can double click the left right or middle mouse button. If you do not click fast enough, Tux catches the ball. You must click on it to bring it back to its former position."
msgstr "Spark ballen ved å dobbeltklikka med musa eller trykka to gongar raskt med fingeren på ei side av målet. Du kan bruka både venstre, midtre eller høgre museknapp. Viss du ikkje er rask nok, tek Tux ballen. Du må så trykkja på ballen for å prøva eit nytt straffespark."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/Penalty.qml:218
msgctxt "Penalty|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on the side of the goal you want to put the ball in."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikka med musa eller trykka to gongar raskt med fingeren på den sida av målet du vil sparka han mot."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/Penalty.qml:258
msgctxt "Penalty|"
msgid "Click or tap the ball to bring it back to its former position"
msgstr "Trykk på ballen for å flytta han til der han var før"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Photo Hunter"
msgstr "Fotojakt"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the differences between the two pictures!"
msgstr "Finn forskjellen mellom to bilete"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Visual Discrimination"
msgstr "Skilja to liknande bilete."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Observe the two pictures carefully. There are some slight differences. When you find a difference you must click on it."
msgstr "Sjå nøye på dei to bileta. Dei er ikkje heilt like. Trykk på alle forskjellane som du finn."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/PhotoHunter.qml:107
msgctxt "PhotoHunter|"
msgid "Drag the slider to show the differences!"
msgstr "Dra glidebrytaren for å visa forskjellen!"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/PhotoHunter.qml:108
msgctxt "PhotoHunter|"
msgid "Click on the differences between the two images!"
msgstr "Trykk på forskjellane mellom dei to bileta!"
msgid "An activity to learn how the piano keyboard works, how notes are written on a musical staff and explore music composition by loading and saving your work."
msgstr "Her lærer du korleis tangentane på pianoet verkar og korleis notar ser ut på noteark. Du kan òg leika deg med å laga eigne melodiar, som du lagra og henta inn att seinare."
msgid "Develop an understanding of music composition, and increase interest in making music with a piano keyboard. This activity covers many fundamental aspects of music, but there is much more to explore about music composition. If you enjoy this activity but want a more advanced tool, try downloading Minuet (https://minuet.kde.org/), an open source software for music education or MuseScore (http://musescore.org/en/download), an open source music notation tool."
msgstr "Læra å komponera musikk og få meir interesse for å laga musikk for piano. Aktiviteten dekkjer det grunnleggjande, men det finst òg mykje anna du kan læra om komponering. Viss du likar denne aktiviteten men ønskjer å prøva eit meir avanserte verktøy, ta ein kikk på Minuet (https://minuet.kde.org/), som er fri programvare for å læra om ulike konsept innan musikk, eller MuseScore (http://musescore.org/en/download), som er fri programvare for å skriva musikk."
msgid "Rests are equivalent to notes during which silence is maintained. Click on the rest symbol to select the rest length and then click on the add button to enter it to the staff."
msgstr "Pausane varer like lenge som tonane, men er stille. Trykk på pausesymbolet for å velja pauselengd, og trykk så på plussknappen for å skriva pausen på notearket."
#. Translators, C, D, E, F, G, A and B are the note notations in English musical notation system. The numbers in the arguments represents the octave number of the note. For instance, C4 is a C note in the 4th octave.
#. Translators, C♯, D♯, F♯, G♯, and A♯ are the note notations in English musical notation system. The numbers in the arguments represents the octave number of the note. For instance, C♯4 is a C♯ note in the 4th octave.
#. Translators, D♭, E♭, G♭, A♭, B♭ are the note notations in English musical notation system. The numbers in the arguments represents the octave number of the note. For instance, D♭4 is a D♭ note in the 4th octave.
msgid "Move the helicopter to catch the clouds in the correct order"
msgstr "Fly med helikopter for å fanga skyer i rett rekkjefølgje"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/planegame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch the clouds in increasing order. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which number you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgstr "Fang bokstavskyene i aukande rekkjefølgje. Trykk på skya du vil fly til, eller bruk piltastane på tastaturet. For å veta kva tal du skal ta, kan du anten hugsa talet sjølv, eller sjå nede til høgre."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play piano"
msgstr "Spelar piano"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Understand how the piano keyboard can play music as written on the musical staff."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Knowledge of musical notation and musical staff. Play the activity named 'Piano Composition' first."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"The notes you see will be played to you. Click on the corresponding keys on the keyboard that match the notes you hear and see.<br>"
"Levels 1-5 will offer treble clef to practice and levels 6-10 will offer bass clef."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/PlayPiano.qml:186
msgctxt "PlayPiano|"
msgid "Click on the piano keys that match the given notes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/PlayPiano.qml:266
msgctxt "PlayPiano|"
msgid "Display colored notes."
msgstr "Vis farga notar."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/PlayPiano.qml:279
msgctxt "PlayPiano|"
msgid "Display colorless notes."
msgstr "Vis svarte notar."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play rhythm"
msgstr "Spel rytme"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to beat rhythms precisely and accurately based on what you see and hear."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simple understanding of musical rhythm and beat."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Listen to the rhythm played, and follow along with the music. When you're ready to perform the identical rhythm, click the drum to the rhythm. If you clicked tempo at correct times, another rhythm is displayed. If not, you must try again.<br>"
"Odd levels display a vertical playing line when you click the drum, which helps you see when to click, to follow the rhythm. Click on the drum when the line is in the middle of the notes.<br>"
"Even levels are harder, because there is no vertical playing line. You must read the rhythm, and click it back in tempo. Click the metronome to hear the quarter note tempos.<br>"
"Click on the reload button to replay the rhythm."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/PlayRhythm.qml:102
msgctxt "PlayRhythm|"
msgid "Use the metronome to estimate the time intervals and play the rhythm correctly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/PlayRhythm.qml:103
msgctxt "PlayRhythm|"
msgid "Follow the vertical line and click on the tempo or press space key and play the rhythm correctly."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:28
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Programming"
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Programming Maze"
msgstr "Programmering"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"This activity teaches the kid to program the Tux to its goal using\n"
" simple instructions like move forward, turn left etc"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#, fuzzy
#| msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#| msgid "Tux is hungry. Help him find fish by counting to the correct ice spot."
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is hungry. Help him find fish by programming him to the correct ice spot."
msgstr "Tux er svolten, og treng di hjelp til å telja fram til rett isflak for å få tak i fisk"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can read instructions. Thinking of the path logically"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Choose the instructions from given menu. Arrange the instruction in an\n"
" order so that they can make the Tux reach to his goal.<br>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<b>Keyboard Controls:</b><br>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
"<b>Tastaturkontroll:</b><br>"
"<br>"
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "1. <i><u>To navigate through instructions in the current code area having keyboard focus</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li><b>Arrow keys</b></li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "2. <i><u>To append an instruction from instruction area to the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:44
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Select an instruction from the instruction area by pressing <b>SPACE</b>.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:45
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<li>Navigate to the code areas by pressing <b>TAB</b>, then press <b>SPACE</b> to append the instruction.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:46
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "3. <i><u>To add an instruction at any particular position in the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:47
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Navigate to the instruction at that position and press <b>SPACE</b> to add the selected instruction from the instruction area.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:48
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "4. <i><u>To delete the current navigated instruction in the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:49
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li><b>DELETE</b>.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:50
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "5. <i><u>To edit an instruction in the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:51
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Navigate to the instruction to edit using <b>Arrow keys</b>.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:52
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "<li>Press <b>SPACE</b> to select it.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:53
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<li>Then navigate to the instruction area using <b>TAB</b> and select the new instruction by pressing <b>SPACE</b>.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:54
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "6. <i><u>To run the code or reset Tux when it fails to reach the fish</i></u>:"
"<li>-<b>Procedure</b> is a reusable set of instructions which can be <b>used in a code by calling it where needed.</b></li>"
"<li>-To <b>switch</b> between the <b>Procedure area</b> and <b>Main Function area</b> to add your code, click on the label <b>Procedure</b> or <b>Main Function</b>.</li>"
msgid "Rebuild the displayed train at the top of the screen by dragging the appropriate carriages and locomotive. Deselect an item by dragging it down."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory training"
msgstr "Hugseøving"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"A train - a locomotive and carriage(s) - is displayed at the top of the main area for a few seconds. Rebuild it at the top of the screen by dragging the appropriate carriages and locomotive. Deselect an item by dragging it down.<br>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "1. Use arrow keys to move in the answer or sample zone.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "2. Use Enter or Return key to submit the answers.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "3. Use Space key to swap two wagons or locomotives in answer zone.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "4. Use Space key to add a wagon or locomotive from samples to answer list.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "5. Use Delete key to remove a wagon or locomotive from answer zone.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/Railroad.qml:109
msgctxt "Railroad|"
msgid "Observe and remember the train before the timer ends and then drag the items to set up a similar train."
msgstr "Sjå på toget og legg det på minne. Når tida er ute, skal du setta saman vognene slik toget var."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/Railroad.qml:110
msgctxt "Railroad|"
msgid "If you forget the positions, you can click on the Hint button to view them again."
msgstr "Viss du gløymer korleis toget såg ut, kan du trykkja på hintknappen for å sjå det om att."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Horizontal reading practice"
msgstr "Vassrett lesetrening"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read a list of words and work out if a given word is in it."
msgstr "Les ei liste over ord og sjå om ordet er med."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/readingv/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reading training in a limited time"
msgstr "Snøgglesing med tidsgrense."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A word is shown on the board. A list of words, displayed horizontally, will appear and disappear. Does the given word belong to the list?"
msgstr "Eit ord vert vist, saman med ei liste med ord, som vert viste og så gøymde att. Svar på om ordet er eller ikkje er med i lista."
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, dam, solar array, wind farm and transformers, in order to reactivate the entire electrical system. When the system is back up and Tux is in his home, push the light button for him. To win you must switch on all the consumers while all the producers are up. "
msgstr "Trykk på dei ulike elementa for å setja straumsystemet i gong. Desse er sola, skyene, demninga, solcellepanela, vindmøllene og transformatorane. Når straumsystemet fungerer og Tux har komme heim, kan du trykkja på lysbrytaren for han. For å vinna må du slå på alle maskinene mens det vert produsert straum."
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, dam, solar array, wind farm and transformers, in order to reactivate the entire electrical system."
msgstr "Trykk på dei ulike elementa for å setja straumsystemet i gong. Desse er sola, skyene, demninga, solcellepanela, vindmøllene og transformatorane."
msgid "When the system is back up and Tux is in his home, push the light button for him. To win you must switch on all the consumers while all the producers are up."
msgstr "Når straumsystemet fungerer og Tux har komme heim, kan du trykkja på lysbrytaren for han. For å vinna må du slå på alle maskinene mens det vert produsert straum."
msgid "It is not possible to consume more electricity than what is produced. There is a key limitation in the distribution of electricity, with minor exceptions, electrical energy cannot be stored, and therefore it must be generated as it is needed. A sophisticated system of control is therefore required to ensure electric generation very closely matches the demand. If supply and demand are not in balance, generation plants and transmission equipment can shut down which, in the worst cases, can lead to a major regional blackout."
msgstr "Ein kan ikkje bruka meir energi enn det vert laga. Eit stort problem er at straumen, med nokre få unntak, ikkje kan lagrast, og derfor må produserast når han skal brukast. Ein treng derfor eit avansert kontrollsystem for å sørgja for at produseringa av straumen følgjer etterspurnaden. Viss det ikkje er balanse mellom produksjon og etterspurnad, kan kraftverka eller overføringsutstyret verta skada, noko som kan føra til mørklegging av store område."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice subtraction with a fun game"
msgstr "Øv på å subtrahera med eit artig spel"
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is hungry. Help him find fish by counting to the correct ice spot."
msgstr "Tux er svolten, og treng di hjelp til å telja fram til rett isflak for å få tak i fisk"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can read numbers on a domino, and count intervals up to 10 for the first level"
msgstr "Du må kunna lesa tal på ei dominobrikke, og kunna telja (opp til 10 for første nivå)."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on the domino to show how many ice spots there are between Tux and the fish. Click the domino with the right mouse button to count backwards. When done, click on the OK button or hit the Enter key."
msgstr "Tel først kor mange isflak som er mellom Tux og fisken. Trykk så på dominobrikka for å velja rett tal. Du kan bruka høgre museknapp for telja baklengs. Når du er ferdig, trykkjer du «OK» med musa eller «Enter» på tastaturet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:230
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Dots"
msgstr "Prikkar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:231
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Arabic numbers"
msgstr "Arabartal"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:232
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Roman numbers"
msgstr "Romartal"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:233
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr "Bilete"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:243
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Select Domino Representation"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Roman numerals"
msgstr "Romartal"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"A Roman numeral is the name for a number when it is written in the way the Romans used to write numbers. Roman numerals are not used very often today in the west. They are used to write the names of kings and queens, or popes. For example: Queen Elizabeth II. They may be used to write the year a book or movie was made.\n"
"\n"
" The building of the roman numbers is made up by an agglutination of numbers (the thousands, joined with the hundreds, joined with the tens, joined with the units → just like the arab decimal system). This agglutination of numbers is interpreted as the sum of these particular numbers (again → just like the arab decimal system: you add up thousands+hundreds+tens+units, and you write the respective figures combined).\n"
"\n"
" Examples:\n"
"\n"
" 2394: we got a sum of 2000 (MM), 300 (CCC), 90 (XC) and 4 units (IV), so we write this combined: MMCCCXCIV\n"
"\n"
" MMMCMXLIX: we got first thousands (MMM=3000), then we got hundreds (CM=1000–100=900), then we got tens (XL=50–10=40), and at last we got units (IX=10–1=9), so we write this in the decimal system: 3949."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/RomanNumerals.qml:69
#: activities/roman_numerals/RomanNumerals.qml:75
msgctxt "RomanNumerals|"
msgid ""
"The roman numbers are all built out of these 7 numbers:\n"
"I and V (units, 1 and 5)\n"
"X and L (tens, 10 and 50)\n"
"C and D (hundreds, 100 and 500)\n"
" and M (1000).\n"
" An interesting observation here is that the roman numeric system lacks the number 0."
msgstr ""
"Romartala vert bygde opp av desse sju siffera:\n"
"I og V (1 og 5)\n"
"X og L (10 og 50)\n"
"C og D (100 and 500)\n"
"M (1000)\n"
"Merk at det romerske talsystemet manglar heilt talet 0."
"Sums of M are used for building thousands: M, MM, MMM.\n"
"Notice that you cannot join more than three identical symbols. The first implication of this rule is that you cannot use just sums for building all possible units, tens or hundreds, you must use differences too. On the other hand, it limits the maximum roman number to 3999 (MMMCMXCIX).\n"
msgid "To balance the scales, move the masses to the left or the right side (on higher levels). They can be arranged in any order. Take care of the weight and the unit of the masses, remember that a kilogram (kg) is 1000 grams (g)."
msgstr "Legg lodd på venstre eller (på seinare nivå) høgre side av vekta, slik at ho kjem i likevekt. Rekkjefølgja på lodda spelar inga rolle. Legg merke til både verdiane og vekteiningane, og hugs at 1 kilo (kg) er det same som 1000 gram (g)."
msgid "To balance the scales, move the masses to the left or the right side (on higher levels). They can be arranged in any order. Take care of the weight and the unit of the masses, remember that a pound (lb) is 16 ounce (oz)."
msgstr "Legg lodd på venstre eller (på seinare nivå) høgre side av vekta, slik at ho kjem i likevekt. Rekkjefølgja på lodda spelar inga rolle. Legg merke til både verdiane og vekteiningane, og hugs at 1 pund («lb») er det same som 16 unser («oz»)."
msgid "The pound is a unit of mass, a property which corresponds to the common perception of how \"heavy\" an object is. This unit is used in the USA."
msgstr "Pund målar massen til ein gjenstand, som heng saman med kor «tung» gjenstanden er. Denne måleeininga vert brukt i USA."
msgid "Try to split the pieces of candy to a given number of children"
msgstr "Prøv å dela smågodtet likt mellom alle ungane"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn the division of numbers"
msgstr "Lær å dela tal"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Know how to count"
msgstr "Å kunna telja"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Follow the instructions shown on the screen: first, drag the given number of boys/girls to the middle, then drag pieces of candy to each child's rectangle."
msgstr "Følg instruksjonane på skjermen. Dra først rette tal gutar/jenter til midten, og dra så smågodtet til feltet til kvar unge."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:28
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Paul wants to equally share 2 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can you help him? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr "Pål ønskjer å dela to bitar smågodt med to vennar, éin gut og éi jente. Kan du hjelpa han? Flytt først ungane til midten, og dra så smågodtet til dei."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:38
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Now he wants to give 4 pieces of candy to his friends."
msgstr "No har han lyst å gje fire bitar smågodt til vennane sine."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:48
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Can you now give 6 of Paul's pieces of candy to his friends?"
msgstr "Kan du gje seks bitar smågodt frå Pål til vennane?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:59
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Paul has only 10 pieces of candy left. He eats 2 pieces of candy and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him equally split the 8 remaining pieces of candy?"
msgstr "Pål har berre ti bitar smågodt att. Han et to av desse og gjev resten til vennane. Kan du hjelpa han å dela dei åtte bitane han no har?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:28
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "George wants to equally share 3 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain!"
msgstr "Geir ønskjer å dela tre bitar smågodt med to vennar, éin gut og éi jente. Kan han dela smågodtet likt? Flytt først ungane til midten, og dra så smågodtet til dei. Merk at det vert ein bit til overs!"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:38
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "Maria wants to equally share 5 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: one girl and two boys. Can she equally split the pieces of candy between her friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain!"
msgstr "Maria ønskjer å dela fem bitar smågodt med tre vennar, éi jente og to gutar. Kan ho dela smågodtet likt? Flytt først ungane til midten, og dra så smågodtet til dei. Merk at det vert litt smågodt til overs!"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:48
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "John wants to equally share 10 pieces of candy between 3 of his friends: one boy and two girls. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr "Jon ønskjer å dela ti bitar smågodt med tre vennar, éin gut og to jenter. Kan han dela likt? Flytt først ungane til midten, og dra så smågodtet til dei."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:28
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Alice wants to equally share 3 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: one girl and two boys. Can you help her? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr "Anne ønskjer å dela tre bitar smågodt med tre vennar, éi jente og to gutar. Kan du hjelpa ho? Flytt først ungane til midten, og dra så smågodtet til dei."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:38
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Now, Alice wants to give 6 pieces of candy to her friends"
msgstr "No har Anne lyst til å gje seks bitar smågodt til vennane sine."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:48
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Can you help Alice give 9 pieces of candy to her friends: one girl and two boys?"
msgstr "Kan du hjelpa Anne å gje ni bitar smågodt til vennane, éi jente og to gutar?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:58
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Alice has 12 pieces of candy left. She wants to give them all to her friends. Can you help her split the pieces of candy equally?"
msgstr "Anne har tolv bitar smågodt att. Ho har lyst til å gje dei alle til vennane sine. Kan du hjelpa ho å dela smågodtet likt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:28
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Michael wants to equally share 5 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can you help him? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them!"
msgstr "Mohammed ønskjer å dela fem godtar med to vennar, éi jente og to gutar. Kan du hjelpa han? Flytt først ungane til midten, og dra så smågodtet til dei."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:38
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Helen has 3 friends: one boy and two girls. She wants to give them 7 pieces of candy. Help her split the pieces of candy between her friends!"
msgstr "Helene har tre vennar, éin gut og to jenter. Ho har lyst til å gje dei sju bitar smågodt. Hjelp ho å dela smågodtet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:48
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Michelle has 9 pieces of candy and wants to split them with two brothers and two sisters. Help her share the pieces of candy!"
msgstr "Maja har ni bitar smågodt som ho vil dela med to brør og to søstrer. Hjelp ho å dela smågodtet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:58
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Thomas wants to share his 11 pieces of candy with his friends: three boys and one girl. Can you help him?"
msgstr "Tomas har lyst til å dela elleve bitar smågodt med vennane sine, tre gutar og éi jente. Kan du hjelpa han?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:28
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "Charles wants to share his 8 pieces of candy with 3 of his friends: one boy and two girls. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?"
msgstr "Karl har lyst til å dela åtte bitar smågodt med tre av vennane sine, éin gut og to jenter. Kan ha dela smågodtet likt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:38
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "For her birthday, Elizabeth has 12 pieces of candy to share with 4 of her friends: two girls and two boys. How should she split the pieces of candy to her friends?"
msgstr "Til fødselsdagen hennar fekk Emma tolv bitar smågodt for å dela med fire av vennane hennar, to jenter og to gutar. Korleis skal ho dela smågodtet?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:48
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "Jason's father gave him 14 pieces of candy to share with his friends: two boys and three girls. Help him give the pieces of candy to his friends!"
msgstr "Faren til Jakob gaven han fjorten bitar smågodt for å dela med vennane hans, to gutar og tre jenter. Hjelp han å gje smågodtet til vennane."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:29
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Bob wants to give 5 pieces of candy to his friends: two boys and one girl, his girlfriend already has one candy. Can you help him equally split the pieces of candy so that each friend will have the same amount of pieces of candy?"
msgstr "Bjørn har lyst til å gje fem bitar smågodt til vennane sine, to gutar og kjærasten hans, som alt har fått ein bit smågodt. Kan du hjelpa han å dela smågodtet slik at alle får like mykje?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:39
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Harry wants to equally share 8 pieces of candy between his friends: one boy and two girls. Place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them so that each of them has an equal number of pieces of candy."
msgstr "Henrik har lyst til å dela åtte bitar smågodt mellom vennane sine, éin gut og to jenter. Flytt først ungane til midten, og dra så smågodtet til dei, slik at alle får like mykje."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:49
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Can you now give 6 of Harry's pieces of candy to his friends?"
msgstr "Kan du no gje seks bitar smågodt frå Henrik til vennane?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:29
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Help Jon split 9 pieces of candies between three boys and two girls. The rest will remain to Jon."
msgstr "Hjelp Jon dela ni bitar smågodt mellom tre gutar og to jenter. Resten får Jon sjølv."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:39
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Jon wants to share the rest of his pieces of candies with his brother and his sister. Can you split them equally, knowing that his brother already has two pieces of candies?"
msgstr "Jon har lyst til å dela resten av smågodtet med broren og søstera hans. Kan du dela det likt, når du veit at bror hans alt har to bitar smågodt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:49
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Help Tux split some pieces of candies to his friends: 9 pieces of candies to one boy and two girls."
msgstr "Hjelp Tux å dela smågodt med vennane hans, ni bitar smågodt til éin gut og to jenter."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:95
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|First part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "Place %n boy(s) "
msgid_plural "Place %n boy(s) "
msgstr[0] "Flytt %n gut "
msgstr[1] "Flytt %n gutar "
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:99
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|Second part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "and %n girl(s) in the center. "
msgid_plural "and %n girl(s) in the center. "
msgstr[0] "og %n jente i midten. "
msgstr[1] "og %n jenter i midten. "
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:103
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|Third part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid_plural "Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgstr[0] "Del så %n bit smågodt mellom dei."
msgstr[1] "Del så %n bitar smågodt mellom dei."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/Share.qml:355
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Share|"
msgid "You can't put more than %1 pieces of candy in the same rectangle"
msgstr "Du kan ikkje leggja meir enn %1 bit smågodt på same stad"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/Share.qml:374
msgctxt "Share|"
msgid "Display candy counter"
msgstr "Vis smågodt-teljar"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A simple drawing activity"
msgstr "Ein enkel teikneaktivitet"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Create your own drawing"
msgstr "Lag di eiga teikning"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enhance creative skills"
msgstr "Utforska kreative evner"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select a color and paint the rectangles as you like to create a drawing."
msgstr "Vel ein farge og mål rektangla slik du vil for å laga ei teikning."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers With Dice"
msgstr "Tal på terningar"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count the number of dots on dice before they reach the ground"
msgstr "Tel kor mange prikkar det er på terningen før han når bakken"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In a limited time, count the number of dots"
msgstr "Tel kor mange prikkar det er på kvar terning før dei når bakken."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Counting skills"
msgstr "Du må kunna telja."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "With the keyboard, type the number of dots you see on the falling dice."
msgstr "Bruk tastaturet til å skriva inn kor mange prikkar det er på kvar terning."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers with dominoes"
msgstr "Tal med dominobrikker"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count the number of dots on the dominoes before they reach the ground"
msgstr "Tel kor mange prikkar det er på dominobrikkene før dei når bakken"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "With the keyboard, type the number of dots you see on the falling dominoes."
msgstr "Bruk tastaturet til å skriva inn kor mange prikkar det er på dominobrikkene."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Solar System"
msgstr "Solsystem"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Answer the questions with a correctness of 100%."
msgstr "Svar på spørsmåla og prøv å få alt rett."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn information about the solar system. If you want to learn more about astronomy, try downloading KStars (https://edu.kde.org/kstars/) or Stellarium (http://stellarium.org/) which are open source astronomy softwares."
msgstr "Læra om solsystemet. Viss du vil læra meir om astronomi, kan du prøva KStars (https://edu.kde.org/kstars/) eller Stellarium (http://stellarium.org/), som er fri programvare for hobbyastronomi."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on a planet or the Sun to reveal questions. Each question contains 4 options. One of those is 100% correct. Try to answer the questions until you get a 100% closeness in the closeness meter."
msgstr "Trykk på ein planet eller på sola for å visa spørsmål. Kvart spørsmål har fire svaralternativ. Berre eitt av dei er rett. Prøv å svara på spørsmåla til du får alt rett."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:25
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Sun"
msgstr "Sola"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:29
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is the Sun compared to the planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr "Kor stor er sola samanlikna med dei andre planetane i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Sixth largest"
msgstr "Den sjette største"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Third largest"
msgstr "Den tredje største"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Largest"
msgstr "Den største"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Seventh largest"
msgstr "Det sjuande største"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:34
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The temperature of the Sun is around:"
msgstr "Temperaturen på sola er om lag:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1000 °C"
msgstr "1 000 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "4500 °C"
msgstr "4 500 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "5505 °C"
msgstr "5 505 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "3638 °C"
msgstr "3 638 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:39
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How old is the Sun?"
msgstr "Kor gammal er sola?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1.2 billion years"
msgstr "1,2 milliardar år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "3 billion years"
msgstr "3 milliardar år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 billion years"
msgstr "7 milliardar år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "4.5 billion years"
msgstr "4,5 milliardar år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:44
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for the Sun’s light to reach the Earth?"
msgstr "Kor lang tid tar det frå lys frå sola å nå jorda?"
msgid "The length of a year on Earth is 365 days."
msgstr "Eitt år varer 365 dagar på jorda."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:102
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Venus in the Solar System?"
msgstr "På kva plass frå sola er Venus i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:103
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Second"
msgstr "Andre"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:107
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Venus is as heavy as:"
msgstr "Venus er like tung som:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "0.7 Earths"
msgstr "0,7 jordklodar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "0.8 Earths"
msgstr "0,8 jordklodar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1.3 Earths"
msgstr "1,3 jordklodar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "2.5 Earths"
msgstr "2,5 jordklodar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:112
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Venus compared to other planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr "Kor stor er Venus samanlikna med andre planetar i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Fifth largest"
msgstr "Den femte største"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Fourth largest"
msgstr "Den fjerde største"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:117
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a year on Venus?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit år på Venus?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:118
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "225 days"
msgstr "225 dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:118
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "116 days"
msgstr "116 dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:118
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "100 days"
msgstr "100 dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:122
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a day on Venus?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit døgn på Venus?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:123
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "117 Earth days"
msgstr "117 jorddøgn"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:123
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "88 Earth days"
msgstr "88 jorddøgn"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:127
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Venus is:"
msgstr "Makstemperaturen på Venus er:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:196
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:245
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "100 °C"
msgstr "100 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:196
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "20 °C"
msgstr "20 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "467 °C"
msgstr "467 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "45 °C"
msgstr "45 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:132
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Venus?"
msgstr "Kor mange månar har Venus?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:140
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Earth"
msgstr "Jorda"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:142
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:230
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Mars is 20 °C."
msgstr "Makstemperaturen på mars er 20 °C."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:146
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Earth in the Solar System?"
msgstr "På kva plass frå sola er jorda i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:147
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Third"
msgstr "Tredje"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:147
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:191
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:235
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:274
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:313
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:352
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Fifth"
msgstr "Femte"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:151
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Earth to complete one year?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit år på jorda?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:152
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "200 days"
msgstr "200 dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:152
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:216
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "30 days"
msgstr "30 dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:152
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:216
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 days"
msgstr "7 dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:156
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Earth?"
msgstr "Kor mange månar har jorda?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:161
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a day on Earth?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit døgn på jorda?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "12 hours"
msgstr "12 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "24 hours"
msgstr "24 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "365 hours"
msgstr "365 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "48 hours"
msgstr "48 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:166
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many seasons has Earth?"
msgstr "Kor mange årstider har jorda?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:171
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Maximum temperature on Earth is:"
msgstr "Makstemperaturen på jorda er:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "58 °C"
msgstr "58 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "30 °C"
msgstr "30 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:176
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Earth compared to other planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr "Kor stor er jorda samanlikna med andre planetar i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:184
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Mars"
msgstr "Mars"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:190
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Mars in the Solar System?"
msgstr "På kva plass frå sola er Mars i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:195
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Mars is:"
msgstr "Makstemperaturen på Mars er:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:196
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "60 °C"
msgstr "60 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:200
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How big is the size of Mars compared to Earth?"
msgstr "Kor stor er Mars samanlikna med jorda?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The same"
msgstr "Om lag like stor"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Half"
msgstr "Halvparten så stor"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Two times"
msgstr "Dobbelt så stor"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Three times"
msgstr "Tre gongar så stor"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:205
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Mars?"
msgstr "Kor mange månar har Mars?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:210
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a day on Mars?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit døgn på Mars?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "24.5 hours"
msgstr "24,5 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:215
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Mars to complete one year?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit år på Mars?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:216
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "687 days"
msgstr "687 dagar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:220
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How small is Mars compared to other planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr "Kor liten er Mars samanlikna med andre planetar i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:228
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Jupiter"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:231
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:309
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The length of a year on Saturn is 29.5 Earth years."
msgstr "Eitt år på Saturn varer 29,5 jorddøgn."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:234
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Jupiter in the Solar System?"
msgstr "På kva plass frå sola er Jupiter i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:239
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Jupiter compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr "Kor stor er Jupiter samanlikna med andre planetar i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Second largest"
msgstr "Den nest største"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:244
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The minimum temperature on Jupiter is:"
msgstr "Minimumstemperaturen på Jupiter er:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:245
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-145 °C"
msgstr "−145 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:245
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-180 °C"
msgstr "−180 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:249
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Jupiter?"
msgstr "Kor mange månar har Jupiter?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:254
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Jupiter?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit døgn på Jupiter?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "10 hours"
msgstr "10 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:259
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Jupiter to complete one year?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit år på Jupiter?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "5 Earth years"
msgstr "5 jordår"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "12 Earth years"
msgstr "12 jordår"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "30 Earth years"
msgstr "30 jordår"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1 Earth year"
msgstr "1 jordår"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:267
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Saturn"
msgstr "Saturn"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:269
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The minimum temperature on Jupiter is -145 °C."
msgstr "Minimumstemperaturen på Jupiter er −145 °C."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:270
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The length of a year on Jupiter is 12 Earth years."
msgstr "Eitt år på Jupiter varer 12 jorddøgn."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:273
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Saturn in the Solar System?"
msgstr "På kva plass frå sola er Saturn i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:278
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Saturn compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr "Kor stor er Saturn samanlikna med andre planetar i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:283
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Saturn?"
msgstr "Kor mange månar har Saturn?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:288
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Saturn?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit døgn på Saturn?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "10.5 hours"
msgstr "10,5 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:293
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The minimum temperature on Saturn is:"
msgstr "Minimumstemperaturen på Saturn er:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "0 °C"
msgstr "0 °C"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-178 °C"
msgstr "−178 °C."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-100 °C"
msgstr "−100 °C."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:298
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Saturn to complete one year?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit år på Saturn?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "29.5 Earth years"
msgstr "29,5 jordår"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "20 Earth years"
msgstr "20 jordår"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "10 Earth years"
msgstr "10 jordår"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:306
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Uranus"
msgstr "Uranus"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:308
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The temperature on Saturn is -178 °C."
msgstr "Temperaturen på Saturn er −178 °C."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:312
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Uranus in the Solar System?"
msgstr "På kva plass frå sola er Uranus i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:313
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:352
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Eighth"
msgstr "Den åttande"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:317
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many years does it take for Uranus to go once around the Sun?"
msgstr "Kor mange år brukar Uranus på å gå rundt Sola éin gong?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1 year"
msgstr "1 år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "24 years"
msgstr "24 år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "68 years"
msgstr "68 år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "84 years"
msgstr "84 år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:322
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Uranus?"
msgstr "Kor mange månar har Uranus?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:327
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Uranus?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit døgn på Uranus?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "27 hours"
msgstr "27 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "17 hours"
msgstr "17 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:332
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Uranus compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr "Kor stor er Uranus samanlikna med andre planetar i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:337
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Uranus is:"
msgstr "Makstemperaturen på Uranus er:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-216 °C"
msgstr "−216 °C."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:345
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Neptune"
msgstr "Neptun"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:347
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Saturn is -178 °C."
msgstr "Makstemperaturen på Saturn er −178 °C."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:348
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The length of a year on Uranus is 84 years."
msgstr "Eitt år på Uranus varer 84 jordår."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:351
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Neptune in the Solar System?"
msgstr "På kva plass frå sola er Neptun i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:356
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Neptune to make one revolution around the Sun?"
msgstr "Kor mange år brukar Neptun på å gå rundt Sola éin gong?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "165 years"
msgstr "165 år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "3 years"
msgstr "3 år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "100 years"
msgstr "100 år"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:361
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Neptune?"
msgstr "Kor mange månar har Neptun?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:366
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Neptune?"
msgstr "Kor lenge varer eit døgn på Neptun?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "16 hours"
msgstr "16 timar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:371
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The average temperature on Neptune is:"
msgstr "Gjennomsnittstemperaturen på Neptun er:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-210 °C"
msgstr "−210 °C."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:376
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Neptune compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr "Kor stor er Neptun samanlikna med andre planetar i solsystemet vårt?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:202
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid "Accuracy: %1%"
msgstr "Nøyaktigheit: %1 %"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:242
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid "%1%"
msgstr "%1 %"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:278
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid ""
"Your final score is: <font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1%</font>.<br>"
"<br>"
"%2"
msgstr ""
"Du fekk <font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1%</font> poeng.<br>"
"<br>"
"%2"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:278
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid ""
"You should score above 90% to become a Solar System expert!<br>"
"Retry to test your skills again or train in normal mode to explore more about the Solar System."
msgstr ""
"For å reknast som ekspert på solsystemet må du få minst 90 % rett!<br>"
"Ta testen på nytt eller utforsk solsystemet meir i normalmodus først."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:278
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid "Great! You can replay the assessment to test your knowledge on more questions."
msgstr "Supert! Du kan ta testen om att for å prøva deg på fleire spørsmål."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:103
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"Mode: <font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1</font><br>"
"<br>"
"There are two modes in the activity which you can switch from the configuration window:<br>"
"<b>1. Normal mode</b> - In this mode you can play and learn about the Solar System.<br>"
"<b>2. Assessment mode</b> - In this mode you can test your knowledge about the Solar System."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:103
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Assessment"
msgstr "Test"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:103
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Normal"
msgstr "Normal"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:107
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Click on the Sun or any planet to reveal questions. Each question will have 4 options, out of which one is correct."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:108
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "After a planet is clicked, the Closeness meter at the bottom-right corner of the screen represents the degree of correctness of your selected answer. The least correct answer is represented by 1%. Try again until you reach a 100% closeness by following the closeness meter, or hint which indicates the correct answer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:113
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "There are 20 questions initially with 4 options each. The progress bar at the bottom right of the screen shows your percentage score."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:114
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"If your answer is correct, your score will increase.<br>"
"If your answer is wrong, your score decreases and one more question will be asked in the end along with the incorrectly answered question.<br>"
"Maximum 25 questions will be asked after which no more question will be added."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:115
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "You should score above 90% to pass the assessment and become a Solar System expert!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:287
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"1. The <b>farther</b> a planet from the Sun, the <b>lower</b> is its temperature.<br>"
"<font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1</font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:288
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"2. The duration of a year on a planet <b>increases as we go away from the Sun</b>.<br>"
"<font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1</font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:290
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "Tips"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:297
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "View solar system"
msgstr "Vis solsystemet"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:316
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Assessment mode"
msgstr "Testmodus"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pilot a Submarine"
msgstr "Styr ein ubåt"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drive the submarine to the end point."
msgstr "Styr ubåten til målet."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to control a submarine"
msgstr "Lær å styra ein ubåt"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move and click using the mouse, physics basics"
msgstr "Trykking med musa + grunnleggjande fysikk."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Control the various parts of the submarine (the engine, rudders and ballast tanks) to reach the end point.\n"
" Controls:\n"
"\n"
" Engine:\n"
" D / Right arrow: Increase velocity\n"
" A / Left arrow: Decrease velocity\n"
"\n"
" Ballast tanks:\n"
" Switch filling of Ballast tanks:\n"
" W / Up arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" R: Left ballast tank\n"
" T: Right ballast tank\n"
" Switch flush ballast tanks:\n"
" S / Down arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" F: Left ballast tank\n"
" G: Right ballast tank\n"
"\n"
" Diving planes:\n"
" + : Increase diving plane angle\n"
" - : Decrease diving plane angle"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Control the various parts of the submarine (the engine, rudders and ballast tanks) to reach the end point.\n"
" Controls:\n"
"\n"
" Engine:\n"
" D / Right arrow: Increase velocity\n"
" A / Left arrow: Decrease velocity\n"
"\n"
" Ballast tanks:\n"
" Switch filling of Ballast tanks:\n"
" W / Up arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" R: Left ballast tank\n"
" T: Right ballast tanks\n"
" Switch flush ballast tanks:\n"
" S / Down arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" F: Left ballast tank\n"
" G: Right ballast tanks\n"
"\n"
" Diving planes:\n"
" + : Increase diving plane angle\n"
" - : Decrease diving plane angle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:177
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Left Ballast Tank"
msgstr "Venstre ballasttank"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:285
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Central Ballast Tank"
msgstr "Midtre ballasttank"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:392
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Right Ballast Tank"
msgstr "Høgre ballasttank"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:32
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Move the submarine to the other side of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:33
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The leftmost item in the control panel is the engine of the submarine, indicating the current speed of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:34
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Increase or decrease the velocity of the submarine using the engine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:35
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Press the + button to increase the velocity, or the - button to decrease the velocity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:38
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The item next to the engine is the Ballast tanks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:39
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The Ballast tanks are used to float or dive under water."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:40
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "If the ballast tanks are empty, the submarine will float. If the ballast tanks are full of water, the submarine will dive underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:41
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Turning the upper valve on or off will alternatively allow or stop water from filling in the Ballast tanks, thus allowing it to dive underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:42
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Turning the lower valve on or off will alternatively allow or stop water from flushing out the Ballast tanks, thus allowing it to float on the surface of the water."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:45
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The rightmost item in the control panel controls the diving planes of the submarine"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:46
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The Diving Planes in a submarine is used to control the depth of the submarine accurately once it is underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:47
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Once the submarine is moving underwater, increasing or decreasing the angle of the planes will increase and decrease the depth of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:48
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The + button will increase the depth of the submarine, while the - button will decrease the depth of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:49
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Grab the crown to open the gate."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:50
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Check out the help menu for the keyboard controls."
msgstr "Informasjon om tastaturbruk finst i hjelpemenyen."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Sudoku, place unique symbols in a grid"
msgstr "Sudoku – plasser symbol i eit rutenett"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Symbols must be unique in a row, in a column, and (if defined) each region."
msgstr "Plasser figurar og siffer i eit spesielt mønster i eit rutenett"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The aim of the puzzle is to enter a symbol or numeral from 1 through 9 in each cell of a grid. In the official Sudoku the grid is 9x9 made up of 3x3 subgrids (called 'regions'). In GCompris we start at lower levels with a simpler version using symbols and with no regions. In all cases the grid is presented with various symbols or numerals given in some cells (the 'givens'). Each row, column and region must contain only one instance of each symbol or numeral (Source <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sudoku>)."
msgstr "Sudoku er eit slags kryssord, der du skal plassera figurar eller siffer i eit rutenett. I offisiell sudoku er rutenettet på 9 × 9 ruter, med med ni mindre 3 × 3-boksar. I GCompris startar me enklare, med figurar og utan små boksar. Du må passa på at kvar figur (eller kvart siffer) berre står éin gong i kvar rad og i kvar kolonne. På bretta der rutenettet er delt inn mindre boksar, skal kvar figur (eller kvart siffer) berre brukast éin gong i kvart område, samtidig som den vanlege regelen framleis gjeld. Meir informasjon: <https://nn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sudoku>"
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Completing the puzzle requires patience and logical ability"
msgstr "Å fullføra bretta krev tolmod og logisk tankeevne."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select a number or a symbol on the left and click on its target position. GCompris will not let you enter invalid data."
msgstr "Vel eit tal eller ein figur til venstre, og trykk der du vil plassera han. GCompris vil ikkje la deg plassera han på ein ugyldig plass."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Super Brain"
msgstr "Superhjerne"
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux has hidden several items. Find them again in the correct order"
msgstr "Tux har ein hemmeleg fargekombinasjon han vil du skal prøva å gjetta."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Click on the items until you find what you think is the correct answer. Then, click on the OK button. In the lower levels, Tux gives you an indication if you found a hiding place by marking the item with a black box. In the levels 4 and 8 an item may be hidden several times.<br/>"
"You can use the right mouse button to flip the items in the opposite order or the item chooser to directly pick an item. Press and hold a mouse button or on the touch screen to automatically choose the last item selected on a column. Double click or tap on a previously selected item in your guess history to mark it as 'correct'. Such marked items are automatically selected in your current and future guesses until you un-mark them, again by double clicking or tapping."
msgstr ""
"Trykk på rundingane til dei viser det du trur er rett kombinasjon. Trykk så på OK-knappen. På dei lågare nivåa vil Tux markera rette svar med ein svart firkant. På brett 4 og 8 kan ein gjenstand vera gøymd fleire gongar.<br/>"
"Du kan bruka høgre museknapp for å bla gjennom gjenstandane i motsett rekkjefølgje, eller bruka gjenstandsveljaren for å velja gjenstand direkte. Hald inne ein museknapp eller trykk på skjermen for å automatisk velja den siste brukte gjenstanden. Dobbeltklikk eller tapp på ein tidlegare vald gjenstand i gjettehistoria for å markera han som «rett». Han vert då automatisk brukt i framtida, heilt til du fjernar markeringa att, igjen ved å dobbeltklikka eller tappa."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:145
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "This item is well placed"
msgstr "Denne gjenstanden er rett plassert"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:147
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "This item is misplaced"
msgstr "Denne gjenstanden er feilplassert"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:631
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr "Fargar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:632
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Shapes"
msgstr "Figurar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:643
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr "Vel modus"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The tangram puzzle game"
msgstr "Tangram-puslespel"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The objective is to form a given shape"
msgstr "Målet er å gjenskapa ei form."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. Tangram (Chinese: literally 'seven boards of cunning') is a Chinese puzzle. While the tangram is often said to be ancient, its existence has only been verified as far back as 1800. It consists of 7 pieces, called tans, which fit together to form a square; Using the square side as 1 unit, the 7 pieces contains:\n"
" 5 right isosceles triangles, including:\n"
" - 2 small size ones (legs of 1)\n"
" - 1 medium size (legs of square root of 2)\n"
" - 2 large size (legs of 2)\n"
" 1 square (side of 1) and\n"
" 1 parallelogram (sides of 1 and square root of 2)\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"Frå engelsk Wikipedia. Tangram (frå kinesisk: «sju listige brett») er eit kinesisk puslespel. Det vert ofte sagt at tangram er eit eldgammalt spel, ein har berre kunne spora det tilbake til 1800-talet. Det har 7 puslebrikker, «tan»-ar, som til saman utgjer eit kvadrat:\n"
" 5 rettvinkla og likebeina trekantar:\n"
" – 2 små (sidekantar med lengd 1)\n"
" – 1 middels stor (sidekantar med lengd √2)\n"
" – 2 store (sidekantar med lengd 2)\n"
" 1 kvadrat (sidekant med lengd 1)\n"
" 1 parallellogram (sidekantar med lengd 1 og √2)\n"
" "
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select the tangram to form. Move a piece by dragging it. The symmetrical button appears on items that supports it. Click on the rotation button or drag around it to show the rotation you want. At first levels, simpler objects are used to introduce the tangram concept."
msgstr "Vel tangrammet du vil laga. Dra brikkene for å flytta dei. Symmetriknappen vert vist på brikker som støttar det. Trykk på dreieknappen eller dra rundt han for å visa kor mykje du vil dreia. På dei tidlege nivåa vert det vist enklare gjenstandar for å innføra tangram-konseptet."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice addition with a target game"
msgstr "Øv på å leggja til med eit målspel"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Hit the target and count your points"
msgstr "Treff målskiva og tel kor mange poeng du får"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Throw darts at a target and count your score."
msgstr "Skyt piler på målskiva og tel så kor mange poeng du fekk."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move the mouse, can read numbers and count up to 15 for the first level"
msgstr "Du må kunna bruka musa, lesa tal og telja opp til 15 (for første nivå)."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Check the speed and direction of the target, and then click on it to launch a dart. When all your darts are thrown, you are asked to count your score. Enter the score with the keyboard."
msgstr "Kontroller først retninga og farten til målskiva. Trykk så på målskiva for å skyta ei pil mot ho. Når du har skote alle pilene, dukkar det opp eit poengfelt der du kan skriva inn kor mange poeng du fekk."
msgid "Play with a friend. Take turns to click on the square which you want to mark. First player to create a line of 3 marks wins"
msgstr "Spel mot ein venn. De byter på å velja kva rute de vil markera. Den første spelaren med tre på rad vinn."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A sliding-block puzzle game"
msgstr "Skyvespel"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Remove the red car from the parking lot through the gate on the right"
msgstr "Køyr den raude bilen ut frå parkeringsplassen gjennom utgangen til høgre"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Each car can only move either horizontally or vertically. You must make some room in order to let the red car move through the gate on the right."
msgstr "Kvar bil kan berre køyra til venstre og til høgre, eller opp og ned. Du må gjera plass slik at den raude bilen kan køyra ut utgangen til høgre."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:117
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr "Fargar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:118
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr "Bilete"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:129
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr "Vel modus"
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Watercycle"
msgstr "Vasskrinsløpet"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux has come back from fishing on his boat. Bring the water system back up so he can take a shower."
msgstr "Tux kjem heim etter ein båttur, og du må setja i gong vasskrinsløpet, slik at han får teke ein velfortent dusj."
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn the water cycle"
msgstr "Lær om vasskrinsløpet"
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, pumping station, and the sewage treatment plant, in order to reactivate the entire water system. When the system is back up and Tux is in the shower, push the shower button for him."
msgstr "Trykk på dei ulike elementa for å setja vasskrinsløpet i gong. Desse er sola, skyene, vasspumpestasjonen og vassreinseanlegget. Når du er ferdig, og Tux har komme til dusjen, kan du trykkja på dusjknappen for han."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:65
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Sun is the main component of water cycle. Click on the sun to start the water cycle."
msgstr "Sola er hovudkomponenten i vasskrinsløpet. Trykk på sola får starta krinsløpet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:66
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "As the sun rises, the water of the sea starts heating and evaporates."
msgstr "Når sola står, vert vatnet i havet varmare, og begynner å fordampa."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:67
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid " Water vapor condenses to form cloud and when clouds become heavy, it rains. Click on the cloud."
msgstr "Vassdamp vert kondensert til ei sky, og når skyene vert tunge, regnar dei. Trykk på skya."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:68
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Rain causes rivers to swell up and this water is transported to us via motor pumps through water-tower. Click on the motor pump to supply water to residents."
msgstr "Regn fører til meir vatn i elver og innsjøar, og dette vatnet vert frakta til oss via vasspumper og vasstårn. Trykk på vasspumpestasjonen for å frakta vatn til innbyggjarane."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:70
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "See the tower filled with water. Activate the sewage treatment station by clicking on it."
msgstr "Sjå tårnet vert fylt med vatn. Trykk på vassreinseanlegget for å setja det i gong."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:71
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Great, click on the shower, as Tux arrives home."
msgstr "Flott! Trykk på dusjen når Tux kjem heim."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:72
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Fantastic, you have completed water cycle. You can continue playing."
msgstr "Fantastisk! Du har fullført vasskrinsløpet. Du kan halda fram med å spela."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:96
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "The water cycle (also known as the hydrologic cycle) is the journey water takes as it circulates from the land to the sky and back again. The sun's heat provides energy to evaporate water from water bodies like oceans."
msgstr "Vasskrinsløpet (òg kalla den hydrologiske syklusen) er ferda vatnet tek frå land til skyer og tilbake. Sola gjev varmeenergi som fordampar vatnet frå havet og andre vassmassar."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:99
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Plants also lose water to the air through transpiration. The water vapor eventually, cools forming tiny droplets in clouds. When the clouds meet cool air over land, precipitation is triggered and fall down as rain."
msgstr "Planter mistar òg vatnet til lufta gjennom fordamping. Vassdampen vert til slutt kjølt ned, og dannar små vassdropar i skyene. Når skyene møter kald luft over land, fell vatnet som regn."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:102
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Some of the water is trapped between rock or clay layers, called groundwater. But most of the water flows as runoff, eventually returning to the seas via rivers."
msgstr "Nokre av vatnet sit fast i jord og berg under jordoverflata, og vert kalla grunnvatn. Men det meste av vatnet renn ut i havet att, via elver."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:104
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Your goal is to complete water cycle before Tux reaches home. Click on the different components which make up the water cycle. First click on sun, then cloud, water pumping station near the river, sewage treatment, and at last regulate the switch to provide water to Tux's shower."
msgstr "Målet er å fullføra vasskrinsløpet før Tux kjem heim. Trykk på dei ulike delane i krinsløpet. Trykk først på sola, så på skyene, så vasspumpestasjonen nær elva, så vassreinseanlegget og til slutt på dusjkranen."
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Falling Words"
msgstr "Dalande ord"
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Type the falling words before they reach the ground"
msgstr "Skriv inn dalande ord før dei når bakken"
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Keyboard training"
msgstr "Tastaturtrening."
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Keyboard manipulation"
msgstr "Du må kunna bruka tastaturet."
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Type the complete word as it falls, before it reaches the ground"
msgstr "Skriv inn heile orda mens dei dalar ned, før dei når bakken."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlay.qml:77
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlay|"
msgid ""
"This activity is only available in the full version of GCompris.<br/>"
"On <a href='https://gcompris.net'>https://gcompris.net</a> you will find the instructions to obtain an activation code. Then go to the main configuration dialog to enter the code."
msgstr ""
"Denne aktiviteten er berre tilgjengeleg i betalversjonen av GCompris.<br/>"
"På <a href='https://gcompris.net'>https://gcompris.net/</a> finn du informasjon om korleis du skaffar ein aktiveringskode. Gå så til oppsettvindauget for å skriva inn denne koden."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlayInapp.qml:76
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlayInapp|"
msgid "This activity is only available in the full version of GCompris."
msgstr "Denne aktiviteten er berre tilgjengeleg i betalversjonen av GCompris."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlayInapp.qml:88
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlayInapp|"
msgid "Buy the full version"
msgstr "Kjøp fullversjonen"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:41
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translation updated for multiple languages (Breton, Brazilian Portuguese, Finnish...)."
msgstr "Oppdatert omsetjing for fleire språk (nynorsk, bretonsk, brasiliansk portugisisk, finsk, …)."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:42
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Add Russian dataset for Click on letter activity."
msgstr "Lagt til russisk datasett i «Trykk på ein bokstav»-aktiviteten."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:43
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in Dutch."
msgstr "Språkaktiviteten er no tilgjengeleg på nederlandsk."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:44
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Merge Norwegian counties Nord-Trøndelag and Sør-Trøndelag into Trøndelag in geo-country activity."
msgstr "Dei norske fylka Nord-Trøndelag og Sør-Trøndelag er slått saman til eitt i kartaktiviteten."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:45
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Fix in braille activities where the cells start at 1, not 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:46
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translation added for Basque, Hungarian and Malayalam."
msgstr "Lagt til omsetjing til baskisk, ungarsk og malayalam."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:47
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Loading/saving of creations (Baby Wordprocessor, Balance Box and Piano Composition)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:48
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Many little fixes and improvements."
msgstr "Mange små rettingar og forbetringar."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:48
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translations added for Scottish Gaelic."
msgstr "Lagt til omsetjing til skotsk-gælisk."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:49
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "License page added in configuration."
msgstr "Lagt til lisensside i oppsettet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:49
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Multiple changes on layouts to improve the ergonomy."
msgstr "Fleire utformingsendringar for betre ergonomi."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:50
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in Polish, Swedish and Ukrainian."
msgstr "Språkaktiviteten finst no på polsk, svensk og ukrainsk."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:51
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Search feature."
msgstr "Søkjefunksjon."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:52
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "A Changelog."
msgstr "Ein endringslogg."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:53
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Many little fixes."
msgstr "Mange små rettingar."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:53
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in French."
msgstr "Språkaktiviteten er no tilgjengeleg på fransk."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:54
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Adding a loading overlay to let the user know that some actions are taking place (loading an activity for example) and can take some seconds."
msgstr "Lagt til eit innlastingsbilete som viser at noko kan ta nokre sekund å fullføra (for eksempel innlasting av ein aktivitet)."
msgstr "Heimesida til GCompris: https://gcompris.net/"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:78
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid "<b>GCompris</b> is a Free Software developed within the KDE community."
msgstr "<b>GCompris</b> er fri programvare utvikla innan KDE."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:82
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"<b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce."
msgstr ""
"<html><b>KDE</b> er eit verdsfemnande nettverk av folk som programmerar, teiknar, komponerer, dokumenterer, set om eller hjelper til på andre måtar med utvikling av <a href=\"%1\">fri programvare</a>. Me har i fellesskap laga fleire hundre frie program, som no inngår som ein del av KDE-utviklingsplattforma og KDE-programdistribusjonen.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"KDE er eit fellesskap der inga enkel gruppe, firma eller organisasjon kontrollerer kjeldekoden til produkta, og alle er velkomne til å bidra – du òg.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"Du finn meir informasjon om KDE og programma me utviklar på <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.</html>"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:99
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> to report a bug.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\"."
msgstr ""
"Ein kan alltid forbetra programvare, og KDE-gruppa arbeider heile tida for det. Men du, som brukar, må melda frå til oss når noko ikkje verkar slik du forventar, eller når noko kunne vore gjort betre.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"KDE har eit feilsporingssystem. Gå til <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for å melda frå om feil.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"Om du har framlegg til forbetringar, kan du gjerne registrera desse i feilsporingssystemet òg. Sjå då til at du har markert feilrapporten med «Wishlist»."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:111
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need."
msgstr ""
"Du treng ikkje vera programutviklar for å hjelpa til med KDE. Du kan arbeida med omsetjingar, laga grafikk, tema, lydar eller betre hjelpetekstar. Her er noko for alle!<br/>"
"<br/>"
"På <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> finn du informasjon om nokre prosjekt du kan delta i.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"Om du vil ha meir informasjon eller dokumentasjon, finn du det du treng på <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:128
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support."
msgstr ""
"For å støtta utviklingsarbeidet har KDE-fellesskapet oppretta KDE e.V., ein ideell organisasjon registrert i Tyskland. KDE e.V. representerer KDE-fellesskapet i juridiske og finansielle saker. På <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> finn du meir informasjon om organisasjonen. <br/>"
"<br/>"
"Både økonomisk og annan type støtte er til stor hjelp. Pengane går med til å dekkja utgifter medlemmane våre har ved utviklinga av KDE-programma, samt til juridisk bistand og til organisering av konferansar og møter.<br />"
"<br />"
"På <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> kan du lesa om korleis du kan bidra.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"På førehand tusen takk for støtta di."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:145
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid "<b>A big thanks to the development team:</b> %1"
msgstr "<b>Tusen takk til utviklarane:</b> %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:149
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid "<b>A big thanks to the translation team:</b> %1"
msgstr "<b>Tusen takk til omsetjarane:</b> %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogActivityConfig.qml:94
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogActivityConfig|"
msgid "%1 configuration"
msgstr "%1-oppsett"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogActivityConfig.qml:96
msgctxt "DialogActivityConfig|"
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Oppsett"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:61
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Author:"
msgstr "Opphavsperson:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:65
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Prerequisite:"
msgstr "Føresetnadar:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:70
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Goal:"
msgstr "Mål:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:75
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Manual:"
msgstr "Manual:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:79
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Credit:"
msgstr "Bidragsytarar:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:83
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Section:"
msgstr "Kategori:"
#. "Dots" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of dots
#. +> trunk5
#: core/Domino.qml:68
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Dots"
msgstr "Prikkar"
#. "Arabic Numbers" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of integer numbers
#. +> trunk5
#: core/Domino.qml:70
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Arabic Numbers"
msgstr "Arabartal"
#. "Roman Numbers" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of roman numbers
#. +> trunk5
#: core/Domino.qml:72
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Roman Numbers"
msgstr "Romartal"
#. "Images" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of an image (containing a specific count of same elements)
#. +> trunk5
#: core/Domino.qml:74
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr "Bilete"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:166
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Downloading ..."
msgstr "Lastar ned …"
#. Run this task in background
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:210
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Background"
msgstr "Bakgrunn"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:228
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Abort"
msgstr "Avbryt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:254
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Download error (code: %1): %2"
msgstr "Feil ved nedlasting (feilkode: %1): %2"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:282
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Your download finished successfully. The data files are now available."
msgstr "Nedlastinga er no ferdig, og datafilene er tilgjengelege."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:284
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Restart any currently active activity."
msgstr "Start aktiviteten på nytt."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:286
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Your local data files are up-to-date."
msgstr "Du har siste versjon av dei lokale datafilene."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:105
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Download cancelled by user"
msgstr "Nedlastinga vart avbroten av brukaren"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:216
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Could not create resource path"
msgstr "Klarte ikkje laga ressursmappe"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:223
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Could not open target file %1"
msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna målfila %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:491
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Invalid format of Contents file"
msgstr "Ugyldig format på innhaldsfil"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:512
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The url %1 does not exist."
msgstr "Adressa %1 finst ikkje."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:525
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Checksum of downloaded file does not match: %1"
msgstr "Sjekksummen til den nedlasta fila er ikkje rett: %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/GCCreationHandler.qml:85
msgctxt "GCCreationHandler|"
msgid "A file with this name already exists. Do you want to replace it?"
msgstr "Det finst alt ei fil med dette namnet. Vil du overskriva ho?"
msgid "Run GCompris with the default system cursor."
msgstr "Køyr GCompris med standard musepeikarar."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:145
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris without cursor (touch screen mode)."
msgstr "Køyr GCompris utan musepeikar (peikeskjermmodus)."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:148
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris in fullscreen mode."
msgstr "Køyr GCompris i fullskjermmodus."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:151
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris in window mode."
msgstr "Køyr GCompris i vindaugsmodus."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:154
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris with sound enabled."
msgstr "Køyr GCompris med lyd."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:157
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris without sound."
msgstr "Køyr GCompris utan lyd."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:160
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Disable the kiosk mode (default)."
msgstr "Ikkje bruk kioskmodus (standard)."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:163
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Enable the kiosk mode."
msgstr "Bruk kioskmodus."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:167
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Use software renderer instead of openGL (slower but should run with any graphical card, needs Qt 5.8 minimum)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:170
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Use openGL renderer instead of software (faster but crash potentially depending on your graphical card)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:131
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "The images for several activities are not yet installed. Do you want to download them now?"
msgstr "Bileta for fleire aktivitetar er ikkje installerte. Vil du lasta dei ned no?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:133 core/main.qml:172
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:138 core/main.qml:178
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:161
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Welcome to GCompris!"
msgstr "Velkommen til GCompris!"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:162
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "You are running GCompris for the first time."
msgstr "Du køyrer GCompris for første gong."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:163
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "You should verify that your application settings especially your language is set correctly, and that all language specific sound files are installed. You can do this in the Preferences Dialog."
msgstr "Du bør stadfesta at programinnstillingane er rett, at rett programspråk er valt, og at alle lydfilene for språket er installerte. Dette kan du gjera i innstillingsvindauget."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:165
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Have Fun!"
msgstr "Kos deg!"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:167
#, qt-format
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Your current language is %1 (%2)."
msgstr "Språket ditt er no «%1» (%2)."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:171
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Do you want to download the corresponding sound files now?"
msgstr "Vil du lasta ned tilhøyrande lydfiler no?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:199
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "GCompris has been updated! Here are the new changes:<br/>"
msgstr "GCompris er oppdatert! Her er det nye i denne versjonen:<br/>"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:355 core/main.qml:366
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "There is an issue while running GCompris. We have fallbacken to software renderer mode that should solve the issue. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ReadyButton.qml:78
msgctxt "ReadyButton|"
msgid "I am Ready"
msgstr "Eg er klar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/Tutorial.qml:118
msgctxt "Tutorial|"
msgid "Previous"
msgstr "Førre"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/Tutorial.qml:138
msgctxt "Tutorial|"
msgid "Next"
msgstr "Neste"
# «Lukk» passar betre enn «Hopp over» i denne samanhengen. Knappen lukkar hjelpeteksten.
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/Tutorial.qml:157
msgctxt "Tutorial|"
msgid "Skip"
msgstr "Lukk"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/Tutorial.qml:157
msgctxt "Tutorial|"
msgid "Start"
msgstr "Start"
#~ msgctxt "board1|"
#~ msgid "Jaguars are named after the Native American word meaning 'he who kills with one leap' because they like to climb trees to attack their prey."
#~ msgstr "Jaguaren har fått namn frå eit indiansk ord som tyder «han som drep i eitt sprang», sidan han likar å klatra i tre for å angrepa byttet."
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "The maximum temperature on Earth is 58 degrees celsius."
#~ msgstr "Makstemperaturen på jorda er 58 °C."
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "The maximum temperature on Mars is 20 degrees celsius."
#~ msgstr "Makstemperaturen på mars er 20 °C."
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "The minimum temperature on Jupiter is -145 degrees celsius."
#~ msgstr "Minimumstemperaturen på Jupiter er −145 °C."
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "1000 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "1 000 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "4500 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "4 500 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "5505 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "5 505 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "3638 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "3 638 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "50 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "50 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "35 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "35 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "427 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "427 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "273 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "273 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "100 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "100 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "20 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "20 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "467 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "467 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "45 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "45 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "58 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "58 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "30 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "30 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "60 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "60 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "-145 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "−145 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "-180 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "−180 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "0 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "0 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "-178 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "−178 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "-100 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "−100 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "-216 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "−216 °C"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "-210 degrees celsius"
#~ msgstr "−210 °C"
#~ msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
#~ msgid "Closeness: %1%"
#~ msgstr "Nærleik: %1 %"
#~ msgctxt "Checkers|"
#~ msgid "Undo"
#~ msgstr "Angra"
#~ msgctxt "Checkers|"
#~ msgid "Redo"
#~ msgstr "Gjer om"
#~ msgctxt "Checkers|"
#~ msgid "Swap"
#~ msgstr "Byt"
#~ msgctxt "Chess|"
#~ msgid "Undo"
#~ msgstr "Angra"
#~ msgctxt "Chess|"
#~ msgid "Redo"
#~ msgstr "Gjer om"
#~ msgctxt "Chess|"
#~ msgid "Swap"
#~ msgstr "Byt"
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "Two numbers are displayed on the screen. Quickly multiply them and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type the product of the numbers. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
#~ msgstr "To tal vert viste på skjermen. Du må gonga desse saman, og så bruka tastaturet eller skjermtastaturet for å skriva inn svaret. Du må vera rask, og skriva inn svaret før pingvinane i luftballongen landar."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "Two numbers are displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result of the division and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
#~ msgstr "To tal vert viste på skjermen. Du må delta det første på det andre, og så bruka tastaturet eller skjermtastaturet for å skriva inn svaret. Du må vera rask, og skriva inn svaret før pingvinane i luftballongen landar."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "Two numbers are displayed on the screen. Quickly find the difference between them and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
#~ msgstr "To tal vert viste på skjermen. Du må finna differansen, og så bruka tastaturet eller skjermtastaturet for å skriva inn svaret. Du må vera rask, og skriva inn svaret før pingvinane i luftballongen landar."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "Two numbers are displayed on the screen. Quickly find the sum of them and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins land in their balloon!"
#~ msgstr "To tal vert viste på skjermen. Du må plussa desse saman, og så bruka tastaturet eller skjermtastaturet for å skriva inn svaret. Du må vera rask, og skriva inn svaret før pingvinane i luftballongen landar."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "Don't use the last ball"
#~ msgstr "Ikkje bruk siste ball"
#~ msgctxt "Categorization|"
#~ msgid "Instructions and score visible"
#~ msgstr "Vis både instruksjonar og poeng"
#~ msgctxt "Categorization|"
#~ msgid "Instructions visible and score invisible"
#~ msgstr "Vis berre instruksjonar"
#~ msgctxt "Categorization|"
#~ msgid "Instructions invisible and score visible"
#~ msgstr "Vis berre poeng"
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "Drag electrical components from the selector and drop them in the working area. You can also move components by dragging them. To delete a component, select the deletion tool on top of the component selector, and select the component. You can click on the component and then on the rotate button to rotate it or info button to get information about it. You can click on the switch to open and close it. To connect two terminals, click on first terminal, then on second terminal. To deselect terminal or delete tool, click on any empty area. The simulation is updated in real time by any user action."
#~ msgstr "Dra elektriske komponentar til arbeidsområdet. Du kan så flytta dei rundt på arbeidsområdet ved å dra dei og fjerna dei att ved å først trykkja på fjerneverktøyet over komponentveljaren og så på komponenten du vil fjerna. Du kan trykkja på ein komponent og så på dreieknappen for å dreia han eller på informasjonsknappen for å lesa meir om han. Brytarar kan du skru på og av ved å trykkja på det. For å kopla saman to terminalar trykkjer du på den første terminalen og så på den andre. For å fjerna merkinga ein terminal eller eit verktøy, trykk på eit ledig område. Simuleringa vert kontinuerleg oppdatert."
#~ msgctxt "Zero|"
#~ msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions.. It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
#~ msgstr "Digitalteknikk har berre to tilstandar, 0 og 1. Dette gjer det mogleg å bruka matematiske operasjonar, for eksempel addisjon og subtraksjon. Det er grunnlaget for datamaskinteknologi. I praksis representerer talet 0 ei spenning om lag lik jordspenninga og talet 1 representerer matespenninga til straumkrinsen."
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "Light the bulb using the components provided such that the bulb will glow under the following two circumstances:"
#~ msgstr "Bruk dei tilgjengelege komponentane for å få lyspæra til å lysa berre dersom:"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "1. The first switch is turned ON, or"
#~ msgstr "1 Den første brytaren er slått på, eller"
#~ msgctxt "Dataset|"
#~ msgid "2. Both of the second and the third switches are turned on."
#~ msgstr "2 Både den andre og den tredje brytaren er slått på."
#~ msgctxt "board1|"
#~ msgid "The cow goes 'moo. moo.'. Cows are herbivorous mammals. They graze all day in the meadow."
#~ msgstr "Kua seier «mø». Kyr er planteetarar, og kan bruka heile dagen på å eta gras."
#~ msgctxt "board1|"
#~ msgid "Click on the questions to explore each farm animal."
#~ msgstr "Trykk på dyra for å læra meir om dei."
# Det er her snakk om regionar (som Bukovina og Transilvania), ikkje fylke.
#~ msgctxt "board16_0|"
#~ msgid "Provinces of Romania"
#~ msgstr "Regionar i Romania"
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "To learn algebra"
#~ msgstr "For å læra algebra"
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "Double click or double tap on the ball to score a goal."
#~ msgstr "Dobbeltklikk med musa eller trykk to gongar raskt med fingeren for skåra."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "Double click or double tap on the ball to kick it. You can double click the left right or middle mouse button. If you lose, Tux catches the ball. You must click on it to bring it back to its former position"
#~ msgstr "Spark ballen ved å dobbeltklikka med musa eller trykka to gongar raskt med fingeren. Du kan bruka både venstre, midtre eller høgre museknapp. Viss du ikkje er rask nok, tek Tux ballen. Du må trykkja på ballen for å prøva eit nytt straffespark."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "A word is shown at the top right of the board. A list of words will appear and disappear on the left. Does the given word belong to the list?"
#~ msgstr "Eit ord vert vist øvst til høgre, og til venstre vert ein del ord viste og så gøymde att. Svar på om ordet er eller ikkje er med i lista."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "First, select the proper color from the toolbar. Then drag to paint."
#~ msgstr "Vel først ein farge frå verktøylinja. Trykk så på felta for å teikna."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "At the first level a hint is provided to show that no symmetry is requested."
#~ msgstr "På første nivå vert det vist eit hint om at det ikkje trengst symmetri."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "At the first level a hint is provided to show that a symmetry is requested."
#~ msgstr "På første nivå vert det vist eit hint om at det trengst symmetri."
#~ msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
#~ msgid "A Roman numeral is the name for a number when it is written in the way the Romans used to write numbers. Roman numerals are not used very often today in the west. They are used to write the names of kings and queens, or popes. For example: Queen Elizabeth II. They may be used to write the year a book or movie was made."
#~ msgstr "Romertal er slike romarane pleidde skriva tala. Romertal er ikkje så vanlege no til dags, men dei vert brukte i namn på kongar og dronningar (for eksempel kong Harald V) og for å skriva årstalet ein film vart laga (for eksempel MCMLXXXIV)."
#~ msgctxt "RomanNumerals|"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Roman numerals, are based on seven symbols: \n"
#~ "I = 1, V = 5\n"
#~ "X = 10, L = 50\n"
#~ "C = 100, D = 500\n"
#~ "M = 1000"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Romertal er baserte på sju teikn:\n"
#~ "I = 1, V = 5,\n"
#~ "X = 10, L = 50,\n"
#~ "C = 100, D = 500,\n"
#~ "M = 1000"
#~ msgctxt "RomanNumerals|"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Several symbols create a larger number like:\n"
#~ "II = 2\n"
#~ "XX = 20\n"
#~ "XI = 11"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fleire teikn etter kvarandre vert til større tal:\n"
#~ "II = 2\n"
#~ "XX = 20\n"
#~ "XI = 11"
#~ msgctxt "RomanNumerals|"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If a lower value symbol is before a higher value one, it is subtracted. Otherwise it is added. So:\n"
#~ "'IV' is '4'\n"
#~ "'VI' is '6'\n"
#~ "'IX' is '9'"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Viss eit lågare teikn står før eit høgare teikn, vert det trekt frå det høgare teiknet. Elles vert det lagt til:\n"
#~ "IV = 4\n"
#~ "VI = 6\n"
#~ "IX = 9"
#~ msgctxt "RomanNumerals|"
#~ msgid "Only one number is subtracted, not two. So 8 is always VIII and never IIX."
#~ msgstr "Berre eitt teikn vert trekt frå, ikkje to. Talet 8 er derfor alltid VIII og aldri IIX."
#~ msgctxt "RomanNumerals|"
#~ msgid "Proper form is to subtract only a value with the next lower power of 10. Thus, 900 is written CM, but 990 would not be XM - properly, it is CM for the 900 portion and XC for the 90 portion, or CMXC. Similarly, 999 would not be IM but rather CMXCIX - CM for the 900 portion, XC for the 90 portion, and IX for the 9 portion. Only values starting in 1's are ever used to subtract; 45 is properly XLV, not VL."
#~ msgstr "Ein skal berre trekkja frå eit teikn som er eitt nivå under. For eksempel vert 900 skriven CM, men 990 skal ikkje skrivast XM; det skal vera CM for 900-delen og XC for 90-delen, altså til saman CMXC. Tilsvarande skal 999 vera CMXCIX, ikkje IM. Berre teikn som startar med 1 vert brukte til å trekkje frå, slikat 45 er XLV, ikkje VL."
#~ msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
#~ msgid "Many little fixes and improvements. Translations added for Scottish Gaelic."
#~ msgstr "Mange små rettingar og forbetringar. Lagt til omsetjing til skotsk-gælisk."
msgid "To import an existing data file, enter its filename here. You will then describe the contents of the file below. You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalog file with a valid header, but no data."
msgstr "Oppgje namnet på ei eksistrerande datafil for å importera henne. Nedanfor skildrar du innhaldet i fila. Du kan la filnamnet stå tomt dersom du vil laga ei katalogfil med gyldig filhovud, men utan data."
"This button will compute the field-of-view (FOV) angle for a specific eyepiece/telescope combination. You must first specify the focal lengths of the telescope and eyepiece, and the FOV angle of the eyepiece in the above entry fields.\n"
"\n"
"The computed FOV angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
msgstr ""
"Denne knappen reknar ut synsfeltvinkelen (FOV) for ein viss kombinasjon mellom teleskop og okular. Du må først oppgje brennviddene på teleskopet og okularet og synsfeltvinkelen på okularet, i datafelta ovanfor.\n"
"\n"
"Synsfeltvinkelen som vert rekna ut (i bogeminutt), vert vist i redigeringsboksen «Synsfelt»."
"Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.\n"
"\n"
"This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope."
msgstr ""
"Oppgje brennvidda på teleskopet, i millimeter.\n"
"\n"
"Dette er eit av datafelta som er nødvendige for å finna eit synsfeltsymbol som passar til synsfeltet for eit kamera som er montert på eit teleskop."
"Enter the physical size of the CCD chip or film negative.\n"
"\n"
"This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope."
msgstr ""
"Oppgje den fysiske storleiken på CCD-brikka eller negativen.\n"
"\n"
"Dette er eit av datafelta som er nødvendige for å finna eit synsfeltsymbol som passar til synsfeltet for eit kamera som er montert på eit teleskop."
"This button will compute the field-of-view (FOV) angle for a specific camera/telescope combination. You must first specify the focal length of the telescope and the size of the CCD chip or film negative.\n"
"\n"
"The computed FOV angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
msgstr ""
"Denne knappen reknar ut synsfeltvinkelen (FOV) for ein viss kombinasjon mellom teleskop og kamera. Du må først oppgje brennvidda på teleskopet og storleiken på CCD-brikka eller negativen.\n"
"\n"
"Synsfeltvinkelen som vert rekna ut (i bogeminutt), vert vist i redigeringsboksen «Synsfelt»."
"This button will compute the Half Power Beam Width (HPBW) angle for a specific radiotelescope and observing wavelength combination, assuming no multibeam receiver is available at the telescope. You must first specify the diameter of the radiotelescope and the observing wavelength.\n"
"\n"
"The computed HPBW angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
msgid "<p>Frame rotation with respect to Celestial Pole. Zero degrees indicates that <b>UP</b> is pointing directly at the pole. 90 degrees indicates that <b>UP</b> is rotated 90 degrees clockwise with respect to the pole.</p>"
msgid "Your data directory was not found. You can click the button below to copy a default KStars data directory to the correct location, or if you have a KStars directory already some place else, you can exit KStars and copy it to that location yourself."
msgid "Installing this in your data directory will enable the CCD Simulator in KStars to take realistic images. This is useful for testing sequences, plate solving, and learning to use KStars. Just click the button to install or unzip the zip file and place the gsc folder in the data directory."
#| "<p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalog. Press the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Download Extra Data</span> button to proceed. </p>"
#| "<p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Download data</span> from the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">File</span> menu.</p>"
#| "</body></html>"
msgid ""
"<p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalog. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p>"
"<p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<html><head></head><body>"
"<p>Du kan no lasta ned ekstra datafiler for å forbetra KStars, slik som bilete av Messier-objekt, eller ein meir fullstendig NGC/IC-katalog. Trykk på <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Last ned meir data</span> for å halda fram. </p>"
"<p>Du kan også bruka dette verktøyet seinare ved å velja <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Last ned nye data</span> frå <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">filmenyen</span>.</p>"
msgid "Are you sure you want to clear all of the solution points?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1508
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Clear Solution Points"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1524
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Are you sure you want to clear the list of entries?"
msgid "Are you sure you want to clear all the alignment points?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil tømma oversikta over oppføringar?"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1525
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Clear Align Points"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1670
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The Mount Model Tool is Reset."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1707
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Please Check the Alignment Points."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1714
#, kde-format
msgid "In the Align Module, \"Nothing\" is Selected for the Solver Action. This means that the mount model tool will not sync/align your mount but will only report the pointing model errors. Do you wish to continue?"
msgid "Blind solver takes a very long time to solve but can reliably solve any image any where in the sky given enough time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2859
#, kde-format
msgid "Use existing settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2860
#, kde-format
msgid "Mount must be pointing close to the target location and current field of view must match the image's field of view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2863
#, kde-format
msgid "No metadata is available in this image. Do you want to use the blind solver or the existing solver settings?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2865
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry solver"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2921
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver iteration #%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2959
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver RA (%1) DEC (%2) Orientation (%3) Pixel Scale (%4)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2968
#, kde-format
msgid "Current focal length is %1 mm while computed focal length from the solver is %2 mm. Please update the mount focal length to obtain accurate results."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3095
#, kde-format
msgid "WCS information updated. Images captured from this point forward shall have valid WCS."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3113
#, kde-format
msgid "Solution coordinates: RA (%1) DEC (%2) Telescope Coordinates: RA (%3) DEC (%4)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3119
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Target is within %1 degrees of solution coordinates."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3175
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Setting position angle to %1 degrees E of N..."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3212
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Maximum number of transversal steps:"
msgid "Maximum number of iterations reached. Solver failed."
msgstr "Høgaste mengd transversale steg:"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3244
#, kde-format
msgid "Target is within acceptable range. Astrometric solver is successful."
msgid "Slewing to calibration position, please wait until telescope completes slewing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4358
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Load Image"
msgstr "Last inn bilete"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4550
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS) is enabled. CCD rotation must be set either manually in the CCD driver or by solving an image before proceeding to capture any further images, otherwise the WCS information may be invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4559
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS) is disabled."
msgid "Failed to process World Coordinate System: %1. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:5350
#, kde-format
msgid "Celestial pole is located outside of the field of view. Would you like to sync and slew the telescope to the celestial pole? WARNING: Slewing near poles may cause your mount to end up in unsafe position. Proceed with caution."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:5367
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: Celestial pole is located outside the field of view. Move the mount closer to the celestial pole."
msgid "Accuracy threshold in arcseconds between solution and target coordinates. Plate solver shall be repeatedly executed until the solution coordinates are below the accuracy threshold"
msgid "<p>Use astrometry solver on remote machine running INDI server. You must select <b>Astrometry</b> driver from Auxiliary drivers in your Ekos devices profile for this option to be enabled.</p>"
msgid "The results from Astrometric Solutions from the Capture and Solve Tool, the Load and Slew Tool, and the Mount Model Tool will be displayed below."
msgid "Remove the selected row from the solutions table. This can be useful for getting rid of results that did not actually solve from the table and/or results that you do not need any more. It can clean up clutter on both the graph and table."
msgid "Launch the mount model tool. This tool enables you to create pre-programmed list of points to go to and solve. It can aid in building a pointing model for better accuracy."
"<p>This tool provides a simple method to polar align a German equatorial mount. <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Park</span> your mount to home position where it <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">points</span> toward the celestial pole. Select mount direction and speed and then click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Start</span> to begin the process.</p>"
msgid "<p>Adjust mount's Altitude and Azimuth knobs until the selected star is centered within the crosshair. Click <b>Refresh</b> to begin continuous capture. You are <b>Done</b> when star is centered.</p>"
msgid "<p>This tool can help your mount build a better pointing model by moving the mount to different points in the sky and solving captured images. This can increase the accuracy of your GOTOs. To qualify, your mount must be capable of improving its internal pointing model after each <b>Sync</b> commanded by Ekos. If this is not the case, then this tool is not suitable for your mount.</p>"
"<p>Select the type of objects/points added by the wizard.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> all of the options except Fixed DEC start with a grid of RA/DEC points.</p>"
"\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><b>Any Stars:</b> The wizard searches for the nearest star.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Any object:</b> The wizard searches for the nearest object of any type.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Named Stars</b> The wizard searches for the nearest star in the currently visible star list. Note that the first named star might be fairly far from the intended point and also sometimes the same star could be the closest one for multiple points.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Fixed DEC:</b> The wizard generates all points at the chosen DEC.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Fixed Grid:</b> The wizard just uses the original grid without trying to pair it with objects.</li>"
msgid "Automatically generate the specified number of alignment points in the table below. They will be generated based on the options selected in this wizard."
msgid "The Number of points the wizard should generate. If this number is less than 5, it will generate them at the same DEC. After that they will be evenly distributed over RA and DEC. Note, if Fixed DEC is selected, all of the points will be at the same DEC."
msgid "These are the common names for the named stars that are currently up at your location. If you select a star, it will be added to the table below."
msgid "These are the Greek names for the brighter stars that are currently up at your location. If you select a star, it will be added to the table below."
msgid "Clear the entire table of alignment points below. Note that this will not affect your mount in any way. It will not clear your pointing model. It just clears the list of points so that if you run the mount model routine again, these points will not be included."
msgid "<p>Remove the selected row from the alignment point table below. Note that it does <b>not</b> command your mount to clear that point from the model, it just means that if you run the mount model routine, that point will not be included in the list.</p>"
msgid "Add an empty row to the alignment list so that you can manually add an RA and DE for a position you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine."
msgid "Open the Find Object dialog so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine."
msgid "Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimize the distance between each slew."
msgid "This is a table of alignment points that you would like the mount model routine to use in aligning your telescope. If you would like to add or remove points, you may use the buttons above. If you would like to run, pause, or stop the mount model routine, you may use the buttons below. You can directly edit an RA or DE for a particular point directly in the cells. Just be sure to follow the format hh:mm:ss. The object name is just provided for convenience and is not used. If you want to change the order of the alignment points, you can drag the row up or down using the vertical header for that row on the left."
msgid "Start or pause the mount model routine. It will slew to and astrometrically solve the list of points in the table above using the settings in the align module. If the routine was previously paused, it will pick up where it left off. If it was stopped or it had finished it will start the routine over again."
msgid "<p>Stop the mount model routine. It will <b>not</b> clear any points from your telescope's pointing model. It will stop the routine and any points currently being solved. If you run the mount model again after hitting stop, it will start the routine over again with the first point.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to properly configure astrometry config file. Please click the options button in the lower right of the Astrometry Tab in Ekos to correct your settings. Then try starting Ekos again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:64
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry Config File Error"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to find astrometry.net binaries. Please click the options button in the lower right of the Astrometry Tab in Ekos to correct your settings and make sure that astrometry.net is installed. Then try starting Ekos again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing astrometry files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:106
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Detected Astrometry.net version %1"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "Setting astrometry option --no-fits2fits"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Turning off option --no-fits2fits"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Index file %1 is missing. Astrometry.net would not be able to adequately solve plates until you install the missing index files. Download the index files from http://www.astrometry.net"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Index files %1 to %2 are missing. Astrometry.net would not be able to adequately solve plates until you install the missing index files. Download the index files from http://www.astrometry.net"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:327
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Error saving file %1"
msgid "Error starting solver: %1"
msgstr "Feil ved lagring av fila %1"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:345
#, kde-format
msgid "Starting solver..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:384
#: ekos/align/remoteastrometryparser.cpp:245
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Solved! Try again."
msgid "Solver failed. Try again."
msgstr "Løyst! Prøv ein gong til."
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "WCS header missing or corrupted. Solver failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:441
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:484
#: ekos/align/remoteastrometryparser.cpp:287
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Solver completed in %1 second."
msgid_plural "Solver completed in %1 seconds."
msgstr[0] "Jupiter"
msgstr[1] "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:79
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Connecting to the Internet"
msgid "Error: no connection to the Internet."
msgstr "Kopla til internettet"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:188
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Failed to open the file %1\n"
#| "%2"
msgid "Failed to open the file %1: %2"
msgstr ""
"Klarte ikkje opna fila %1\n"
"%2"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:259
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Uploading file:"
msgid "Uploading file..."
msgstr "Lastar opp fil:"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid "JSON error during parsing (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry.net authentication failed. Check the validity of the Astrometry.net API Key."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Authentication to astrometry.net is successful. Session: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:367
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Upload failed"
msgid "Upload failed."
msgstr "Feil ved opplasting"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:376
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Transmission failed."
msgid "Parsing submission ID failed."
msgstr "Feil ved overføring."
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:381
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Upload complete. Waiting for astrometry.net solver to complete..."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to retrieve job ID."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:438
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Solver failed after %1 second."
msgid_plural "Solver failed after %1 seconds."
msgstr[0] "Jupiter"
msgstr[1] "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:448
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Error parsing"
msgid "Error parsing parity."
msgstr "Feil ved tolking"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:455
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Error parsing router description."
msgid "Error parsing orientation."
msgstr "Feil ved tolking av rutarskildring."
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:463
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Error parsing"
msgid "Error parsing RA."
msgstr "Feil ved tolking"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:470
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:478
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Error parsing"
msgid "Error parsing DEC."
msgstr "Feil ved tolking"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:36
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Plate Solver?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:41
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External astrometry.cfg?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryWCSIsInternal), group (Align)
"<p>On Load & Slew, solve the image and slew the mount to the target location and then rotate the camera to match the orientation of the FITS image.</p>"
"<p>Rotator threshold in arc-minutes when using Load & Slew. If the difference between measured position angle and FITS position angle is below this value, the Load & Slew operation is considered successful.</p>"
msgid "This will prevent the solver from looking at an already existing WCS Header before blindly trying to solve the image. It is recommended to keep it checked."
msgid "Do not use Sync when Slew to Target is selected. Use differential slewing to correct for discrepancies. This is useful on some mounts (e.g. Paramount)."
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Offline</span> astrometry.net solver requires index files in order to solve an image. Please see the Astrometrty.net <a href=\"http://astrometry.net/doc/readme.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;\">README</span></a> for details. The following list provides a complete list of the index files, along with recommended index files to install given the current CCD Field of View. Installed index files are checked. Next to each index file is an icon that represents the following:</p>"
"<p>This button will open the Astrometry Index File folder on your filesystem so that you can see where it is located and copy files into it if needed.</p>"
"<p>Enable Logs to diagnose issues with Ekos and INDI. Only enable the necessary logs to help in diagnosing specific problems. Logs consume resources and may slow the system down. Turn off logs when no longer used.</p>"
msgid "To assign a permanent designation to the device, you need to unplug the device from stellarmate then replug it after 1 second. Click on the <b>Start Scan</b> to begin this procedure."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:91
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Start Scan"
msgstr "Start søk"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:94
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "NavigationBar|"
#| msgid "Home"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Heim"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Skip Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Physical Port Mapping"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Assign the permanent name based on which physical port the device is plugged to in StellarMate. This is useful to distinguish between two identical USB adapters. The device must <b>always</b> be plugged into the same port for this to work."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:142
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Scanning..."
msgid "Standby, Scanning..."
msgstr "Skannar …"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:180
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "ID"
msgctxt "Vendor ID"
msgid "VID"
msgstr "ID"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:181
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "PID"
msgctxt "Product ID"
msgid "PID"
msgstr "PID"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:182
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Link"
msgstr "Lenkje"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:183
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Serial No.:"
msgid "Serial #"
msgstr "Serienummer:"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "Hardware Port?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:241
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Start Scanning"
msgstr "Start søk"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:268
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "MFPlayerSession|"
#| msgid "Failed to seek."
msgid "Failed to scan devices."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje spola."
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:276
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to detect any devices. Please make sure device is powered and connected to StellarMate via USB."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate devices detected. You must remove one mapping or enable hardware slot mapping."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Mapping is successful. Please unplug and replug your device again now."
"<p>This tool shall assign <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">permanent</span> names to your <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Serial to USB</span> devices so that they are easier to connect to in the future.</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p>Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span> to continue.</p>"
"<p>Accept ADU values that fall within this range around the desired ADU target. For example, if the ADU value was set to 10000 and the tolerance was set to 100, then frames with ADU values f 9900 and 10100 shall be accepted.</p>"
msgid "Warning: HFR-based autofocus is set but option \"Save Sequence HFR Value to File\" is not enabled. Current HFR value will not be written to sequence file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:3936
#, kde-format
msgid "Sequence queue saved to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:3956
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to reset status of all jobs?"
#. i18n("Ekos will refocus in %1 seconds, last procedure was %2 seconds ago.", refocusEveryNTimer.elapsed()/1000-refocusEveryNTimer.elapsed()*60, refocusEveryNTimer.elapsed()/1000));
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:5751
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos will refocus in %1 seconds, last procedure was %2 seconds ago."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:5755
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos will refocus as soon as possible, last procedure was %1 seconds ago."
"<li><strong>Client</strong>: Captured images are only uploaded to Ekos.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><strong>Local</strong>: Captured images are only saved locally on the remote computer.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><strong>Both</strong>: Captured images are saved on remote device <b>and</b> uploaded to Ekos.</li>"
"\n"
"</ol>"
"\n"
"<p>When selecting <i>Local</i> or <i>Both</i>, you must specify the remote directory where the remote images are saved to. By default, all captured images are uploaded to Ekos."
"<p>Command a meridian flip if the hour angle exceeds the specified value. Capture and Guiding will be suspended and resumed after the flip is complete.</p>"
"<p>Select custom properties to be set when the sequence job is executed in batch mode. After the desired property value is set in INDI Control Panel, add it to the<span style=\" font-weight:600;\"> Job Properties</span> section. Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Apply</span> to record the property values.</p>"
"<p>Please fill the required information below. This is a one-time setup. You can obtain these values from your camera manual or from online sources such as <a href=\"http://www.digicamdb.com/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">Digital Camera Database</span></a>.</p>"
"<p>Position Angle (PA) is defined as degrees E of N. Zero degrees indicate frame <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> points directly toward the celestial pole. 90 degrees indicate frame <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> points 90 degrees counter-clockwise with respect to the celestial pole.</p>"
"<p>PA is calculated from raw rotator angle plus modifiers to match the rotation angle as measured by astrometry. Enter the modifiers manually or solve an image in the Align Module to generate them automatically.</p>"
"<p>Measure average HFR from all stars combined in a full frame. This method defaults to the Centroid detection, but can use SEP detection too. Its performance decreases as the number of stars increases.</p>"
"<p>During full field focusing, stars which are inside this percentage of the frame are filtered out of HFR calculation (default 0%). Detection algorithms may also have an inherent filter.</p>"
"<p>During full field focusing, stars which are outside this percentage of the frame are filtered out of HFR calculation (default 100%). Detection algorithms may also have an inherent filter.</p>"
msgid "<b>Initial</b> step size in ticks to cause a noticeable change in HFR value. For timer based focuser, it is the initial time in milliseconds to move the focuser inward or outward"
"<li><b>Iterative</b>: Moves focuser by discreet steps initially decided by the step size. Once a curve slope is calculated, further step sizes are calculated to reach optimal solution. The algorithm stops when the measured HFR is within percentage tolerance of the minimum HFR recorded in the procedure.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Polynomial</b>: Starts with iterative method. Upon crossing to the other side of the V-Curve, polynomial fitting coefficients along with possible minimum solution are calculated. This algorithm can be faster than purely iterative approach given a good data set.</li>"
msgid "You must stop auto guiding before changing this setting."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:2250
#, kde-format
msgid "Rapid Guiding is enabled. Guide star will be determined automatically by the CCD driver. No frames are sent to Ekos unless explicitly enabled by the user in the CCD driver settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:2253
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Touchpad is disabled"
msgid "Rapid Guiding is disabled."
msgstr "Styreplata er slått av"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:2515
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Drift graphics tooltip; %1 is local time; %2 is RA deviation; %3 is DE deviation in arcseconds;"
"<p>Subframe the image around the guide star. Before checking this option, you must <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">first</span> capture an image and select a guide star. Uncheck it to take a full frame again.</p>"
msgid "Mount guiding rate. Find out the guiding rate used by your mount and update the value here to get the <b>recommended</b> value of proportional gain suitable for your mount. Setting this value <b>does not</b> change your mount guiding rate."
"<p>Proportional term accounts for present values of the error. For example, if the error is large and positive, the guider corrective pulse will also be large and positive.</p>"
"<p>Integral term accounts for past values of the error. For example, if the current pulse is not sufficiently strong, the integral of the error will accumulate over time, and the guider will respond by applying a stronger action.</p>"
msgid "Maximum deviation to correct for using Adaptive Optics unit. If the guiding deviation exceeds this value, Ekos will guide the mount mechanically"
"<p>Drag the slider to scroll through guide history while displaying the RA and DEC error points on both graphs. Dragging to the far right will set the guide plots to display the latest guide data and autoscroll the graph.</p>"
"<p>Autoscale both Guide Graphs to their default scale. If any points are located outside this range, the view is expanded to include them (with the exception of the time axis in the drift graphics).</p>"
"<p>Request a meridian flip if the hour angle exceeds the specified value. Capture and Guiding will be suspended and resumed after the flip is complete.</p>"
"<p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early execution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take prolonged periods to time to complete.</p>"
"<p>In case no scheduler job is scheduled for this many hours, perform a complete shutdown procedure and restart observatory operations once the next job is ready.</p>"
"<p>Do not permit jobs to be scheduled less than this many degrees before the altitude restriction. Actual execution proceeds until the altitude limit.</p>"
"<p>If guiding calibration fails then restart alignment process before proceeding to guiding recalibration process again. This can help recenter the target object in the field of view if the calibration process strayed too far off.</p>"
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between requested and measured temperature set point. When the temperature threshold is below this value, the temperature set point request is deemed successful."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlwaysResetSequenceWhenStarting), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: ekos/opsekos.ui:429 kstars.kcfg:1619
+#: ekos/opsekos.ui:429 kstars.kcfg:1623
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<p>When starting to process a sequence list, reset all capture counts to zero. Scheduler overrides this option when Remember Job Progress is enabled.</p>"
"<p>If using a filter wheel and an absolute position focuser, then always remember the focus position of the autofocus process for light frames in each filter. Before a flat frame is captured, the focuser is moved to the same focus point as light frames.</p>"
"<p>Set HFR Threshold percentage gain. When an autofocus operation is completed, the autofocus HFR value is increased by this threshold percentage value and stored within the capture module. If In-Sequence-Focus is engaged, the autofocus module only performs autofocusing procedure if current HFR value exceeds the capture module HFR threshold. Increase value to permit more relaxed changes in HFR values without requiring a full autofocus run.</p>"
"<p>Calculate median focus value after each autofocus operation is complete. If the autofocus results become progressively worse with time, the median value shall reflect this trend and prevent unnecessary autofocus operations when the seeing conditions deteriorate.</p>"
"<p>In-Sequence HFR threshold value controls when the autofocus process is started. If the measured HFR value exceeds the HFR threshold, autofocus process is initiated. If the HFR threshold value is zero initially (default), then the autofocus process best HFR value is used to set the new HFR threshold, after applying the HFR threshold modifier percentage. This new HFR threshold is then used for subsequent In-Sequence focus checks. If this option is enabled, the HFR threshold value is constant and gets saved to the sequence file.</p>"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxDarkTemperatureDiff), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
-#: ekos/opsekos.ui:656 kstars.kcfg:1500
+#: ekos/opsekos.ui:656 kstars.kcfg:1504
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between current and recorded dark frame temperature set point. When the difference exceeds this value, a new dark frame shall be captured for this set point."
"<p>Specify Remote drivers to chain with INDI server. Remote INDI drivers must be already running. If port is different from the default (7624), then it must be specified. For example, to connect to ZWO ASI120MC driver running on 192.168.1.50 on port 8000, the connection string is:</p>"
"<p>Welcome to the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ekos Profile Wizard</span></p>"
"<p>Ekos is the premier observatory control and automation platform. With Ekos, you can capture images and gather scientific data with ease. This Wizard will help you create your equipment profile. You will be asked to verify some basic information. </p>"
"<p>Please click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">next</span> to continue. </p>"
"<p><a href=\"https://github.com/knro/indiwebmanager\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Web Manager</span></a> running on the Remote Computer?</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">INDI Web Manager</span> is a service that runs on remote devices to help you start and stop INDI services remotely.</p>"
"<p>To use Ekos with your equipment locally on Windows, you need to download and install <a href=\"http://www.cloudmakers.eu/windi/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Server for Windows</span></a>.</p>"
"<p>After installing <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">INDI Server for Windows (wINDI)</span>, establish connection with your equipment. wINDI requires <a href=\"http://www.ascom-standards.org/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">ASCOM</span></a> drivers for all your equipment, so make sure to install all necessary ASCOM drivers for your gear.</p>"
"<p>After successfully starting INDI Server in wINDI, click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ready</span> to continue.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: INDI Server for Windows functionality is limited compared to the native INDI drivers on Linux. It is recommended to install native INDI on an embedded Linux device such as <a href=\"http://indilib.org/support/tutorials/169-ekos-on-raspberry-pi-complete-guide.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">Raspberry PI</span></a>.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: External INDI Server can be <a href=\"http://www.cloudmakers.eu/indiserver/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Server for OSX</span></a> or an INDI Server launched manually locally. If unsure, select Internal INDI Server.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: Internal Guider is recommended. Using external guider applications requires additional setup instructions outside the scope of Ekos.</p>"
"<p>If the remote computer has astrometry.net installed, you can run the remote astrometry driver and use it to solve images in Ekos Align module.</p>"
"<p>Use the INDI WatchDog driver. It monitors connection between your remote equipment and Ekos. If the communication is lost between the two, the WatchDog driver goes into safe mode and executes a shutdown procedure to protect your equipment.</p>"
"<p>If you plan to use SkySafari to monitor and/or control your mount, check this box to start INDI SkySafari Server. You can connect SkySafari to this server and it shall enable you to connect and control your mount. For more details, please check the <a href=\"http://indilib.org/devices/telescopes/skysafari.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI SkySafari Documentation.</span></a></p>"
msgid "Camera's rotation angle (East of North) in degrees. To measure the angle, solve an image and use the astrometry solver solution's rotation angle"
msgid "Warning: job '%1' has startup time %2 resulting in a negative score, and will be marked invalid when processed."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:643
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: job '%1' at row %2 has a duplicate target at row %3, the scheduler may consider the same storage for captures."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:651
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: jobs '%1' at row %2 and %3 probably require a different repeat count as currently they will complete simultaneously after %4 batches (or disable option 'Remember job progress')"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:656
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: job '%1' at row %2 might require a specific startup time or a different priority, as currently they will start in order of insertion in the table"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:738
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: you cannot add or modify a job while the scheduler is running."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:872
#, kde-format
msgid "Use edition fields to create a new job in the observation list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1121
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Job '%1' has not been processed upon scheduler stop, marking aborted."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1128
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Scheduler aborted."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1186
#, kde-format
msgid "Scheduler is in shutdown until next job is ready"
msgid "Select optional FITS file to be used for alignment. When using FITS, specify the object or the estimated coordinates which are used to slew the mount."
msgid "Start the observation job when the object reaches culmination adjusted for the offset value in minutes. By default, the observation job runs 60 minutes prior to culmination."
"<p>One-time startup procedure to be executed before starting Ekos. The script is executed <span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline;\">before</span> the startup procedures (e.g. unpark scope), if selected, are executed.</p>"
"<p>One-time shutdown procedure to be executed after all scheduler jobs are completed. The script is executed <span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline;\">after</span> the shutdown procedures (e.g. parking), if selected, are completed.</p>"
"Current status of job '%1', managed by the Scheduler.\n"
"If invalid, the Scheduler was not able to find a proper observation time for the target.\n"
"If aborted, the Scheduler missed the scheduled time or encountered transitory issues and will reschedule the job.\n"
"If complete, the Scheduler verified that all sequence captures requested were stored, including repeats."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Current altitude of the target of job '%1'.\n"
"The altitude at startup, if available, is displayed between parentheses.\n"
"A rising target is indicated with an arrow going up.\n"
"A setting target is indicated with an arrow going down."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Startup time for job '%1', as estimated by the Scheduler.\n"
"Fixed time from user or culmination time is marked with a chronometer symbol. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Completion time for job '%1', as estimated by the Scheduler.\n"
"You may specify a fixed time to limit duration of looping jobs. A warning symbol indicates the altitude at completion may cause the job to abort before completion.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Count of captures stored for job '%1', based on its sequence job.\n"
"This is a summary, additional specific frame types may be required to complete the job."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Current score for job '%1', from its altitude, moon separation and sky darkness.\n"
"Negative if adequate altitude is not achieved yet or if there is no proper observation time today.\n"
"The Scheduler will refresh scores when picking a new candidate job."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Time interval from the job which precedes job '%1'.\n"
"Adjust the Lead Time in Ekos options to increase that duration and leave time for jobs to complete.\n"
"Rearrange jobs to minimize that duration and optimize your imaging time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Duration job '%1' will take to complete when started, as estimated by the Scheduler.\n"
"Depends on the actions to be run, and the sequence job to be processed."
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Auto Debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only grayscale images are shown.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only grayscale images are shown.</li>"
"<p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behavior resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p>"
"<p>To create an <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Alias</span> from an existing driver, select an existing driver and then only change the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Label </span>then press<span style=\" font-weight:600;\"> Add.</span></p>"
"<p>Mount handset is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronized with controller settings.</p>"
"<p>Set SER video <b>remote</b> directory name. If INDI server is running locally, then a local directory can be selected. However, if you are connected to a remote INDI server, then the directory must be a valid directory on the remote file system where it is saved.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Record directories may contain some patterns to make them dynamic:</p>"
"Verify if the following time, date, and location settings are correct. If any of the settings are incorrect, you can correct them via the <tt>Set time</tt> and <tt>Set Location</tt> buttons.\n"
"Enter the port number your telescope is connected to. If you only have one serial port in your computer, the port is usually <tt>/dev/ttyUSB0</tt>\n"
"<br>"
"<br>"
"If you are unsure about the port number, you can leave the field empty and KStars will try to scan the ports for attached telescopes. Beware that the autoscan process might take a few minutes to complete. "
msgid "Switch to horizonal view (Horizontal &Coordinates)"
msgstr "Horisontale &koordinatar"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:15
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:19
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the geographic InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:20
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Geographic Location InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:24
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the time InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:25
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Time InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the focus InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:30
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Focus InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the geographic InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:35
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Geographic Location InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowInfoBoxes), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:39
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Toggle display of all InfoBoxes"
msgid "Meta-option to toggle display of all InfoBoxes"
msgstr "Slå av/på vising av alle infoboksar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowInfoBoxes), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:40
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Toggle display of all InfoBoxes"
msgid "Toggles display of all three InfoBoxes."
msgstr "Slå av/på vising av alle infoboksar"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:44
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
#| msgid "Display the file now"
msgid "Display the time InfoBox?"
msgstr "Vis fila no"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:45
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Toggle display of Time InfoBox"
msgid "Toggles display of the Time InfoBox."
msgstr "Slå av på vising av tids-infoboksen"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the focus InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:50
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Toggle display of Focus InfoBox"
msgid "Toggles display of the Focus InfoBox."
msgstr "Slå av/på vising av fokus-infoboksen"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the geographic InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:55
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Toggle display of Geographic InfoBox"
msgid "Toggles display of the Geographic Location InfoBox."
msgstr "Slå av/på vising av geografisk infoboks"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:59 kstars.kcfg:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Time InfoBox anchor flag"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Time InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Focus InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic InfoBox anchor flag"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Geographic Location InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStatusBar), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStatusBar), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:81
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Toggle display of the search bar."
msgid "Toggle display of the status bar."
msgstr "Vis/gøym søkjelinja."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowAltAzField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Display Alt/Az coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowAltAzField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:86
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Horizontal coordinates of the mouse cursor in the status bar."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowRADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Display RA/Dec coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowRADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:91
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Equatorial coordinates of the mouse cursor at the current epoch in the status bar."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowJ2000RADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Display J2000.0 RA/Dec coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJ2000RADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:96
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Equatorial coordinates of the mouse cursor at the standard epoch in the status bar."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSensorFOV), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:100
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Display CCD sensor angular size on the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WindowWidth), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:104
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Width of main window, in pixels"
msgstr "Sekund"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WindowHeight), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:108
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Height of main window, in pixels"
msgstr "Sekund"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RunStartupWizard), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Run Startup Wizard when KStars launches?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CurrentTheme), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:116
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Current application"
msgid "Current application theme"
msgstr "Gjeldande program"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:123
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Filenames of defined custom object catalogs."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna fila: %1"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:124
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "List of the filenames of custom object catalogs."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna fila: %1"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:127
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogs."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna fila: %1"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:128
#, kde-format
msgid "List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalog (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalog will be displayed)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:131
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "List for displaying custom object catalogs."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna fila: %1"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:132
#, kde-format
msgid "List of names for which custom catalogs are to be displayed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Resolve names using online services."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Names of objects entered into the find dialog are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWindowWidth), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:143
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "@label"
#| msgid "Window width"
msgid "INDI window width"
msgstr "Vindaugsbreidd"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWindowHeight), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:147
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "@label"
#| msgid "Window height"
msgid "INDI window height"
msgstr "Vindaugshøgd"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useGeographicUpdate), group (indi)
msgstr "Oppdater automatisk programtillegg for teikneseriar:"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useTimeUpdate), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically updates time and date?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Make INDI Control Panel window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showTargetCrosshair), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:163
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw crosshairs at telescope position in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (showTargetCrosshair), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:164
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of crosshairs centered at telescope's pointed position in the KStars sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showINDIMessages), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Display INDI messages in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (showINDIMessages), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:169
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Toggle display of the search bar."
msgid "Toggle display of INDI messages in the KStars statusbar."
msgstr "Vis/gøym søkjelinja."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:173
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI message notifications"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useKStarsSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Use KStars time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useMountSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Use mount time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useGPSSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Use GPS time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fitsDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:190
#, kde-format
msgid "FITS Default directory"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (fitsDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:191
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "The default image file"
msgid "The default location of saved FITS files"
msgstr "Standard biletfil"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (serverPortStart), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:195
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "INDI Server Start Port"
msgstr "Tenarport"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (serverPortStart), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:196
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI server will attempt to bind with ports starting from this port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (serverPortEnd), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:200
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "INDI Server Final Port"
msgstr "Tenarport"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (serverPortEnd), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:201
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI server will attempt to bind with ports ending with this port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (filterAlias), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Aliases for filter wheel slots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (filterAlias), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:206
#, kde-format
msgid "List of the aliases for filter wheel slots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiServer), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (indiServer), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:209 kstars.kcfg:210
#, kde-format
msgid "PATH to indiserver binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiServerIsInternal), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:214
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External INDI Server?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiDriversDir), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (indiDriversDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:218 kstars.kcfg:219
#, kde-format
msgid "PATH to indi drivers directory"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiDriversAreInternal), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverIsInternal), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:223 kstars.kcfg:1908
+#: kstars.kcfg:223 kstars.kcfg:1912
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Astrometry Solver?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (streamWindowWidth), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Video streaming window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (streamWindowHeight), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Video streaming window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIMountLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:235
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Mount logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIFocuserLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:239
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Focuser logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDICCDLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:243
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI CCD logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIFilterWheelLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:247
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Filter Wheel logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIDomeLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:251
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Dome logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIDetectorLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:255
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Detector logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWeatherLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:259
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Weather logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIAuxiliaryLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:263
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Auxiliary logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIRotatorLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:267
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Rotator logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIGPSLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:271
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI GPS logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIAOLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:275
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Adaptive Optics logging"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CityName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:282
#, kde-format
msgid "City name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CityName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:283
#, kde-format
msgid "The City name of the current geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ProvinceName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Province name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ProvinceName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:288
#, kde-format
msgid "The Province name of the current geographic location. This is the name of the state for locations in the U. S."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CountryName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Country name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CountryName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:293
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "The user name of the current user."
msgid "The Country name of the current geographic location."
msgstr "Brukarnamnet til den gjeldande brukaren."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Longitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:297
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Geographic Longitude, in degrees."
msgstr "Kopier koordinatar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Longitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:298
#, kde-format
msgid "The longitude of the current geographic location, in decimal degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Latitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:302
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Geographic Latitude, in degrees."
msgstr "Kopier koordinatar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Latitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:303
#, kde-format
msgid "The latitude of the current geographic location, in decimal degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Elevation), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:307
#, kde-format
msgid "Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in meters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TimeZone), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Time Zone offset of geographic location, in hours."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DST), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Two-letter code for daylight savings time rule used by geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DST), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:316
#, kde-format
msgid "Two-letter code that determines the dates on which daylight savings time begins and ends (you can view the rules by pressing the \"Explain DST Rules\" button in the Geographic Location window)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAnimatedSlewing), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Use animated slewing effects when changing focus position?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAnimatedSlewing), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:324
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, focus changes will cause the sky to visibly spin to the new position. Otherwise, the display will \"snap\" instantly to the new position."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FOVNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:328
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Set FOV Indicator"
msgid "Name of selected FOV indicators"
msgstr "Vel FOV-indikator"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FOVNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:329
#, kde-format
msgid "The names of the currently selected field-of-view indicators. The list of defined FOV indicator names is listed in the \"Settings|FOV Symbols\" menu."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:333
#, kde-format
msgid "Fade planet trails to background color?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:334
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky color."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusRA), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:338
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Right Ascension"
msgid "Right Ascension of focus position"
msgstr "Rektascensjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusRA), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:339
#, kde-format
msgid "The right ascension of the initial focus position of the sky map, in decimal hours. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusDec), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Declination of focus position"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusDec), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:344
#, kde-format
msgid "The declination of the initial focus position of the sky map, in decimal degrees. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of focused object"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:349
#, kde-format
msgid "The name of the object that should be centered and tracked on startup. If no object should be centered, set to \"nothing\". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IsTracking), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:353
#, kde-format
msgid "Is tracking engaged?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (IsTracking), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:354
#, kde-format
msgid "True if the skymap should track on its initial position on startup. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideOnSlew), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:358
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Hide IC objects while slewing?"
msgid "Hide objects while moving?"
msgstr "Gøym IC-objekt ved flytting?"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HideOnSlew), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:359
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether KStars should hide some objects while the display is moving, for smoother motion."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideCBounds), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:363
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Hide constellation boundaries while slewing?"
msgid "Hide constellation boundaries while moving?"
msgstr "Gøym stjernebiletegrenser ved flytting?"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HideCBounds), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:364
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether constellation boundaries are hidden while the display is in motion."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideCLines), group (View)
msgid "Draw grids according to active coordinate system?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutoSelectGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:523
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowEquatorialGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:527
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw equatorial coordinate grid in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowEquatorialGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:528
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the equatorial coordinate grid is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHorizontalGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:532
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw horizontal coordinate grid in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHorizontalGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:533
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the horizontal coordinate grid is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowLocalMeridian), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:537
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw local meridian line in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowLocalMeridian), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:538
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the local meridian line is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowGround), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:542
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw opaque ground in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowGround), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:543
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the region below the horizon is opaque."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHorizon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:547
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw horizon line in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHorizon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:548
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the horizon line is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFlags), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:552
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw flags in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowFlags), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:553
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether flags are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowIC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:557
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw IC objects in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowIC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:558
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether IC objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNGC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:562
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw NGC objects in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowNGC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:563
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether NGC objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMessier), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:567
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Messier objects in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMessier), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:568
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Messier objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMessierImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:572
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Messier object images in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMessierImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:573
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Messier objects are rendered as images in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowOther), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:577
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw extra deep-sky objects in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowOther), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:578
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether extra objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:582
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Milky Way contour in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:583
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Milky Way contour is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FillMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:587
#, kde-format
msgid "Fill Milky Way contour? (false means use outline only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FillMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:588
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Milky Way contour is filled. When this option is false, the Milky Way is shown as an outline."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSolarSystem), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:592
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option for all planets in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSolarSystem), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:593
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option to control whether all major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPlanetImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:597
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw planets as images in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:598
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are rendered as images in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:602
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Label planet names in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:603
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labeled in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSun), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:607
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Sun in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSun), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:608
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Sun is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMoon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:612
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Moon in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMoon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:613
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Moon is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMercury), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:617
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Mercury in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMercury), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:618
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Mercury is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowVenus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:622
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Venus in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowVenus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:623
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Venus is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:627
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Mars in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:628
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Mars is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowJupiter), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:632
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Jupiter in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJupiter), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:633
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Jupiter is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSaturn), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:637
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Saturn in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSaturn), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:638
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Saturn is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowUranus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:642
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Uranus in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowUranus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:643
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Uranus is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNeptune), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:647
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Neptune in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowNeptune), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:648
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Neptune is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPluto), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:652
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw Pluto in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPluto), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:653
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Pluto is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:657
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw stars in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:658
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether stars are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStarMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:662
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Label star magnitudes in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStarMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:663
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether star magnitude (brightness) labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStarNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:667
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Label star names in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStarNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:668
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether star name labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDeepSkyMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:672
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Label deep-sky object magnitudes in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowDeepSkyMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:673
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether deep-sky object magnitude (brightness) labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDeepSkyNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:677
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Label deep-sky objects in the sky map?"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowDeepSkyNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:678
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether deep-sky object name labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SlewTimeScale), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:682
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimum timescale for forced-slewing mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SlewTimeScale), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:683
#, kde-format
msgid "The timescale above which slewing mode is forced on at all times."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxBGMode), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:687
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Info Box Background"
msgid "InfoBoxes Background fill mode"
msgstr "Infoboksbakgrunn"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxBGMode), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:688
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The background fill mode for the on-screen information boxes: 0=\"no BG\"; 1=\"semi-transparent BG\"; 2=\"opaque BG\""
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Projection), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:692
#, kde-format
msgid "Mapping projection algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Projection), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:693
#, kde-format
msgid "Algorithm for the mapping projection."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAbbrevConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:697
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Use abbreviated constellation names?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAbbrevConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:698
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Use official IAU abbreviations for constellation names."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLatinConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:702
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Show Latin constellation names"
msgid "Use Latin constellation names?"
msgstr "Vis latinske stjernebiletenamn"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLatinConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:703
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Show Latin constellation names"
msgid "Use Latin constellation names."
msgstr "Vis latinske stjernebiletenamn"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:707
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Use localized constellation names?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:708
#, kde-format
msgid "Use localized constellation names (if localized names are not available, default to Latin names)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAltAz), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:712
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Use horizontal coordinate system?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAltAz), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:713
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the sky with horizontal coordinates (when false, equatorial coordinates will be used)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:717
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Automatically attach name label to centered object?"
msgid "Automatically label focused object?"
msgstr "Sett merkelapp på det sentrerte objektet automatisk?"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:718
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether a centered object automatically gets a name label attached."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:722 tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:696
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically add trail to centered solar system body?"
msgstr "Legg spor til sentrert solsystem-objekt automatisk"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:723
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether a centered solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centered."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseHoverLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:727
#, kde-format
msgid "Add temporary label on mouse hover?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseHoverLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:728
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the object under the mouse cursor gets a transient name label."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRefraction), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:732
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Correct for atmospheric refraction?"
msgid "Correct positions for atmospheric refraction?"
msgstr "Korriger for atmosfærisk refraksjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRefraction), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:733
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether object positions are corrected for the effects of atmospheric refraction (only applies when horizontal coordinates are used)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRelativistic), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:737
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply relativistic corrections due to the bending of light in sun's gravitational field"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRelativistic), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:738
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether corrections due to bending of light around the sun are taken into account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAntialias), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:742
#, kde-format
msgid "Use antialiasing when drawing the screen?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAntialias), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:743
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the sky is rendered using antialiasing. Lines and shapes are smoother with antialiasing, but rendering the screen will take more time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ZoomFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:747
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom Factor, in pixels per radian"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ZoomFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:748
#, kde-format
msgid "The zoom level, measured in pixels per radian."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ZoomScrollFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:754
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom scroll sensitivity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ZoomScrollFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:755
#, kde-format
msgid "When zooming in or out, change zoom speed factor by this multiplier."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitAsteroid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:761
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for asteroids"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitAsteroid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:762
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing asteroids."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitAsteroidDownload), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:766
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum magnitude for asteroids to be downloaded from JPL."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitAsteroidDownload), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:767
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum magnitude (visibility) to filter the asteroid data download from JPL."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AsteroidLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:771
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Label density for asteroid names"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AsteroidLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:772
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Controls the relative number of asteroid name labels drawn in the map."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSky), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:776
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for deep-sky objects"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSky), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:777
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing deep-sky objects, when fully zoomed in."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSkyZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:781
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for deep-sky objects when zoomed out"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSkyZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:782
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing deep-sky objects, when fully zoomed out."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowUnknownMagObjects), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:786
#, kde-format
msgid "Show deep-sky objects of unknown magnitude"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowUnknownMagObjects), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:787
#, kde-format
msgid "When enabled, objects whose magnitudes are unknown, or not available to KStars, are drawn irrespective of the faint limits set."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:792
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:793
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when fully zoomed in."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:797
#, kde-format
msgid "Density of stars in the field of view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:798
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the density of stars in the field of view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawStarZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:803
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars when zoomed out"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawStarZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:804
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when fully zoomed out."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitHideStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:809
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars when slewing"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitHideStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:810
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when the map is in motion (only applicable if faint stars are set to be hidden while the map is in motion)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:814
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Relative density for star name labels and/or magnitudes"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:815
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The relative density for drawing star name and magnitude labels."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:819
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Relative density for deep-sky object name labels and/or magnitudes"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:820
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The relative density for drawing deep-sky object name and magnitude labels."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyLongLabels), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:824
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Show long names in deep-sky object name labels?"
msgstr "Satellittar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyLongLabels), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:825
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "If true, long names (common names) for deep-sky objects are shown in the labels."
msgstr "Satellittar"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxRadCometName), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:829
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum distance from Sun for labeling comets, in AU"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MaxRadCometName), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:830
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum solar distance for drawing comets."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseGL), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:834
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch to OpenGL backend"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseGL), group (View)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RunClock), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:839
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "QSpiAccessibleBridge|"
#| msgid "clock"
msgid "Run clock"
msgstr "klokke"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RunClock), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:840
#, kde-format
msgid "The state of the clock (running or not)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListSymbol), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:846
#, kde-format
msgid "Use symbols to label observing list objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListSymbol), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:847
#, kde-format
msgid "Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a symbol in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:851
#, kde-format
msgid "Use text to label observing list objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:852
#, kde-format
msgid "Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a colored name label in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:856
#, kde-format
msgid "Prefer Digitized Sky Survey imagery in the observing list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:857
#, kde-format
msgid "The observing list will prefer DSS imagery while downloading imagery."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferSDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:861
#, kde-format
msgid "Prefer Sloan Digital Sky Survey imagery in the observing list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListPreferSDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:862
#, kde-format
msgid "The observing list will prefer SDSS imagery while downloading imagery."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:866
#, kde-format
msgid "While sorting by percentage altitude in the observing list, demote objects present in the Dobsonian hole"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:867
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counterintuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This checkbox makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListHoleSize), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:871
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the angular distance from the zenith, in degrees, below which you can easily point your telescope."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListHoleSize), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:872
#, kde-format
msgid "This specifies the angular radius of the Dobsonian hole, i.e. the region where a large Dobsonian telescope cannot be pointed easily."
msgstr ""
+#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListCoverage), group (ObservingList)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabel), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1107
+#: kstars.kcfg:1111
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "in the upper right corner."
msgid "If true, display a label in the upper right corner."
msgstr "klikka på X-en oppe til høgre."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelLocalTime), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelGMT), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1111 kstars.kcfg:1116
+#: kstars.kcfg:1115 kstars.kcfg:1120
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Show GMT label"
msgstr "Vis etikettar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelLocalTime), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1112
+#: kstars.kcfg:1116
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Show local time zone"
msgid "Show local time."
msgstr "Vis lokal tidssone"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelGMT), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1117
+#: kstars.kcfg:1121
#, kde-format
msgid "Show GMT instead of local time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelString), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1121
+#: kstars.kcfg:1125
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Planets"
msgid "Planet string"
msgstr "Planetar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelString), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1122
+#: kstars.kcfg:1126
#, no-c-format, kde-format
msgid "Specify the text of the first line of the label. By default, it says something like \"Looking at Earth\". Any instances of %t will be replaced by the target name, and any instances of %o will be replaced by the origin name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetFontSize), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1126
+#: kstars.kcfg:1130
#, kde-format
msgid "Font Size"
msgstr "Skriftstorleik"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetFontSize), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetDateFormat), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1136
+#: kstars.kcfg:1140
#, kde-format
msgid "Date format"
msgstr "Datoformat"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetDateFormat), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1137
+#: kstars.kcfg:1141
#, no-c-format, kde-format
msgid "Specify the format for the date/time label. This format string is passed to strftime(3). The default is \"%c %Z\", which shows the date, time, and time zone in the locale’s appropriate date and time representation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelTL), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLongitude), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1178
+#: kstars.kcfg:1182
#, kde-format
msgid "Place the observer above the specified longitude (in degrees). Longitude is positive going east, negative going west (for the earth and moon), so for example Los Angeles is at -118 or 242. The default value is 0."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetProjection), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackground), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1188
+#: kstars.kcfg:1192
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A color may also be supplied."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundImage), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1192
+#: kstars.kcfg:1196
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Use background image"
msgstr "Sekund"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundImage), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1193
+#: kstars.kcfg:1197
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Use a file as the background image."
msgstr "Sekund"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundImagePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1197
+#: kstars.kcfg:1201
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Background image path"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsbilete:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundImagePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1198
+#: kstars.kcfg:1202
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "The path of the background image."
msgstr "Sekund"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1202
+#: kstars.kcfg:1206
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "The background color."
msgid "Use background color"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfargen."
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1203
+#: kstars.kcfg:1207
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Use a color as the background."
msgstr "Sekund"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColorValue), group (Xplanet)
msgid "A star of the specified magnitude will have a pixel brightness of 1. The default value is 10. Stars will be drawn more brightly if this number is larger."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1217
+#: kstars.kcfg:1221
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Arc file"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsbilete:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1218
+#: kstars.kcfg:1222
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "If checked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars."
msgstr "Sekund"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetArcFilePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1222
+#: kstars.kcfg:1226
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Path to vCard file."
msgid "Path to arc file"
msgstr "Adresse til vCard-fil."
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFilePath), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1306
+#: kstars.kcfg:1310
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultDSSImageSize), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1310
+#: kstars.kcfg:1314
#, kde-format
msgid "Default size for DSS images"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDSSImageSize), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1311
+#: kstars.kcfg:1315
#, kde-format
msgid "The default size for DSS images downloaded from the Internet."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DSSPadding), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1315
+#: kstars.kcfg:1319
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Additional padding around DSS Images of deep-sky objects"
msgstr "Satellittar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DSSPadding), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1316
+#: kstars.kcfg:1320
#, kde-format
msgid "To include parts of the star field, we add some extra padding around DSS images of deep-sky objects. This option configures the total (both sides) padding added to either dimension of the field."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (VerboseLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1320
+#: kstars.kcfg:1324
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "&Enable Logging"
msgid "Enable Verbose Logging"
msgstr "Slå &på logging"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (VerboseLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1321
+#: kstars.kcfg:1325
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to generate verbose debug information for diagnostic purposes. This may cause slowdown of KStars."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RegularLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1325
+#: kstars.kcfg:1329
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Enable logging"
msgid "Enable Regular Logging"
msgstr "Bruk loggføring"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RegularLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1326
+#: kstars.kcfg:1330
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to generate regular debug information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisableLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1330
+#: kstars.kcfg:1334
#, kde-format
msgid "Disable Verbose Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DisableLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1331
+#: kstars.kcfg:1335
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to stop generating ANY debug information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LogToDefault), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1335
+#: kstars.kcfg:1339
#, kde-format
msgid "Log debug message to default output"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LogToDefault), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1336
+#: kstars.kcfg:1340
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars log debug messages to the default output used by the platform (e.g. Standard Error)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LogToFile), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1340
+#: kstars.kcfg:1344
#, kde-format
msgid "Log debug message to a log file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LogToFile), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1341
+#: kstars.kcfg:1345
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars log debug messages to a log file as specified."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FITSLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1345
+#: kstars.kcfg:1349
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Log FITS Data activity."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (INDILogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1349
+#: kstars.kcfg:1353
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Log INDI devices activity."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CaptureLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1353
+#: kstars.kcfg:1357
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Capture Module activity."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1357
+#: kstars.kcfg:1361
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Focus Module activity."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1361
+#: kstars.kcfg:1365
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Guide Module activity."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlignmentLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1365
+#: kstars.kcfg:1369
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Alignment Module activity."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MountLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1369
+#: kstars.kcfg:1373
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Mount Module activity."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useFITSViewer), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1375
+#: kstars.kcfg:1379
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every image captured in a FITS Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singlePreviewFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1379
+#: kstars.kcfg:1383
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Preview single items"
msgid "Preview FITS in a single tab?"
msgstr "Førehandsvis enkeltelement"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singleWindowCapturedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1384
+#: kstars.kcfg:1388
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all captured FITS in one window?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (singleWindowCapturedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1385
+#: kstars.kcfg:1389
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all captured FITS images in a single FITS Viewer window. By default each camera create its own FITS Viewer instance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singleWindowOpenedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1389
+#: kstars.kcfg:1393
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all opened FITS in one window?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (singleWindowOpenedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1390
+#: kstars.kcfg:1394
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all opened FITS images in a single FITS Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (focusFITSOnNewImage), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1394
+#: kstars.kcfg:1398
#, kde-format
msgid "Bring the FITSViewer window to the foreground when receiving a new image."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1398
+#: kstars.kcfg:1402
#, kde-format
msgid "Make FITS Viewer window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoDebayer), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1402
+#: kstars.kcfg:1406
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically debayer a FITS image if it is contains a bayer pattern"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoImageToFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1406
+#: kstars.kcfg:1410
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert received non-FITS images to FITS for display purposes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Auto3DCube), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1410
+#: kstars.kcfg:1414
#, kde-format
msgid "Process 3D FITS Cube (RGB). If false, only first channel is processed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoWCS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1414
+#: kstars.kcfg:1418
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically process World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when loading a FITS file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LimitedResourcesMode), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1418
+#: kstars.kcfg:1422
#, kde-format
msgid "Conserve CPU and memory by disabling all resource-intensive features in FITS Viewer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BortleClass), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1424
+#: kstars.kcfg:1428
#, kde-format
msgid "Bortle dark-sky rating"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeCheck), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1428
+#: kstars.kcfg:1432
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Availability"
msgid "Availability of telescope"
msgstr "Tilgjenge"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BinocularsCheck), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1432
+#: kstars.kcfg:1436
#, kde-format
msgid "Availability of binoculars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BinocularsAperture), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1436
+#: kstars.kcfg:1440
#, kde-format
msgid "Aperture of available binocular"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ScopeListIndex), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1440
+#: kstars.kcfg:1444
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of selected scope from list of scopes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosWindowWidth), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1446
+#: kstars.kcfg:1450
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "@label"
#| msgid "Window width"
msgid "Ekos window width"
msgstr "Vindaugsbreidd"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosWindowHeight), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1450
+#: kstars.kcfg:1454
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "@label"
#| msgid "Window height"
msgid "Ekos window height"
msgstr "Vindaugshøgd"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosLeftIcons), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1458
+#: kstars.kcfg:1462
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos modules icons are placed to the left of pages"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RememberCredentials), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1462
+#: kstars.kcfg:1466
#, kde-format
msgid "Remember Ekos Live credentials."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoStartEkosLive), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1466
+#: kstars.kcfg:1470
#, kde-format
msgid "Start Ekos Live on KStars startup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosLiveOnline), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1470
+#: kstars.kcfg:1474
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether EkosLive connection mode is online."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowEkos), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1474
+#: kstars.kcfg:1478
#, kde-format
msgid "Make Ekos window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (profile), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1478
+#: kstars.kcfg:1482
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "user profile"
msgid "Ekos drivers profile"
msgstr "brukarprofil"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (neverLoadConfig), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1482
+#: kstars.kcfg:1486
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Device Configuration"
msgid "Never load device configuration?"
msgstr "Einingsoppsett"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (loadConfigOnConnection), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1486
+#: kstars.kcfg:1490
#, kde-format
msgid "Load device configuration upon successful connection?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (loadDefaultConfig), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1490
+#: kstars.kcfg:1494
#, kde-format
msgid "Always load device default configuration upon successful connection?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (autoLoadSerialAssistant), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1494
+#: kstars.kcfg:1498
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically load Serial Port Assistant tool when detecting unmapped serial ports?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (shutterfulCCDs), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1504
+#: kstars.kcfg:1508
#, kde-format
msgid "List of CCDs with mechanical or electronic shutters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (shutterlessCCDs), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1507
+#: kstars.kcfg:1511
#, kde-format
msgid "List of CCDs without mechanical or electronic shutters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MinimumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1512
+#: kstars.kcfg:1516
#, kde-format
msgid "Default minimum mount altitude limit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaximumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1517
+#: kstars.kcfg:1521
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum mount altitude limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MaximumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1518
+#: kstars.kcfg:1522
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum telescope altitude limit. If the telescope is above this limit, it will be commanded to stop."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnableAltitudeLimits), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1522
+#: kstars.kcfg:1526
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable mount altitude limits."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultCaptureCCD), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1528
+#: kstars.kcfg:1532
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default capture module CCD."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultObserver), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1531
+#: kstars.kcfg:1535
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Default user name"
msgid "Default observer full name."
msgstr "Standard brukarnamn"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncFOVPA), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1534
+#: kstars.kcfg:1538
#, kde-format
msgid "Sync FOV indicator Position Angle with Rotator Settings Position Angle"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAMultiplier), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1538
+#: kstars.kcfg:1542
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Position Angle"
msgid "Position angle multiplier"
msgstr "Plasseringsvinkel"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAOffset), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1542
+#: kstars.kcfg:1546
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Position Angle"
msgid "Position angle offset"
msgstr "Plasseringsvinkel"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1546
+#: kstars.kcfg:1550
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum permittable guide deviation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1547
+#: kstars.kcfg:1551
#, kde-format
msgid "If guide deviation exceeds this limit, the exposure will be automatically aborted and only resumed when the deviation is within this limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HFRDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1551
+#: kstars.kcfg:1555
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum permittable HFR deviation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HFRDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1552
+#: kstars.kcfg:1556
#, kde-format
msgid "If HFR deviation exceeds this limit, the autofocus routine will be automatically started."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceGuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1556
+#: kstars.kcfg:1560
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enforce guiding deviation limit."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceAutofocus), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1560
+#: kstars.kcfg:1564
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Enforce Autofocus HFR limit."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceRefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1564
+#: kstars.kcfg:1568
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce Refocus Every N Minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1568
+#: kstars.kcfg:1572
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of minute between forced refocus attempts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1569
+#: kstars.kcfg:1573
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the time interval before forced autofocus attempts during a capture sequence."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoMeridianHours), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1573
+#: kstars.kcfg:1577
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default hour angle to perform meridian flip"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutoMeridianHours), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1574
+#: kstars.kcfg:1578
#, kde-format
msgid "If the target hour angle exceeds this value, Ekos will command a meridian flip and if successful it will resume guiding and capture operations."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoMeridianFlip), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1577
+#: kstars.kcfg:1581
#, kde-format
msgid "Flips the mount when reaching the meridian, if supported."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelAfterMeridian), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1581
+#: kstars.kcfg:1585
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model after meridian flip."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationADUValue), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1585
+#: kstars.kcfg:1589
#, kde-format
msgid "Desired flat field ADU"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CalibrationADUValue), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1586
+#: kstars.kcfg:1590
#, kde-format
msgid "If set, Ekos will capture a few flat images to determine the optimal exposure time to achieve the desired ADU value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationADUValueTolerance), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1590
+#: kstars.kcfg:1594
#, kde-format
msgid "ADU Value tolerance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CalibrationADUValueTolerance), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1591
+#: kstars.kcfg:1595
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum difference between measured and target ADU values to deem the value as acceptable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationFlatSourceIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1595
+#: kstars.kcfg:1599
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of flat source option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationFlatDurationIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1599
+#: kstars.kcfg:1603
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of flat duration option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationWallAz), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1603
+#: kstars.kcfg:1607
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Azimuth of calibration wall location."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationWallAlt), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1607
+#: kstars.kcfg:1611
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Altitude of calibration wall location."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxTemperatureDiff), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1611
+#: kstars.kcfg:1615
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between requested and measured temperature set point."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuidingSettle), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1615
+#: kstars.kcfg:1619
#, kde-format
msgid "Wait this many seconds after guiding is resumed before starting capture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FlatSyncFocus), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1623
+#: kstars.kcfg:1627
#, kde-format
msgid "Capture flat frames at the same focus position of light frames."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HFRThresholdPercentage), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1627
+#: kstars.kcfg:1631
#, kde-format
msgid "Increase autofocus HFR value by this percentage gain and store it in Capture Module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseMedianFocus), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1631
+#: kstars.kcfg:1635
#, kde-format
msgid "Calculate median focus value after each autofocus operation is complete."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SaveHFRToFile), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1635
+#: kstars.kcfg:1639
#, kde-format
msgid "When saving a sequence file, save current HFR threshold value. By default, zero value is used."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoStretch), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1647
+#: kstars.kcfg:1651
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform auto stretch on captured images in FITS Viewer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useSummaryPreview), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1651
+#: kstars.kcfg:1655
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every image captured sequence image in the Ekos summary screen preview window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useDSLRImageViewer), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1655
+#: kstars.kcfg:1659
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every captured DSLR image in the Image Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CaptureFormatIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1659
+#: kstars.kcfg:1663
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of desired capture format (FITS or Native)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CaptureDirectory), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1663
+#: kstars.kcfg:1667
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Path to capture directory to save images."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RemoteCaptureDirectory), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1667
+#: kstars.kcfg:1671
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Path to remote capture directory to save images."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusCCD), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1672
+#: kstars.kcfg:1676
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module CCD."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusFocuser), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1675
+#: kstars.kcfg:1679
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module focuser."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusFilterWheel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1678
+#: kstars.kcfg:1682
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module filter wheel."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusTicks), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1681
+#: kstars.kcfg:1685
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser step ticks"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusTicks), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1682
+#: kstars.kcfg:1686
#, kde-format
msgid "Step size of the absolute focuser. The step size TICKS should be adjusted so that when the focuser moves TICKS steps, the difference in HFR is more than 0.1 pixels. Lower the value when you are close to optimal focus."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideSettleTime), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1690
+#: kstars.kcfg:1694
#, kde-format
msgid "Wait for this many seconds after resuming guide."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusTolerance), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1694
+#: kstars.kcfg:1698
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser tolerance value"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusTolerance), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1695
+#: kstars.kcfg:1699
#, kde-format
msgid "The tolerance specifies the percentage difference between the current focusing position and the minimum obtained during the focusing run. Adjustment of this value is necessary to prevent the focusing algorithm from oscillating back and forth."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusMaxTravel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1699
+#: kstars.kcfg:1703
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Maximum distance:"
msgid "Maximum Focus Travel Distance"
msgstr "Maksimal bitrate:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusMaxTravel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1700
+#: kstars.kcfg:1704
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the maximum travel distance of an absolute focuser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusGain), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1704
+#: kstars.kcfg:1708
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser gain value"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusGain), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1705
+#: kstars.kcfg:1709
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies gain value of CCD when performing focusing if supported by camera."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusBoxSize), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1709
+#: kstars.kcfg:1713
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser star selection box size"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusBoxSize), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1710
+#: kstars.kcfg:1714
#, kde-format
msgid "Set box size to select a focus star."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusXBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1714
+#: kstars.kcfg:1718
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD X binning in focus mode"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusXBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1715
+#: kstars.kcfg:1719
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Set horizontal binning of CCD camera while in focus mode."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusYBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1719
+#: kstars.kcfg:1723
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD Y binning in focus mode"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusYBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1720
+#: kstars.kcfg:1724
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Set vertical binning of CCD camera while in focus mode."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusSubFrame), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1724
+#: kstars.kcfg:1728
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Subframe the focus star during the autofocus procedure."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusUseFullField), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1728
+#: kstars.kcfg:1732
#, kde-format
msgid "Measure average HFR from all stars combined in a full frame. This method defaults to the Centroid detection, but can use SEP detection too. Its performance decreases as the number of stars increases."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusFullFieldInnerRadius), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1732
+#: kstars.kcfg:1736
#, kde-format
msgid "Full field inner radius."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusFullFieldInnerRadius), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1733
+#: kstars.kcfg:1737
#, no-c-format, kde-format
msgid "During full field focusing, stars which are inside this percentage of the frame are filtered out of HFR calculation (default 0%). Detection algorithms may also have an inherent filter."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusFullFieldOuterRadius), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1737
+#: kstars.kcfg:1741
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Filter radius:"
msgid "Full field outer radius."
msgstr "Filterradius:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusFullFieldOuterRadius), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1738
+#: kstars.kcfg:1742
#, no-c-format, kde-format
msgid "During full field focusing, stars which are outside this percentage of the frame are filtered out of HFR calculation (default 100%). Detection algorithms may also have an inherent filter."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusAutoStarEnabled), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1742
+#: kstars.kcfg:1746
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically select a star to focus."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SuspendGuiding), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1746
+#: kstars.kcfg:1750
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Suspend guiding while autofocus in progress."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseFocusDarkFrame), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1750
+#: kstars.kcfg:1754
#, kde-format
msgid "Take a dark frame and subtract it before running autofocus operation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusEffect), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1754
+#: kstars.kcfg:1758
#, kde-format
msgid "Image filter to be applied to focus image upon loading."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusThreshold), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1758
+#: kstars.kcfg:1762
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative percentage strength of centroid edge pixel strength to average pixel value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusDetection), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1762
+#: kstars.kcfg:1766
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Authentication algorithm"
msgid "Star detection algorithm"
msgstr "Autentiseringsalgoritme"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusAlgorithm), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1766
+#: kstars.kcfg:1770
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgid "Focus process algorithm"
msgstr "Oppryddingsalgoritme"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusFramesCount), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1770
+#: kstars.kcfg:1774
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of focus frames to average for HFR calculations."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultAlignCCD), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1776
+#: kstars.kcfg:1780
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default align module CCD."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultAlignFW), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1779
+#: kstars.kcfg:1783
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default align module Filter Wheel."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlignExposure), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1782
+#: kstars.kcfg:1786
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default alignment exposure value"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlignExposure), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1783
+#: kstars.kcfg:1787
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies exposure value of CCD in seconds when performing plate solving."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverBinningIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1787
+#: kstars.kcfg:1791
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD binning index while in alignment mode"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverBinningIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1788
+#: kstars.kcfg:1792
#, kde-format
msgid "Set binning index of CCD camera while in alignment mode. Default values 0-3 corresponding to 1x1 to 4x4 binning. 4 is max binning."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryUseRotator), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1792
+#: kstars.kcfg:1796
#, kde-format
msgid "Use rotator when performing load and slew."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryRotatorThreshold), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1796
+#: kstars.kcfg:1800
#, kde-format
msgid "Threshold between measured and FITS position angles in arcminutes to consider the load and slew operation successful."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverType), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1800
+#: kstars.kcfg:1804
#, kde-format
msgid "Set solver type (online, offline, remote)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverScopeType), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1804
+#: kstars.kcfg:1808
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of telescope type to be used when solving an image. 0 for Primary, 1 for Guide"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverGotoOption), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1808
+#: kstars.kcfg:1812
#, kde-format
msgid "Action to take if solver if successful (Sync, Slew to Target, or None)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverWCS), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1812
+#: kstars.kcfg:1816
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS). WCS is used to encode RA/DEC coordinates in captured CCD images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverOverlay), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1816
+#: kstars.kcfg:1820
#, kde-format
msgid "Display received FITS images unto solver FOV rectangle in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDifferentialSlewing), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1820
+#: kstars.kcfg:1824
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not use Sync when Slew to Target is selected. Use differential slewing to correct for discrepancies."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverAccuracyThreshold), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1824
+#: kstars.kcfg:1828
#, kde-format
msgid "Accuracy threshold in arcseconds between solution and target coordinates."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LockAlignFilterIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1828
+#: kstars.kcfg:1832
#, kde-format
msgid "Use specified filter index when performing astrometry regardless of current filter settings."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlignDarkFrame), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1832
+#: kstars.kcfg:1836
#, kde-format
msgid "Take a dark frame and subtract it before running astrometry operation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SettlingTime), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1836
+#: kstars.kcfg:1840
#, kde-format
msgid "Time to wait in milliseconds after telescope slewing is complete before starting the next capture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseNoFITS2FITS), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1840
+#: kstars.kcfg:1844
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not sanitize FITS. This option should only be checked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Uncheck for any versions greater than 0.67."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleLow), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1856
+#: kstars.kcfg:1860
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower image scale."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleHigh), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1859
+#: kstars.kcfg:1863
#, kde-format
msgid "Upper image scale."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAutoUpdateImageScale), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1862
+#: kstars.kcfg:1866
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically update image scale when CCD or Mount parameters are updated."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleUnits), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1866
+#: kstars.kcfg:1870
#, kde-format
msgid "Image scale units in arcminutes (aw), degrees (dw), or arcsec per pixel (app)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDownsample), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1874
+#: kstars.kcfg:1878
#, kde-format
msgid "Downsample factor"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryPositionRA), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1882
+#: kstars.kcfg:1886
#, kde-format
msgid "User supplied Right Ascension value in degrees to be passed to the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryPositionDE), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1885
+#: kstars.kcfg:1889
#, kde-format
msgid "User supplied declination value in degrees to be passed to the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAutoUpdatePosition), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1888
+#: kstars.kcfg:1892
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically update position coordinates when mounts completes slewing."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryCustomOptions), group (Align)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverBinary), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1903
+#: kstars.kcfg:1907
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net solve-field binary"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometrySolverBinary), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1904
+#: kstars.kcfg:1908
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net solver location."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryWCSInfo), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1912
+#: kstars.kcfg:1916
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net wcsinfo binary"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryWCSInfo), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1913
+#: kstars.kcfg:1917
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net wcsinfo location."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryConfFile), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1921
+#: kstars.kcfg:1925
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "project configuration file"
msgid "astrometry.net configuration file"
msgstr "prosjektoppsettfil"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryConfFile), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1922
+#: kstars.kcfg:1926
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net file location."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryIndexFileLocation), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1926
+#: kstars.kcfg:1930
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry.net Index files Location"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryIndexFileLocation), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1927
+#: kstars.kcfg:1931
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry.net Index files Location."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryConfFileIsInternal), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1931
+#: kstars.kcfg:1935
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Astrometry.net Conf File?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAPIKey), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1935
+#: kstars.kcfg:1939
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net API Key"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryAPIKey), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1936
+#: kstars.kcfg:1940
#, kde-format
msgid "Key to access astrometry.net online web services. You must register with astrometry.net to obtain a key."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAPIURL), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1940
+#: kstars.kcfg:1944
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net API URL"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseJPEG), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1944
+#: kstars.kcfg:1948
#, kde-format
msgid "Use JPEG format, instead of FITS, to upload images to the astrometry.net online service."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryTimeout), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1948
+#: kstars.kcfg:1952
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Timeout in seconds to wait for astrometry solver to complete."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAHMountSpeedIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1952
+#: kstars.kcfg:1956
#, kde-format
msgid "Speed index to set mount in Polar Alignment Assistant Tool."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultGuideCCD), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1958
+#: kstars.kcfg:1962
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default guide module CCD."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultST4Driver), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1961
+#: kstars.kcfg:1965
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Default guide module ST4 Driver."
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideExposure), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1964
+#: kstars.kcfg:1968
#, kde-format
msgid "Guider exposure duration in seconds."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderType), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1968
+#: kstars.kcfg:1972
#, kde-format
msgid "Which guider process to utilize for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideAlgorithm), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1972
+#: kstars.kcfg:1976
#, kde-format
msgid "Which Algorithm to use track guide square (0 smart, 1 fast, 2 threshold, 3 no threshold)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PHD2Host), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1976
+#: kstars.kcfg:1980
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Host name of the server"
msgid "Host name of external PHD2 service"
msgstr "Vertsnamnet til tenaren"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PHD2Port), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1980
+#: kstars.kcfg:1984
#, kde-format
msgid "PHD2 Event Monitoring Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LinGuiderHost), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1984
+#: kstars.kcfg:1988
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Host name of the server"
msgid "Host name of external lin_guider service"
msgstr "Vertsnamnet til tenaren"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LinGuiderPort), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1988
+#: kstars.kcfg:1992
#, kde-format
msgid "Lin_guider Event Monitoring Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideScopeType), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1992
+#: kstars.kcfg:1996
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of telescope type to be used when guiding. 0 for Primary, 1 for Guide"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationPulseDuration), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:1996
+#: kstars.kcfg:2000
#, kde-format
msgid "Pulse duration in milliseconds used for guiding pulses during calibration stage."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideSquareSizeIndex), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2000
+#: kstars.kcfg:2004
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide square size index (0 to 4) corresponding to pixel sizes (8 to 128)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImageGuidingEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2004
+#: kstars.kcfg:2008
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Image Guiding algorithms instead of classical centroid guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideRegionAxis), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2008
+#: kstars.kcfg:2012
#, kde-format
msgid "Region Axis Index (0 to 4) corresponding to NxN partition size used Image Guiding (64 to 1024)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideAutoStarEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2012
+#: kstars.kcfg:2016
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically select calibration star and perform calibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideRemoteImagesEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2020
+#: kstars.kcfg:2024
#, kde-format
msgid "When using external guiders, enable reception of remote images in Ekos guide module. By default, remote images are disabled."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoModeIterations), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2024
+#: kstars.kcfg:2028
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of automode iterations for calibration process."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideLostStarTimeout), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2028
+#: kstars.kcfg:2032
#, kde-format
msgid "When star tracking is lost, wait this many seconds before aborting."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideMaxDeltaRMS), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2032
+#: kstars.kcfg:2036
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Maximum delta RMS permitted while guiding before aborting."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TwoAxisEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2036
+#: kstars.kcfg:2040
#, kde-format
msgid "Use both axes to perform calibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RapidGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2040
+#: kstars.kcfg:2044
#, kde-format
msgid "Use driver side Rapid Guide to perform guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideDarkFrameEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2044
+#: kstars.kcfg:2048
#, kde-format
msgid "Take dark frame for autoguider images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideSubframeEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2048
+#: kstars.kcfg:2052
#, kde-format
msgid "Subframe guide image around selected region"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherPixels), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2052
+#: kstars.kcfg:2056
#, kde-format
msgid "How many pixels to move between subsequent exposures under auto dithering mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherFrames), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2056
+#: kstars.kcfg:2060
#, kde-format
msgid "Dither after this many frames."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherThreshold), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2064
+#: kstars.kcfg:2068
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum distance (pixels) for guiding to be considered settled."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherTimeout), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2068
+#: kstars.kcfg:2072
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Time limit (seconds) on dithering to settle down."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherMaxIterations), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2072
+#: kstars.kcfg:2076
#, kde-format
msgid "How many dithering attempts to undertake before giving up."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherNoGuidingPulse), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2076
+#: kstars.kcfg:2080
#, kde-format
msgid "Pulse length in milliseconds used for non-guiding dither."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherFailAbortsAutoGuide), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2080
+#: kstars.kcfg:2084
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "If dithering fails then abort autoguide."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2084
+#: kstars.kcfg:2088
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Use Auto Dithering when guiding."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherNoGuiding), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2088
+#: kstars.kcfg:2092
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Perform dithering even when not guiding."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AOLimit), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2092
+#: kstars.kcfg:2096
#, kde-format
msgid "The Adaptive Optics unit is utilized if the guiding deviation is less than this limit in arcseconds. Once exceeded, mechanical guiding is utilized."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2096
+#: kstars.kcfg:2100
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2100
+#: kstars.kcfg:2104
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NorthDECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2104
+#: kstars.kcfg:2108
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable North autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SouthDECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2108
+#: kstars.kcfg:2112
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable South autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EastRAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2112
+#: kstars.kcfg:2116
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable East autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WestRAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2116
+#: kstars.kcfg:2120
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable West autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderAccuracyThreshold), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2153
+#: kstars.kcfg:2157
#, kde-format
msgid "Accuracy threshold for the Guide Graphs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RADisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2157
+#: kstars.kcfg:2161
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the RA Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DEDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2161
+#: kstars.kcfg:2165
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the DEC Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RACorrDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2165
+#: kstars.kcfg:2169
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the RA Corrections Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DECorrDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2169
+#: kstars.kcfg:2173
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the DEC Corrections Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SchedulerLogging), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2175
+#: kstars.kcfg:2179
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Scheduler Module activity."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SortSchedulerJobs), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2179
+#: kstars.kcfg:2183
#, kde-format
msgid "Sort scheduler jobs by priority and altitude."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StopEkosAfterShutdown), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2183
+#: kstars.kcfg:2187
#, kde-format
msgid "After shutdown procedure is successfully executed, shutdown INDI and Ekos."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShutdownScriptTerminatesINDI), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2187
+#: kstars.kcfg:2191
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether shutdown script, if exists, terminates INDI server in the process."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreemptiveShutdown), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2191
+#: kstars.kcfg:2195
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform pre-emptive shutdown if no jobs are due for a number of hours."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelOnAlignFail), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2195
+#: kstars.kcfg:2199
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model in case of alignment failure."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelBeforeJob), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2199
+#: kstars.kcfg:2203
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model before starting each job."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetGuideCalibration), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2203
+#: kstars.kcfg:2207
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Always Reset guiding calibration before starting each job."
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RealignAfterCalibrationFailure), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2207
+#: kstars.kcfg:2211
#, kde-format
msgid "If guiding calibration fails, run alignment process again before proceeding to recalibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreemptiveShutdownTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2211
+#: kstars.kcfg:2215
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of hours before the next job is due to trigger a pre-emptive shutdown."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RememberJobProgress), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2215
+#: kstars.kcfg:2219
#, kde-format
msgid "When processing a scheduled job, resume the sequence starting from the last image present in storage."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LeadTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2219
+#: kstars.kcfg:2223
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Minimum time between uploads (in minutes):"
msgid "Minimum time between jobs in minutes."
msgstr "Minimum tid mellom opplastingar (i minutt):"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreDawnTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2223
+#: kstars.kcfg:2227
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not permit jobs to be scheduled or executed past this many minutes before dawn."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SettingAltitudeCutoff), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2227
+#: kstars.kcfg:2231
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not permit jobs to be scheduled less than this many degrees before the altitude restriction. Actual execution proceeds until the altitude limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeFocalLength), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2231
+#: kstars.kcfg:2235
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Telescope focal length, in millimeters"
msgid "Telescope focal length in millimeters."
msgstr "Brennvidde på teleskopet, i millimeter"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraPixelWidth), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2235
+#: kstars.kcfg:2239
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera pixel size width in micrometers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraPixelHeight), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2239
+#: kstars.kcfg:2243
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera pixel size height in micrometers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraWidth), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2243
+#: kstars.kcfg:2247
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Width in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraHeight), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2247
+#: kstars.kcfg:2251
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Height in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraRotation), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2251
+#: kstars.kcfg:2255
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle of the camera with respect to north."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastServer), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2257
+#: kstars.kcfg:2261
#, kde-format
msgid "The address of last used server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastServerPort), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2260
+#: kstars.kcfg:2264
#, kde-format
msgid "The port of last used server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastWebManagerPort), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2264
+#: kstars.kcfg:2268
#, kde-format
msgid "The port of last used Web Manager"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSMemoryCache), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2270
+#: kstars.kcfg:2274
#, kde-format
msgid "RAM cache size in MB used to store cached HIPS images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSNetCache), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2274
+#: kstars.kcfg:2278
#, kde-format
msgid "Hard disk cache size in MB used to store cached HIPS images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSSource), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2278
+#: kstars.kcfg:2282
#, kde-format
msgid "HIPS source catalog title."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSBiLinearInterpolation), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2282
+#: kstars.kcfg:2286
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Bilinear interpolation when rendering HiPS images?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSShowGrid), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2286
+#: kstars.kcfg:2290
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Show HiPS grid on the sky map."
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHIPS), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2290
+#: kstars.kcfg:2294
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Draw HiPS sources in the sky map?"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHIPS), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstars.kcfg:2291
+#: kstars.kcfg:2295
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the HIPS sources are drawn in the sky map."
msgid "The selected script contains unrecognized elements, indicating that it was not created using the KStars script builder. This script may not function properly, and it may even contain malicious code. Would you like to execute it anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1280
#, kde-format
msgid "Script Validation Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1280
#, kde-format
msgid "Run Nevertheless"
msgstr "Køyr likevel"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1287
#, kde-format
msgid "Running script: %1"
msgstr "Køyrer skript: %1"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1304
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Import finished."
msgid "Script finished."
msgstr "Ferdig med å importera"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1315
#, kde-format
msgid "You can save printer ink by using the \"Star Chart\" color scheme, which uses a white background. Would you like to temporarily switch to the Star Chart color scheme for printing?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1321
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Swi&tch Colors"
msgid "Switch to Star Chart Colors?"
msgstr "By&t fargar"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1321
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch Color Scheme"
msgstr "Endra fargeoppsett"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1322
#, kde-format
msgid "Do Not Switch"
msgstr "Ikkje endra"
#. +> trunk5
-#: kstarsactions.cpp:1403 kstarsinit.cpp:225
+#: kstarsactions.cpp:1403 kstarsinit.cpp:233
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Change Tracking"
msgid "Engage &Tracking"
msgstr "Byt filsentral"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1504
#, kde-format
msgctxt "approximate field of view"
msgid "Approximate FOV: %1 degrees"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1508
#, kde-format
msgctxt "approximate field of view"
msgid "Approximate FOV: %1 arcminutes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1513
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Time: %1 second"
#| msgid_plural "Time: %1 seconds"
msgctxt "approximate field of view"
msgid "Approximate FOV: %1 arcseconds"
msgstr "Tid: %1 sekund"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1530
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The user should enter an angle for the field-of-view of the display"
msgid "Enter Desired Field-of-View Angle"
msgstr "Oppgje ønskt synsfeltvinkel"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1531
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter a field-of-view angle in degrees: "
msgstr "Oppgje ein synsfeltvinkel i gradar: "
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1699
#, kde-format
msgid "Attempt to determine from image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1700
#, kde-format
msgid "Eyepiece View: Choose a field-of-view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsactions.cpp:1701
#, kde-format
msgid "FOV to render eyepiece view for:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsdata.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The file %1 could not be found. KStars cannot run properly without this file. KStars searches for this file in following locations:\n"
"\n"
"\t%2\n"
"\n"
"It appears that your setup is broken."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsdata.cpp:60 kstarsdata.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Critical File Not Found: %1"
msgstr "Fann ikkje viktig fil: %1"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsdata.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The file %1 could not be found. KStars can still run without this file. KStars search for this file in following locations:\n"
"\n"
"\t%2\n"
"\n"
"It appears that you setup is broken. Press Continue to run KStars without this file "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsdata.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Non-Critical File Not Found: %1"
msgstr "Fann ikkje uviktig fil: %1"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsdata.cpp:144
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "Name"
#| msgid "Regarding timers"
msgid "Reading time zone rules"
msgstr "Om tidtakarar"
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsdata.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Upgrade existing user city db to support geographic elevation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstarsdata.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Adding \"Elevation\" column to city table."
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Geographic Location"
msgstr "Vel geografisk plassering"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:159
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "@title:window of the tool to set a new offset for the cursor"
#| msgid "Goto"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Gå til"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:160
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Green"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Green"
msgstr "Grøn"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:161
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Grey"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Grey"
msgstr "Grå"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:162
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "cameroon_departments.kgm"
#| msgid "Guider"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guide Abort"
msgstr "Guider"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:163
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guide East/West"
msgstr "Verkeområde"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:164
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guide Head"
msgstr "Verkeområde"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:165
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guide North/South"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:166
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guide West/East"
msgstr "Verkeområde"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:167
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guide Wheel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:168
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "QShortcut|"
#| msgid "Guide"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guide"
msgstr "Gaid"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:169
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guider Aperture (mm)"
msgstr "Kule"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:170
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guider Control"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:171
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guider Focal Length (mm)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:172
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Guider Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:173
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Alpha"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "H Alpha"
msgstr "Alpha"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:174
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "H:M:S"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:175
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "HA H:M:S"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:176
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:177
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "@title:menu"
#| msgid "Height"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Height m"
msgstr "Høgd"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:178
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "@title:menu"
#| msgid "Height"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Høgd"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:179
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "High"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "High"
msgstr "Høg"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:180
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Horizontal &Coordinates"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Horizontal Coords"
msgstr "Horisontale &koordinatar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:181
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Hours"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Hour axis"
msgstr "Timar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:182
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Hourangle Coords"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:183
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Hue"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Hue"
msgstr "Nyanse"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:184
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "@label"
#| msgid "Humidity:"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Humidity Perc."
msgstr "Luftfukt:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:185
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "DIC"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "IC"
msgstr "DIC"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:186
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Adjustments"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Image Adjustments"
msgstr "Tilpassingar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:187
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Image Contrast"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Image Control"
msgstr "Biletekontrast"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:188
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Image data"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Image Data"
msgstr "Biletdata"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:189
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Image Info"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Image Info"
msgstr "Biletinformasjon"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:190
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Image Settings"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Image Settings"
msgstr "Biletinnstillingar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:191
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Image Type"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Image Type"
msgstr "Biletetype"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:192
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Image"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Bilete"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:193
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Indoors"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Indoor"
msgstr "Innandørs"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:194
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Name"
#| msgid "Info"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Info"
msgstr "Info"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:195
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Jupiter"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:196
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "LX200 Basic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:197
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Lat (dd:mm:ss)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:198
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Lat. D:M:S +N"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:199
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Lat. D:M:S +N"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:200
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Left "
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Left "
msgstr "Til venstre"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:201
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Library"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Library"
msgstr "Bibliotek"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:202
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "QFontDatabase"
#| msgid "Light"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Light"
msgstr "Mager"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:203
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Limiting Mag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:204
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Load a word list from a file"
#| msgid "Load"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Load"
msgstr "Last inn"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:205
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Lon (dd:mm:ss)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:206
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Long.:"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Long. D:M:S +E"
msgstr "L.grad:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:207
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Low"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Low"
msgstr "Låg"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:208
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Luminosity"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Luminosity"
msgstr "Lysstyrke"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:209
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Name"
#| msgid "Luna"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Lunar"
msgstr "Månefaseindikator"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:210
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Main Control"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:211
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Manual Blue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:212
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Manual Feed"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Manual Red"
msgstr "Manuell arkmating"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:213
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Manual"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Manuell"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:214
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "the planet"
#| msgid "Mars"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Mars"
msgstr "Mars"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:215
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Master alarm"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:216
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Max slew Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:217
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Max"
msgstr "Størst mogleg"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:218
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Max. travel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:219
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Maximum: "
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Maximum Tick"
msgstr "Makslengd: "
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:220
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Maximum bitrate:"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Maximum travel"
msgstr "Maksimal bitrate:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:221
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Game difficulty level 4 out of 8"
#| msgid "Medium"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Medium"
msgstr "Middels"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:222
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Mercury"
msgstr "Kvikksølv"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:223
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Messier"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:224
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Minimum"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Minimum Tick"
msgstr "Minimum"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:225
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Mode"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modus"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:226
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Model"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modell"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:227
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Moon"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Moon"
msgstr "Måne"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:228
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Motion Control"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:229
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Motion"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Motion"
msgstr "Rørsle"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:230
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Next Steps"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Motor Steps"
msgstr "Neste steg"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:231
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Motor steps per tick"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:232
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "X coordinate"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Mount coordinates"
msgstr "X-koordinat"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:233
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Mount Point"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Mount init."
msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:234
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Mounting"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Mounting"
msgstr "Monterering"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:235
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Move to Trash"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Move to rate"
msgstr "Flytt til papirkorga"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:236
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Mouse Control"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Movement Control"
msgstr "Musstyring"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:237
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "NGC"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:238
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:239
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "the planet"
#| msgid "Neptune"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Neptune"
msgstr "Neptun"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:240
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Noise Reduction"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Noise Reduction"
msgstr "Støyredusering"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:241
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "None"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:242
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "North (msec)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:243
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "North (sec)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:244
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "North"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "North"
msgstr "Nord"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:245
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "North/South"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:246
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "ObjectClass"
#| msgid "Note"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Note"
msgstr "Merknad"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:247
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Name"
#| msgid "Number"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Number"
msgstr "Nummer"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:248
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "OFF"
msgstr "AV"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:249
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "ON"
msgstr "PÅ"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:250
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Temperature"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "OTA Temperature (C)"
msgstr "Temperatur"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:251
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "On Update"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "OTA Update"
msgstr "Ved oppdatering"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:252
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "arcminutes"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Oag Offset (arcminutes)"
msgstr "bogeminutt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:253
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Object Info"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:254
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Object Name"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Object Number"
msgstr "Objektnamn"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:255
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Object"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Object"
msgstr "Objekt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:256
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Av"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:257
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Offset"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Offset"
msgstr "Forskyving"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:258
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "On Set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:259
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "On"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "On"
msgstr "På"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:260
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Options"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Innstillingar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:261
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Outdoors"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Outdoor"
msgstr "Friluftsliv"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:262
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "PE N/S"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:263
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "PE W/E"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:264
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Park Scope"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:265
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Park"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Park"
msgstr "Park"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:266
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Periodic Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:267
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Philips Webcam"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:268
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Pixelize"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Pixel size (um)"
msgstr "Pikselering"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:269
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Pixelize"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Pixel size X"
msgstr "Pikselering"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:270
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Pixelize"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Pixel size Y"
msgstr "Pikselering"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:271
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Pluto"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Pluto"
msgstr "Pluto"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:272
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Polar"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Polar"
msgstr "Polar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:273
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:274
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Ports"
msgstr "Port"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:275
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Position"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Posisjon"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:276
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "A button on a Remote Control"
#| msgid "Power"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Power"
msgstr "På / av"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:277
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Pressure"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Pressure hPa"
msgstr "Trykk"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:278
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Property"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Property"
msgstr "Eigenskap"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:279
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "RA H:M:S"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:280
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "arcmin"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "RA (arcmin)"
msgstr "bogeminutt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:281
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "h:mm:ss"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "RA (hh:mm:ss)"
msgstr "h:mm:ss"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:282
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "RA H:M:S"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:283
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Rotor"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "RA motor"
msgstr "Rotor"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:284
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "h:mm:ss"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Ra (hh:mm:ss)"
msgstr "h:mm:ss"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:285
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Compression rate of file"
#| msgid "Rate"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Rate"
msgstr "Forhold"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:286
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Raw"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Raw"
msgstr "Rå"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:287
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Red"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Red"
msgstr "Raud"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:288
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "No relative position"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Relative Position"
msgstr "Inga relativ plassering"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:289
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Resolution"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Resolution x"
msgstr "Oppløysing"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:290
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Resolution"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Resolution y"
msgstr "Oppløysing"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:291
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Restart computer"
#| msgid "Restart"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Restart"
msgstr "Start på nytt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:292
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Restore"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Gjenopprett"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:293
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "SAO"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "SAO"
msgstr "SAO"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:294
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "START"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "STAR"
msgstr "START"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:295
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Saturation"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Saturation Mag"
msgstr "Metting"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:296
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "the planet"
#| msgid "Saturn"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Saturn"
msgstr "Saturn"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:297
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Save home"
msgstr "Lagre bilete"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:298
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Save"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Save"
msgstr "Lagra"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:299
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Scope Location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:300
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Script Properties"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Scope Properties"
msgstr "Skripteigenskapar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:301
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Seeing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:302
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Select item"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Select item..."
msgstr "Merk element"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:303
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Select"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Vel"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:304
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Selenographic Sync"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:305
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Register"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Set Register"
msgstr "Registrer"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:306
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Set home"
msgstr "Lagre bilete"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:307
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "register"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Set register"
msgstr "register"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:308
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Set"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Set"
msgstr "Vel"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:309
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Settings"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:310
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Name"
#| msgid "Shutter"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Shutter Speed"
msgstr "Shutter"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:311
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Sidereal"
msgstr " dag"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:312
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Sidereal Time"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Sidereal Time"
msgstr "Siderisk tid"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:313
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Sidereal time:"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Sidereal time"
msgstr "Siderisk tid:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:314
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Category"
#| msgid "Simulation"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Simulation"
msgstr "Simulering"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:315
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Simulator Config"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:316
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Editor Settings"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Simulator Settings"
msgstr "Skrivefeltinnstillingar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:317
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Site"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Site 1"
msgstr "Nettstad"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:318
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Site"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Site 2"
msgstr "Nettstad"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:319
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Site"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Site 3"
msgstr "Nettstad"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:320
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Site"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Site 4"
msgstr "Nettstad"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:321
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "File Management"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Site Management"
msgstr "Filhandsaming"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:322
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Site Name"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Site Name"
msgstr "Namn på nettstad"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:323
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Site"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Sites"
msgstr "Nettstad"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:324
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Sky Glow (magnitudes)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:325
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Sleep"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Sleep"
msgstr "Sovetid"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:326
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Accuracy"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Slew Accuracy"
msgstr "Nøyaktigheit"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:327
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Slew rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:328
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Slew"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:329
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "@item:inrange Speed"
#| msgid "Slow"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Slow"
msgstr "Sakte"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:330
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Snoop dc connection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:331
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Snoop dc master alarm"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:332
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Snoop dc mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:333
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "device_list_empty"
#| msgid "No devices"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Snoop devices"
msgstr "Ingen einingar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:334
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Solar System"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Solar System"
msgstr "Solsystem"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:335
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Solar"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Solar"
msgstr "Sol"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:336
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "South (msec)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:337
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "South (sec)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:338
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "South"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "South"
msgstr "Sør"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:339
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Speed"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Speed"
msgstr "Fart"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:340
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Catalogs"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Star Catalogs"
msgstr "Katalogar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:341
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "s delay"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Step delay"
msgstr "sekund forseinking"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:342
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Stop"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Stop"
msgstr "Stopp"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:343
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Stream"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Stream Off"
msgstr "Straum"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:344
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Stream"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Stream On"
msgstr "Straum"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:345
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Swap buttons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:346
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Switch"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Switch 1"
msgstr "Byt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:347
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Switch"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Switch 2"
msgstr "Byt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:348
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Switch"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Switch 3"
msgstr "Byt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:349
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Switch"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Switch 4"
msgstr "Byt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:350
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Sync"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Sync"
msgstr "Synkroniser"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:351
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Telescope Simulator"
msgstr "Vêrstasjon"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:352
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Telescope"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Telescope"
msgstr "Teleskop"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:353
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Telescopes:"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Telescopes"
msgstr "Teleskop:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:354
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Driver"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Temma Driver"
msgstr "Drivar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:355
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Temma version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:356
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Temma"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:357
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Temp."
msgstr "Mellombels:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:358
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Temperature"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Temperature K"
msgstr "Temperatur"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:359
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Theta:"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Theta D:M:S"
msgstr "Theta:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:360
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Tricks"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Ticks"
msgstr "Triks"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:361
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Time Calculators"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Time Factor"
msgstr "Tidskalkulatorar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:362
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Time"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Tidspunkt"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:363
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Timer (wml)"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Timer (ms)"
msgstr "Klokke (wml)"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:364
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Name"
#| msgid "Timer"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Timer"
msgstr "Tidsur"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:365
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Move to Top"
#| msgid "Top"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Top"
msgstr "Øvst"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:366
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "@label EXIF"
#| msgid "Photo Exposure Time"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Total Exposure Time (ms)"
msgstr "Foto: lukkertid"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:367
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Name"
#| msgid "Track Mouse"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Track Mode"
msgstr "Følg mus"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:368
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Track"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Track"
msgstr "Spor"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:369
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Accuracy"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Tracking Accuracy"
msgstr "Nøyaktigheit"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:370
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Clock Frequency"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Tracking Frequency"
msgstr "Klokkefrekvens"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:371
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Touch Tracking Mode"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Tracking Mode"
msgstr "Modus for fingertrykksporing"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:372
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Touch Tracking Mode"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Tracking mode"
msgstr "Modus for fingertrykksporing"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:373
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Transformations"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Transformation"
msgstr "Transformasjonar"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:374
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "UGC"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:375
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "UTC Offset"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "UTC Offset"
msgstr "UTC-forskyving"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:376
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "UTC Time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:377
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "UTC"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:378
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Update Client"
msgstr "Oppdater kvar(t)"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:379
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Update"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Update GPS"
msgstr "Oppdater"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:380
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Update"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Oppdater"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:381
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "the planet"
#| msgid "Uranus"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Uranus"
msgstr "Uranus"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:382
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Use Pulse Cmd"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:383
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "the planet"
#| msgid "Venus"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Venus"
msgstr "Venus"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:384
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Version"
msgstr "Versjon"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:385
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Video Stream"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Video Stream"
msgstr "Videostraum"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:386
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Video"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Video"
msgstr "Video"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:387
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Wake up"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:388
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Webcam"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Webcam Name"
msgstr "Vevkamera"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:389
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "West (msec)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:390
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "West (sec)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:391
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "West"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "West"
msgstr "Vest"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:392
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "West/East"
msgstr "Verkeområde"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:393
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Error Rate"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "W/E Rate"
msgstr "Feilrate"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:394
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "Compression rate of file"
#| msgid "Rate"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "N/S Rate"
msgstr "Forhold"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:395
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "White Balance"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "White Balance Mode"
msgstr "Kvitbalanse"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:396
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "White Balance"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "White Balance"
msgstr "Kvitbalanse"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:397
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Whiteness"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Whiteness"
msgstr "Kvitleik:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:398
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Width"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Breidd"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:399
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "X"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "X"
msgstr "X"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:400
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Y"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "Y"
msgstr "Y"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:401
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "app. to refracted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:402
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "app., refr., tel., observed"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:403
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "app., refr., telescope"
msgstr "Jupiter"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:404
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "arcseconds"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "arcseconds"
msgstr "bogesekund"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:405
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "D3 cold"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "cold"
msgstr "D3 kald"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:406
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "danger"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:407
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "decPEC (dd:mm:ss)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:408
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Volume control"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "dome control"
msgstr "Lydstyrke"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:409
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Identity"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "identity"
msgstr "Identitet"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:410
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "lunar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:411
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "manual"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "manual"
msgstr "manuell"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:412
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "max Alt"
msgstr "Alternativ tekst:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:413
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "min Alt"
msgstr "Alternativ tekst:"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:414
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "off"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "off"
msgstr "av"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:415
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "on"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "on"
msgstr "på"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:416
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "rel. to HA"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:417
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgctxt "You are about to translate the 'Reset' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see http://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it."
#| msgid "reset"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "reset"
msgstr "nullstill"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:418
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "sidereal"
msgstr " dag"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:419
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "solar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:420
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "undefined"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "undefined"
msgstr "udefinert"
#. +> trunk5
#: libindi_strings.cpp:421
#, fuzzy, kde-kuit-format
#| msgid "Swarm"
msgctxt "string from libindi, used in the config dialog"
msgid "warm"
msgstr "Sverm"
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:55
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Some images in KStars are for non-commercial use only. See README.images."
msgid "Some images in KStars are for non-commercial use only. See README.images."
msgstr "Nokre av bileta i KStars er berre til ikkje-kommersiell bruk. Sjå fila «README.images»"
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Sorry, without a KStars Data Directory, KStars cannot operate. Exiting program now."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Build number followed by copyright notice"
msgid "The atmosphere bends light passing through it, like a lens. If this item is checked, this \"atmospheric refraction\" will be simulated in the sky map. Note that this correction is only applied when using the Horizontal coordinate system."
msgid "Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug-free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided."
msgid "If checked, changing the focus position will result in a visible animated \"slew\" to the new position. Otherwise, the display will center on the new position instantaneously."
msgid "If checked, a name label will be temporarily attached to an object while it is centered in the display. You can attach a more persistent label to any object using the right-click popup menu."
msgid "When the map is in motion, smooth animation is compromised if the program has too many objects to draw on the map; check this item to temporarily hide some of the objects while the display is in motion."
"If this checkbox is checked, when an object name unknown to KStars is entered in the Find Dialog, KStars will contact online services (such as CDS Sesame) to learn about the object and then add it to the database.\n"
" The objects acquired in this manner are stored under a catalog that is called _Internet_Resolved as of this writing."
msgid "The list of all customizable colors in the program. Next to each item is a square showing the color it is currently set to. Click on any item to change its color."
msgid "There are four ways to draw stars on the map. By default, stars are circles with a white core and a rim which is tinted to reflect the star's actual color. You may also choose to draw the stars as solid white, red, or black circles, to match the needs of your overall color scheme."
msgid "When using the realistic-color star mode, this option will set the saturation level of the star's colors. A higher value means more intense colors."
msgid "After changing the colors to a scheme that you like, press this button to create a new scheme using those colors. Your scheme will appear here in the list of presets, and will also be available in the \"Settings\" menu of the main window."
msgid "If checked, the ecliptic will be drawn on the sky map. The ecliptic is a great circle on the sky that the Sun appears to follow over the course of one year. All other solar system bodies roughly follow the ecliptic as well."
msgid "If checked, the area below the horizon will be filled in, to simulate the ground beneath you. Note that the ground is never drawn when using the Equatorial coordinate system."
msgid "If checked, the comets near the Sun will have name labels attached. Comets vary in brightness in their orbits, so a faint magnitude is not effective in this case."
msgid "Set the maximum distance from the Sun for a comet to have a name label, in Astronomical Units (AU). 1 AU is the distance between the Earth and the Sun, approximately 150 million km"
msgid "<p>Finder chart can contain additional elements such as details tables and logging forms. Select which you want to be included in finder chart and press <b>Next</b> to proceed.</p>"
"<p>In manual field of view capture method, user centers sky map to a point of interest, then captures snapshots of sky fragments inside the active FOV symbol.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>When in field of view capture mode, press <b>Page Up</b> and <b>Page Down</b> to switch FOV symbols. Snapshots are captured by pressing <b>K</b> key. When done, press <b>Escape</b> key to return to the Printing Wizard.</p>"
"<p>Select observed sky object. You can select it from object list, by clicking <b>Select object from list</b> button or point it on sky map by pressing <b>Point object on sky map</b>. After object is located, press it with right mouse button and select <b>Select this object</b> option from context menu.</p>"
"<p>Your document is ready to be printed. Click <b>Print preview</b> button to preview it and <b>Print</b> button to begin printing. You can also export it to file.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>If you wish to change contents of printed document, click <b>Previous</b> button to get back to previous steps.</p>"
#| msgctxt "Image/info menu item (should be translated)"
#| msgid "Show HST Image"
msgid "Show HST Image"
msgstr "Vis HST-bilete"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "%1: Hubble Space Telescope, operated by STScI for NASA [public domain]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:424
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "Image/info menu item (should be translated)"
#| msgid "Show Spitzer Image"
msgid "Show Spitzer Image"
msgstr "Vis Spitzer-bilete"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:426
#, kde-format
msgid "%1: Spitzer Space Telescope, courtesy NASA/JPL-Caltech [public domain]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:430
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "Image/info menu item (should be translated)"
#| msgid "Show SEDS Image"
msgid "Show SEDS Image"
msgstr "Vis SEDS-bilete"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "%1: SEDS, http://www.seds.org [free for non-commercial use]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:436
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "Image/info menu item (should be translated)"
#| msgid "Show KPNO AOP Image"
msgid "Show KPNO AOP Image"
msgstr "Vis KPNO AOP-bilete"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:438
#, kde-format
msgid "%1: Advanced Observing Program at Kitt Peak National Observatory [free for non-commercial use; no physical reproductions]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:444
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "Image/info menu item (should be translated)"
#| msgid "Show NOAO Image"
msgid "Show NOAO Image"
msgstr "Vis NOAO-bilete"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgid "%1: National Optical Astronomy Observatories and AURA [free for non-commercial use]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:453
#, kde-format
msgid "%1: Very Large Telescope, operated by the European Southern Observatory [free for non-commercial use; no reproductions]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skyobject.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "Show"
msgstr "Vis"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/skypoint.cpp:451
#, kde-format
msgid "lat and LST parameters should only be used in KSPlanetBase objects."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:504
#, kde-format
msgid "alpha"
msgstr "alpha"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:505
#, kde-format
msgid "beta"
msgstr "beta"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:506
#, kde-format
msgid "gamma"
msgstr "gamma"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:507
#, kde-format
msgid "delta"
msgstr "delta"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:508
#, kde-format
msgid "epsilon"
msgstr "epsilon"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:509
#, kde-format
msgid "zeta"
msgstr "zeta"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:510
#, kde-format
msgid "eta"
msgstr "eta"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "theta"
msgstr "theta"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid "iota"
msgstr "iota"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid "kappa"
msgstr "kappa"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:514
#, kde-format
msgid "lambda"
msgstr "lambda"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgid "mu"
msgstr "mu"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:516
#, kde-format
msgid "nu"
msgstr "nu"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgid "xi"
msgstr "xi"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "omicron"
msgstr "omicron"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgid "pi"
msgstr "pi"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:520
#, kde-format
msgid "rho"
msgstr "rho"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:523
#, kde-format
msgid "sigma"
msgstr "sigma"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:524
#, kde-format
msgid "tau"
msgstr "tau"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:525
#, kde-format
msgid "upsilon"
msgstr "upsilon"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgid "phi"
msgstr "phi"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "chi"
msgstr "chi"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgid "psi"
msgstr "psi"
#. +> trunk5
#: skyobjects/starobject.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgid "omega"
msgstr "omega"
#. +> trunk5
#: time/timezonerule.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing TimeZoneRule, setting to empty rule."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: time/timezonerule.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not parse %1 as a valid month code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: time/timezonerule.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not parse %1 as a valid day code."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:2
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can locate objects in the sky by their name.\n"
"\t\t\tUse Ctrl+F, the \"Pointing->Find Object\" menu item, or the \"Find Object\"\n"
"\t\t\tToolbar button.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:10
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>To change your Geographic Location,\n"
"\t\t\tuse Ctrl+G, the \"Settings->Geographic...\" menu item,\n"
"\t\t\tor the \"globe\" Toolbar button.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:18
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can Track an object, so it will always be centered\n"
"\t\t\tin the display.<br/>"
"\n"
"\t\t\tUse Ctrl+T, the \"Pointing->Engage Tracking\" menu item, or the \"lock\"\n"
"\t\t\tToolbar button. You can also simply center the object by\n"
"\t\t\tdouble-clicking on it or selecting \"Center and Track\" from the\n"
"\t\t\tobject's popup menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:29
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The KStars Handbook includes the AstroInfo Project, a series\n"
"\t\t\tof informative articles about Astronomy.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:36
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>There are three on-screen \"Info Boxes\" which show data related to the\n"
"\t\t\ttime/date, your geographic location, and the current central position on the\n"
"\t\t\tsky (the focus). You can drag these boxes with the mouse, and \"shade\" them\n"
"\t\t\tby double-clicking them to show more (or less) information. You can hide\n"
"\t\t\tthem altogether in the Settings->Info Boxes menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:46
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>KStars has a full-screen mode; you can toggle this mode using the\n"
"\t\t\t\"fullscreen\" toolbar button, or by pressing Ctrl+Shift+F.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:53
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>Help us improve the KStars project! Visit our website at http://edu.kde.org/kstars and join our mailing list at kstars-devel@kde.org to learn more. We welcome you to help us with bug reports, contributions of astronomy know-how and knowledge, code contributions, translations and many more kinds of contributions!\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:59
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The N,S,E,W keys will point the display at the North,\n"
"\t\t\tSouth, East and West points on the Horizon. The Z key will point the\n"
"\t\t\tdisplay at the Zenith.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:67
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The 0-9 keys will center the display on one of the major solar system\n"
"\t\t\tbodies. 0 centers on the Sun, 3 centers on the Moon; the rest are the eight\n"
"\t\t\tplanets, in order of their distance from the Sun.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:75
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>Click and Drag with the mouse to slew the skymap to a new position on\n"
"\t\t\tthe sky.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:82
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>Double-click with the mouse to center the display on the location\n"
"\t\t\tof the mouse cursor. If you double-click on an object, KStars will\n"
"\t\t\tautomatically begin tracking it.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:90
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The status bar displays the current sky coordinates of the mouse cursor,\n"
"\t\t\tin both Equatorial and Horizontal coordinate systems.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The display can be zoomed in or out by spinning your mouse's scroll wheel,\n"
"\t\t\tor by dragging the mouse up or down with the middle mouse button pressed. You\n"
"\t\t\tcan also use the +/- keys, or the \"Zoom In\"/\"Zoom Out\" items in the toolbar and\n"
"\t\t\tin the View menu. The Zoom Level can be set manually using the \"Zoom to Angular\n"
"\t\t\tSize\" item in the View menu (Shift+Ctrl+Z), and you can set it graphically by\n"
"\t\t\tholding down the Ctrl button while dragging the mouse to define a rectangle for\n"
"\t\t\tthe new window boundaries.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:109
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can manually set the coordinates of the central Focus point.\n"
"\t\t\tPress Ctrl+M, or use the \"Pointing->Set Coordinates Manually...\" menu item, and enter\n"
"\t\t\tthe desired coordinates in the popup window.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:117
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>To switch between Equatorial and Horizontal coordinate\n"
"\t\t\tsystems, use the \"View->Coordinates\" menu item, or press the spacebar.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:124
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>To set the Time and Date, type Ctrl+S, use the \"Time->Set Time\" menu item,\n"
"\t\t\tor press the \"time\" toolbar button. Note that dates in KStars can be very\n"
"\t\t\tremote; you can use any year between -50,000 and +50,000.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:132
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can use Ctrl+E or the \"Time->Set Time to Now\" menu item to synchronize\n"
"\t\t\tthe simulation clock with your CPU clock.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Spin Box in the Toolbar allows you to adjust the time step\n"
"\t\t\tused by the KStars clock; setting it to \"1.0 sec\" provides \"real time\".\n"
"\t\t\tNote: negative values make time run backwards.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:147
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can stop and start the clock with the \"Play/Pause\" button\n"
"\t\t\tin the Toolbar, or with the \"Time->Stop Clock\" menu item.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:154
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can advance the simulation clock forward or backward by a single\n"
"\t\t\ttime step by pressing the \">\" or \"<\" keys.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:161
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>When you click your mouse in the map, the object in the sky nearest\n"
"\t\t\tthe mouse cursor is identified in the status bar.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:168
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>When you hold the mouse cursor still for a moment, the nearest object\n"
"\t\t\twill be identified by a temporary name label that automatically fades\n"
"\t\t\tout when you move the mouse again.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>Right-click with the mouse to open a popup menu of detailed options\n"
"\t\t\tfor a particular object, including links to images and information on\n"
"\t\t\tthe Internet.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:184
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The deep-sky objects with a special color (the default is Red)\n"
"\t\t\thave extra URL links available in their popup menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:191
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>By default, stars in KStars are displayed with realistic colors.\n"
"\t\t\tA star's color depends on its temperature; cooler stars are red,\n"
"\t\t\twhile hotter stars are blue.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:199
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>If you want the very latest orbital information for asteroids and\n"
"\t\t\tcomets (including recently-discovered objects), check the \"Download\n"
"\t\t\tData\" tool (\"File->Download New Data\" or Ctrl+D) frequently for updated\n"
"\t\t\tephemerides.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:208
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Details window provides a large amount of information on any \n"
"\t\t\tobject in the sky, including coordinates, rise/set times, Internet \n"
"\t\t\tlinks, and your own custom notes. Access the Details window through \n"
"\t\t\tthe popup menu, or by clicking on an object and then pressing \"D\".\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:217
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can attach a name label to any object in the sky. Toggle the \n"
"\t\t\tlabel in the popup menu, or by clicking on the object and then \n"
"\t\t\tpressing \"L\".\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:225
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The KStars Astrocalculator (Ctrl+C) gives you direct access to many \n"
"\t\t\tof the calculations that KStars does behind-the-scenes.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:232
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The AAVSO Light Curve Generator tool (Ctrl+V) connects to a server at the\n"
"\t\t\tAmerican Association of Variable Star Observers, and constructs a\n"
"\t\t\tlightcurve for any of the 6000+ variable stars that they monitor\n"
"\t\t\ton a daily basis.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:241
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Altitude vs. Time tool (Ctrl+A) will plot altitude curves for any group\n"
"\t\t\tof objects that you select. This is a great tool for planning\n"
"\t\t\tobserving sessions.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:249
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>With the What's Up Tonight? tool (Ctrl+U), you can tell at a glance what\n"
"\t\t\tobjects will be visible from your location on a given night.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:256
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>KStars has a powerful Observation Planner tool\n"
"\t\t\t (Ctrl + L). The planner helps you maintain a\n"
"\t\t\t wish list of objects that you would like to\n"
"\t\t\t observe, and then select some of these\n"
"\t\t\t objects to plan out an observing\n"
"\t\t\t session. The planner can then assign\n"
"\t\t\t observing times, and present the objects in\n"
"\t\t\t time order for easy observing workflow on\n"
"\t\t\t the field.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:271
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>KStars has a powerful astrophotography suite called Ekos! Ekos lets you control your astrophotography equipment through INDI, perform auto-focus etc, and set up automatic capture sequences.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:278
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The ScriptBuilder tool allows you to construct complex D-Bus\n"
"\t\t\tscripts using a simple GUI. The scripts can be played back later\n"
"\t\t\tfrom the command line, or from within KStars.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:286
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Solar System Viewer tool (Ctrl+Y) shows an overhead view of the solar\n"
"\t\t\tsystem, showing the positions of the major planets for the current\n"
"\t\t\tsimulation date.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:294
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Jupiter Moons tool (Ctrl+J) shows the relative positions of Jupiter's\n"
"\t\t\tfour largest moons (Io, Europa, Ganymede and Callisto), as seen from\n"
"\t\t\tEarth, and as a function of time.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:302
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can export the sky image to a file using the \"Save Sky Image\"\n"
"\t\t\titem in the File menu, or by pressing Ctrl+I. In addition, you can\n"
"\t\t\trun KStars from a command prompt with the \"--dump\" argument to save a\n"
"\t\t\tsky image to disk without even opening the program window. This can\n"
"\t\t\tbe used to generate dynamic wallpaper for your KDE desktop.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:312
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>To add your own custom Object Catalogs, select \"Import Catalog\" or \n"
"\t\t\t\"Load Catalog\" from the Catalogs tab in the KStars Configuration window.\n"
"\t\t\tSee the Handbook for instructions on formatting your catalog file.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:320
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>By default, KStars ships with the NGC and IC deep-sky object catalogs. You can download many more catalogs from the File->Download New Data option. You can also make your own custom catalogs and add them.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:326
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>By default, KStars ships with a catalog of stars up to about magnitude 8. You can download additional star catalogs (Tycho-2 and USNO NOMAD) to show up to 100 million stars down to about magnitude 16 using the File->Download New Data option.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:332
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>To add your own custom image/information URLs to\n"
"\t\t\tany object, select \"Add Link...\" from the object's popup menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:339
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can adjust dozens of display options by clicking the\n"
"\t\t\t\"configure\" Toolbar button, or selecting the \"Settings->Configure KStars...\"\n"
"\t\t\tmenu item.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:347
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The on-screen Info Boxes can be hidden or shown using the\n"
"\t\t\t\"Settings->Info Boxes\" menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:354
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Toolbars can be hidden or shown using the \"Settings->Toolbars\" menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:360
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can hide either the Ra/Dec or Az/Alt coordinate fields in the statusbar,\n"
"\t\t\tor hide the statusbar completely, using the Settings->Statusbar menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:367
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can easily switch between predefined color schemes by selecting\n"
"\t\t\tthe scheme from the \"Settings->Color Schemes\" menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:374
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can define your own Geographic Locations. Fill in the\n"
"\t\t\trequired fields in the \"Set Geographic Location\" Dialog and then press the\n"
"\t\t\t\"Add City to List\" button. Your Locations will be available in all\n"
"\t\t\tfuture sessions.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:383
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can define your own Color Schemes. Adjust the colors\n"
"\t\t\tin the Configuration Window's \"Colors\" Tab, and then press the \"Save\n"
"\t\t\tCurrent Colors\" button. Your Color Scheme will appear in the list in\n"
"\t\t\tall future sessions.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:392
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Add a new field-of-view (FOV) symbol to the list. You can define the size, shape, and color of the new symbol."
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can construct your own field-of-view (FOV) symbols, using the\n"
"\t\t\tFOV Editor from the Settings->FOV Symbols menu. You can set the angular size, the\n"
"\t\t\tshape, and the color of your new symbols.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr "Legg til eit nytt synsfeltsymbol (FOV) på lista. Du kan velja storleik, form og farge på det nye symbolet."
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:400
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>If you use a camera to capture images, you can create a field-of-view (FOV) symbol that matches your camera sensor's size. You can then adjust the orientation of the FOV symbol to match the orientation of your camera, to see what fits into your imaging field. The FOV Editor may be accessed from the Settings->FOV Symbols menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:406
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Advanced tab of the KStars Configuration window allows you to fine-tune\n"
"\t\t\tthe behavior of KStars. You can specify whether to correct for atmospheric\n"
"\t\t\trefraction, and whether to use animated slewing. You can also specify which\n"
"\t\t\tobjects are hidden while the display is in motion.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:415
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>KStars displays up to 100 million stars, more than 13,000 deep-sky objects, the 88 constellations,\n"
"\t\t\tall planets, the Sun, the Moon, thousands of comets and asteroids, and the\n"
"\t\t\tMilky Way.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:423
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The line in the sky that the Sun and all the Planets seem to follow\n"
"\t\t\tis called the Ecliptic.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:430
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>Object positions in KStars include the effects of precession, nutation,\n"
"\t\t\taberration, atmospheric refraction, and light travel time (for planets).\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:437
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>You can simulate the famous experimental test of general relativity in KStars -- KStars can calculate the bending of star-light around the sun. Simply center on the sun, zoom in the sky map and toggle the corrections by pressing 'r' on the keyboard.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:443
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The nearest star to the Sun is Rigel Kentaurus (alpha Centauri).\n"
"\t\t\tThe brightest star in the night sky is Sirius (alpha Canis Majoris).\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:450
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The large group of galaxies between Leo, Virgo and Coma Berenices\n"
"\t\t\tis called the Virgo Cluster of Galaxies.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:457
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The large group of clusters and nebulae near the south celestial pole\n"
"\t\t\tare objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud, which is a dwarf galaxy in\n"
"\t\t\torbit around the Milky Way.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:465
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Messier Catalog is a list of 110 of the brightest non-stellar objects\n"
"\t\t\tin the sky. It includes such famous objects as the Orion Nebula (M 42), the\n"
"\t\t\tAndromeda Galaxy (M 31), and the Pleiades (M 45).\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:473
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>Every now and then, planets seem to stop, and temporarily change their direction of motion across the night sky. This is called retrograde motion. You can simulate it in KStars by attaching a trail to an outer planet and letting the simulation clock step quickly (at 1 sid day or so).\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:479
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>From a dark, country-side location, the Andromeda Galaxy (M 31) is visible to the naked eye! The galaxy lies about 2.2 million light years away from us, and yet it has an apparent size of 3 degrees, 6 times the apparent size of the full moon!\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:485
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>Apparent sizes of deep-sky objects and planets are measured in arcminutes. An arc-minute is 1/60 of a degree. Stars have even smaller apparent sizes, which are measured in milli-arc-seconds (1/3600000 of a degree)!\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:491
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>Distance to the more nearby stars may be measured using \"Parallax\". The idea is explained in the Astro Info project. KStars shows the distances to many stars in the Details dialog. To access this information, simply right click on the star, and choose \"Details\" in the popup-menu.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:497
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Hubble Space Telescope images are usually in false-color. The colors are chosen to indicate the presence of the elements Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Sulfur. For real-color images, try the other image options.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:503
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The Digitized Sky Survey (DSS) has digitized images from photographs of every region of the sky, made with the Oschin Schmidt telescope at Mt. Palomar, and the UK Schmidt Telescope. The DSS image of almost any region of the sky can be accessed from KStars by right-clicking on the sky map and selection \"Show DSS Image\".\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:509
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>Edwin Hubble made the first measurements that showed that the distant galaxies are receding at very fast speeds from us. This was early evidence for the expansion of the universe. Learn more at the AstroInfo project in the KStars Handbook (Help->KStars Handbook).\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk5
#: tips:515
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\t\t"
"<p>The best way to observe a faint object in the night-sky is to not look straight at it but look in the region around it! This technique, called \"averted vision\", works because of the way the rod cells, which are sensitive to dim light, are placed on the retina in our eyes.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
"\n"
"\t\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/adddeepskyobject.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not add deep-sky object. See console for error message!"
msgid "The <b>Actual Type</b> may be shown as a guideline to choose the <b>Generic Type</b>. The generic type is what KStars understands. The actual type has no consequence as of this version. Choose the generic type that best approximates the actual type."
"1. Simply type the name of a known object and press the \"Plot\" button (or press Enter). The object's Altitude vs. Time curve will be added to the plot, and its coordinates will be displayed below.\n"
"\n"
"2. Type a name label for a custom object. You will also need to specify the RA and Dec coordinates of the object, and then press the \"Plot\" button to add its curve to the plot."
msgid "Select an option from this list to set its value. You may also select the option using an organized Tree List using the \"Browse Tree\" button."
msgid "Press this button to select a View Option from a Tree list, in which they are grouped by subject. Also shown are a short description of each option, and the data type of the option's value (string, integer, float or boolean)."
msgid "Set the value for the selected view option here. Make sure the value you enter matches the data type expected by the option. For example, the \"UseAltAz\" option expects a boolean value, so you should enter \"true\", \"false\", \"1\", or \"0\". If you are unsure what data type is expected, examine the Tree View of options using the \"Browse Tree\" button."
msgid "Opens the Find Object dialog, which allows you to select an object from the list of known objects. When an object has been selected, its name will appear in the \"dir\" box at left."
msgid "Select a direction or object to center on. The combo box provides a list of known directions including cardinal compass points on the horizon, as well as the Zenith. You may also enter the name of a known object here, or select an object from the list of known objects by pressing the \"Object\" button."
msgid "Enter the Country name for the desired location. It might be easier to use the \"Find City\" location to choose your location from the list of predefined cities."
msgid "Enter the City name for the desired location. It might be easier to use the \"Find City\" location to choose your location from the list of predefined cities."
msgid "Enter the Province name for the desired location. It might be easier to use the \"Find City\" location to choose your location from the list of predefined cities."
msgid "Press this button to open the Set Location dialog, which will allow you to choose a location from our list of over 2500 cities around the word. Once a location has been selected, the City, Province and Country fields will be filled in."
"If checked, the sky will remain focused on its current position or object as time passes. This is called \"Tracking\". Note that tracking is automatically engaged whenever an object is centered at the focus point. So, if you use \"lookToward\" with an object name, you do not need to engage tracking. \n"
"\n"
"If unchecked, then Tracking will be forced off, even if an object has been centered. As time passes, the sky will then appear to drift by (due to the rotation of the Earth)."
"The script execution will pause until the user presses the key specified here. \n"
"\n"
"Only simple keys can currently be used; you cannot use modifier keys such as Ctrl or Shift. Type \"space\" to specify the spacebar, otherwise use the key itself."
"Set the Zoom level for the display. You can incrementally change this value using \"ZoomIn\" and \"ZoomOut\". \n"
"\n"
"The Zoom level specifies the number of pixels which span one radian of arc. Reasonable values should be between 300 and 10,000,000.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/astrocalc.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "<QT><H2>KStars Astrocalculator</H2><P>The KStars Astrocalculator contains several <B>modules</b> which perform a variety of astronomy-related calculations. The modules are organized into several categories: <UL><LI><B>Time calculators: </B>Convert between time systems, and predict the timing of celestial events</LI><LI><B>Coordinate converters: </B>Convert between various coordinate systems</LI><LI><B>Solar system: </B>Predict the position of any planet, from a given location on Earth at a given time</LI></UL></QT>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/astrocalc.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "<QT>Section which includes algorithms for computing time ephemeris<UL><LI><B>Julian Day:</B> Julian Day/Calendar conversion</LI><LI><B>Sidereal Time:</B> Sidereal/Universal time conversion</LI><LI><B>Almanac:</B> Rise/Set/Transit timing and position data for the Sun and Moon</LI><LI><B>Equinoxes & Solstices:</B> Equinoxes, Solstices and duration of the seasons</LI></UL></QT>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/astrocalc.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "<QT>Section with algorithms for the conversion of different astronomical systems of coordinates<UL><LI><B>Galactic:</B> Galactic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Apparent:</B> Computation of current equatorial coordinates from a given epoch</LI><LI><B>Ecliptic:</B> Ecliptic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Horizontal:</B> Computation of azimuth and elevation for a given source, time, and location on the Earth</LI><LI><B>Angular Distance:</B> Computation of angular distance between two objects whose positions are given in equatorial coordinates</LI><LI><B>Geodetic Coords:</B> Geodetic/XYZ coordinate conversion</LI><LI><B>LSR Velocity:</B> Computation of the heliocentric, geocentric and topocentric radial velocity of a source from its LSR velocity</LI></UL></QT>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/astrocalc.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "<QT>Section with algorithms regarding information on solar system bodies coordinates and times<UL><LI><B>Planets Coords:</B> Coordinates for the planets, moon and sun at a given time and from a given position on Earth </LI></UL></QT>"
msgid "To add custom icons, just add images in %1. File names must begin with flag. For example, the file <i>flagSmall_red_cross.png</i> will be shown as <b>Small red cross</b> in the combo box."
"<p>Artificial horizon is used to define <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Regions</span> that are <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">blocked</span> from view from your vantage point (e.g. Tall trees or buildings). To draw a <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Region</span>, define a list of <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Points</span> (<span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Minimum</span> 5) that encompasses the blocked area. Add the points manually, or by selecting them from the Sky Map after clicking <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Select Points</span> button. <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">First</span> and <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Last</span> points must be on the horizon. Polygons must be closed to be considered valid regions.</p>"
msgid "Location strings consist of the comma-separated names of the city, province and country. If the string contains spaces, enclose it in quotes so it gets parsed properly."
"<p>With this tool, you can construct an observing list by filtering the list of all objects in various ways. First, you will select objects by <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">type</span>. Next, you can select only those objects which occupy a specific <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">region on the sky</span>. You can further trim the observing list by selecting objects in a specified <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">magnitude range</span>. Finally, you can choose to keep only those objects which are <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">observable on a particular date</span>.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>Press the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span> button to get started by selecting which object types you would like to be present in your observing list.</p>"
"<p>Highlight the object types you want to include in your observing list in the box below. You can highlight more than one item in the list. The buttons along the right can be used to quickly choose some common selections.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>When you are finished, press the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span> button.</p>"
"<p>Next, you can limit your object list to only those objects which occupy a specific region on the sky. There are three ways to specify the region for your list: by <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">constellation</span>, by specifying a <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">rectangular region</span>, or by specifying a <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">circular region</span>. You may also skip selecting by a region, which will include objects from <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">all over the sky</span>.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>Make your selection below, and press <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span>.</p>"
"<p>Select objects in one or more constellations</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>In the list below, highlight the constellations you want to use for your observing list. Only objects that occupy the selected constellations will be included in the list.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>When you are finished, press <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span> to continue.</p>"
"<p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to those objects which occupy a particular rectangular region on the sky. Specify the rectangular region by selecting the right ascension (RA) and declination (Dec) limits that define the region.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>When you are finished, press <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span> to continue.</p>"
"<p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to those objects which occupy a particular circular region on the sky. Specify the circular region by selecting the right ascension (RA) and declination (Dec) coordinates for the center of the circle, and the size of the circle's radius, in Degrees.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>When you are finished, press <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span> to continue.</p>"
#| msgctxt "You are about to translate the 'Center' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see http://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it."
#| msgctxt "You are about to translate the 'Center' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see http://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it."
"<p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to only those objects which can be observed on a particular date (and from a particular location on Earth). To filter your list in this way, check the checkbox below, and then select the desired date. If you leave this box unchecked, then your list will include objects regardless of when they are observable (this is the default). You may also change the geographic location used to determine whether objects are observable.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>When you are finished, press <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span> to continue.</p>"
"<p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to only those objects brighter than a given magnitude. Be careful with this selection, because KStars does not have a magnitude for every object in its database. You need to indicate whether you want to include objects with an undefined magnitude.</p>"
"<p>If you do not wish to exclude faint objects with this selection, simply leave the checkbox below unchecked.</p>"
"<p>This is the final page of the Observing List Wizard. You can go back and modify previous pages with the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Back</span> button. When you are satisfied, press the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ok</span> button to exit the wizard, and the Observing List tool will be populated with the objects you have specified here.</p>"
msgid "Point the display at the specified location. %1 can be the name of an object, a cardinal point on the compass, or 'zenith'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a name label to the object named %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove the name label from the object named %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a trail to the solar system body named %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove the trail from the solar system body named %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Point the display at the specified RA/Dec coordinates. RA is expressed in Hours; Dec is expressed in Degrees."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "Point the display at the specified Alt/Az coordinates. Alt and Az are expressed in Degrees."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Increase the display Zoom Level."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Decrease the display Zoom Level."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:208
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Reset item to its default value"
msgid "Set the display Zoom Level to its default value."
msgstr "Nullstill til standardverdien"
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the display Zoom Level manually."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the system clock to the specified Local Time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "Pause script execution for specified number of seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Halt script execution until the specified key is pressed. Only single-key strokes are possible; use 'space' for the spacebar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Set whether the display is tracking the current location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Change view option named %1 to value %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the geographic location to the city specified by city, province and country."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the color named %1 to the value %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Load the color scheme specified by name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Export the sky image to the file, with specified width and height."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "Print the sky image to a printer or file. If %1 is true, it will show the print dialog. If %2 is true, it will use the Star Chart color scheme for printing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Halt the simulation clock."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Start the simulation clock."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the timescale of the simulation clock to specified scale. 1.0 means real-time; 2.0 means twice real-time; etc."
msgid "This shows the list of commands present in the current working script. Highlighting any command will present a widget where you can specify its arguments below. Use the action buttons at right to copy, remove, or change the position of the selected command. "
msgid "If a function is highlighted in the \"Function Browser\" box, this button will add it to the current working script. The new function is inserted directly after the highlighted function in the \"Current Script\" box.\n"
msgid "<p>How light-polluted is your night-sky? Rate your night-sky conditions from 1-9 based on the <b>Bortle Dark-Sky Scale</b>. A rating of <b>1</b> represents an <b>excellent dark-sky site</b>, while <b>9</b> represents a <b>brilliantly lit inner-city sky</b>.</p>"
msgid "Press this button to select a new geographic location for the \"What's Up Tonight\" tool. Note that the location of the main window is not changed."
msgid "By default, the \"What's Up Tonight\" tool displays all objects which are above the horizon between sunset and midnight (i.e., \"in the evening\"). You can also choose to show objects which are up between midnight and dawn (i.e., \"in the morning\"), or objects which are up at any time between sunset and sunrise (i.e., \"any time tonight\")"
msgid "This box displays an angle in degrees. The three numbers displayed are the angle's degrees, arcminutes, and arcseconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/dmsbox.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "This box displays an angle in hours. The three numbers displayed are the angle's hours, minutes, and seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/dmsbox.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid " You may enter a simple integer, or a floating-point value, or space- or colon-delimited values specifying degrees, arcminutes and arcseconds"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/dmsbox.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter an angle value in degrees. The angle can be expressed as a simple integer (\"12\"), a floating-point value (\"12.33\"), or as space- or colon-delimited values specifying degrees, arcminutes and arcseconds (\"12:20\", \"12:20:00\", \"12 20\", \"12 20 00.0\", etc.)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/dmsbox.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid " You may enter a simple integer, or a floating-point value, or space- or colon-delimited values specifying hours, minutes and seconds"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/dmsbox.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter an angle value in hours. The angle can be expressed as a simple integer (\"12\"), a floating-point value (\"12.33\"), or as space- or colon-delimited values specifying hours, minutes and seconds (\"12:20\", \"12:20:00\", \"12 20\", \"12 20 00.0\", etc.)."
"Set the timescale for the simulation clock. A setting of \"1 sec\" means the clock advances in real-time, keeping up perfectly with your CPU clock. Higher values make the simulation clock run faster, lower values make it run slower. Negative values make it run backwards.\n"
"\n"
"There are two pairs of up/down buttons. The left pair will cycle through all available timesteps in sequence. Since there are a large number of timesteps, the right pair is provided to skip to the next higher/lower unit of time. For example, if the timescale is currently \"1 min\", the right up button will make it \"1 hour\", and the right down button will make it \"1 sec\""
msgstr ""
"Oppgje tidsskala for simuleringsklokka. «1 s» tyder at klokka går i sanntid og held nøyaktig takt med CPU-klokka. Høgare verdiar gjer at simuleringsklokka går fortare, lågare verdiar gjer at ho går seinare. Negative verdier gjer at simuleringa går baklengs.\n"
"\n"
"Det er to par opp/ned-knapper. Paret til venstre går gjennom alle tilgjengelege tidssteg etter kvarandre. Sidan det er eit stort tal tidssteg kan paret til høgre brukast til å hoppa til neste større/mindre tidseining. Dersom tidsskalaen for eksempel er «1 min», vil opp-knappen til høgre setja han til «1 tim», og høyre ned-knapp set han til «1 s»"
"<p>If checked, XPlanet will use a FIFO file in the /tmp directory to temporarily save the XPlanet image for KStars to load them and update the view. If not checked, XPlanet will actually save the files to the XPlanet folder in the KStars data directory. Using a FIFO file should save the hard disk from excessive reads/writes and may offer a performance enhancement.</p>"
msgid "XPlanet requires maps in order to function properly. It does not ship with a lot of planetary maps. You need to download some in order to get the full benefits of XPlanet. This is a good place to start: <a href=\"http://xplanet.sourceforge.net/maps.php\">http://xplanet.sourceforge.net/maps.php</a> "
msgid "Specify the text of the first line of the label. By default, it says something like \"Looking at Earth\". Any instances of %t will be replaced by the target name, and any instances of %o will be replaced by the origin name."
msgid "Specify the format for the date/time label. This format string is passed to strftime(3). The default is \"%c %Z\", which shows the date, time, and time zone in the locale’s appropriate date and time representation."
msgid "Place the observer above the specified longitude (in degrees). Longitude is positive going east, negative going west (for the earth and moon), so for example Los Angeles is at -118 or 242. The default value is 0."
# «Tettleik» vert òg brukt som omsetting av «density», i penselsamanheng. Det er litt uheldig, men ikkje noko stort problem, då orda ikkje vert brukte i same dialog. Og «tetthet» er omsettinga av «opacity» som Adobe-produkta brukar, eks. https://helpx.adobe.com/no/indesign/using/adding-transparency-effects.html
"You are running an unsupported version of Windows: %1.\n"
"This is not recommended. Do not report any bugs.\n"
"Please update to a supported version of Windows: Windows 7, 8, 8.1 or 10."
msgstr ""
"Du køyrer ein versjon av Windows som ikkje er støtta: %1.\n"
"Dette er ikkje tilrådd. Ikkje meld frå om eventuelle feil du opplever.\n"
"Oppdatert til ein Windows-versjon som er støtta: Windows 7, 8, 8.1 or 10."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:487 krita/main.cc:492
#, kde-format
msgid "Krita Tablet Support"
msgstr "Teikneplate-støtte i Krita"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:488
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver and no Windows Ink pen devices are found. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje lasta WinTab-drivaren, og fann ikkje nokon Windows Ink-penneeiningar. Viss du har ei teikneplate, sjå til at drivaren til teikneplata er rett installert."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:493
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje lasta WinTab-drivaren. Viss du har ei teikneplate, sjå til at drivaren til teikneplata er rett installert."
msgid "Adds pixels using the color of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear."
msgstr "Legg til pikslar basert på fargane til pikslane rundt. Gjev jamnare toneovergangar enn bilineær."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:97
#, kde-format
msgid "Nearest Neighbor"
msgstr "Næraste nabo"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Replicate pixels in the image. Preserves all the original detail, but can produce jagged effects."
msgstr "Kopierer pikslane i biletet. Tek vare på alle detaljar, men kan gje hakkete resultat."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:117
#: libs/ui/canvas/kis_canvas_controller.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "Bilinear"
msgstr "Bilineær"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Adds pixels averaging the color values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size."
msgstr "Legg til pikslar som er gjennomsnittet av fargane til pikslane rundt. Gjev middels bra resultat når biletet vert skalert til ½–2 gongar opphavleg storleik."
# Namn på ein skaleringsalgoritme.
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Bell"
msgstr "Bell"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:144
#, kde-format
msgid "BSpline"
msgstr "B-spline"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Lanczos3"
msgstr "Lanczos3"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Offers similar results than Bicubic, but maybe a little bit sharper. Can produce light and dark halos along strong edges."
msgstr "Gjev liknande resultat som bikubisk, men kanskje litt skarpare. Kan produsera lyse eller mørke ringar rundt skarpe kantar."
# Bør vel vera mykje det same som «Shrink Selection»/«Trekk saman utval», men finn ikkje dette att i brukargrensesnittet. Omset det derfor til ganske tekniske ord. Anten finst det ikkje i brukargrensesnittet, eller så vil me oppdaga det ein gong, og eventuelt endra omsettinga (OBS: til noko *anna* enn omsettinga for «Shrink Selection»).
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_selection_filters.cpp:120
msgctxt "(qtundo-format)"
msgid "Erode Selection"
msgstr "Eroder utval"
# Bør vel vera mykje det same som «Grow Selection»/«Utvid utval», men finn ikkje dette att i brukargrensesnittet. Omset det derfor til ganske tekniske ord. Anten finst det ikkje i brukargrensesnittet, eller så vil me oppdaga det ein gong, og eventuelt endra omsettinga (OBS: til noko *anna* enn omsettinga for «Grow Selection»).
msgid "This image is larger than <b>%1 x %2</b>. Images this size cannot be saved to this format."
msgstr "Biletet er større enn <b>%1 × %2</b>. Så store bilete kan ikkje lagrast til dette formatet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelCheck.h:44
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The color model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted."
msgstr "Fargemodellen <b>%1</b> eller kanaldjupna <b>%2</b> kan ikkje lagrast til dette formatet. Biletet vert ikkje gjort om."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelHomogenousCheck.h:125
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with a color model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted."
msgstr "Biletet inneheld lag som har ein fargemodell ulik fargemodellen til biletet. Desse laga vert derfor konverterte."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelPerLayerCheck.h:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with the color model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted."
msgstr "Biletet inneheld lag som har fargemodellen <b>%1</b> og kanaldjupna <b>%2</b>, som ikkje kan lagrast til dette formatet. Desse laga vert derfor konverterte."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/CompositionsCheck.h:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>compositions</b>. The compositions will not be saved."
msgstr "Biletet inneheld <b>samanstillingar</b>. Desse vert ikkje lagra."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ExifCheck.h:40
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>Exif</b> metadata. The metadata will not be saved."
msgstr "Biletet inneheld <b>Exif</b>-metadata. Denne metadataen vert ikkje lagra."
msgid "This merge strategy attempts to find the best solution for merging, for instance by merging the list of authors together, or keeping identical photographic information."
msgstr "Prøver å finna den beste løysinga for fletting av metadata. For eksempel vert fleire opphavspersonar fletta saman til ei liste, og identisk fotografiinformasjon vert teken vare på."
"<p><i>Thanks! You were all <b>awesome</b>!</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
".</p>"
"<p><i>Takk! De er alle <b>fantastiske</b>!</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Backers"
msgstr "Støttepersonar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Thanks To</h1>"
"<p>"
msgstr ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Takk til</h1>"
"<p>"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
".</p>"
"<p><i>For supporting Krita development with advice, icons, brush sets and more.</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
".</p>"
"<p><i>For å støtta Krita-utviklinga med råd, ikon, penselsamling og anna.</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Also Thanks To"
msgstr "Takk òg til"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Your Rights</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita is released under the GNU General Public License (version 3 or any later version).</p>"
"<p>This license grants people a number of freedoms:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>You are free to use Krita, for any purpose</li>"
"<li>You are free to distribute Krita</li>"
"<li>You can study how Krita works and change it</li>"
"<li>You can distribute changed versions of Krita</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The Krita Foundation and its projects on krita.org are <b>committed</b> to preserving Krita as free software.</p>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Your artwork</h1>"
"<p>What you create with Krita is your sole property. All your artwork is free for you to use as you like.</p>"
"<p>That means that Krita can be used commercially, for any purpose. There are no restrictions whatsoever.</p>"
"<p>Krita’s GNU GPL license guarantees you this freedom. Nobody is ever permitted to take it away, in contrast to trial or educational versions of commercial software that will forbid your work in commercial situations.</p>"
"<br/>"
"<hr/>"
"<pre>"
msgstr ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Rettane dine</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita er tilgjengeleg under lisensen «GNU General Public License» (versjon 3 eller nyare).</p>"
"<p>Denne lisensen gjev deg fleire fridomar:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>Du kan fritt bruka Krita – til kva som helst formål</li>"
"<li>Du står fritt til å gje Krita vidare til andre</li>"
"<li>Du kan granska korleis Krita er bygd opp og gjera endringar i programmet</li>"
"<li>Du kan gje dei endra versjonane av Krita vidare til andre</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>Krita Foundation og prosjekta på krita.org <b>forpliktar oss</b> til å bevara Krita som fri programvare.</p>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Det du lagar med Krita</h1>"
"<p>Alt som du lagar med Krita, tilhøyrer deg. Du står fritt til å bruka det slik du ønskjer.</p>"
"<p>Krita kan altså brukast i kommersiell samanheng, til kva som helst formål. Det finst ingen som helst avgrensingar.</p>"
"<p>Lisensen GNU GPL, som Krita brukar, garanterer deg denne fridomen, og ingen kan ta han frå deg. Dette i motsetning til prøveversjonar eller studentversjonar av kommersiell programvare, som gjerne forbyr deg å bruka det du lagar med programvara i kommersiell samanheng.</p>"
"<br/>"
"<hr/>"
"<pre>"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "License"
msgstr "Lisens"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Third-party Libraries used by Krita</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita is built on the following free software libraries:</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
msgstr ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Tredjepartsbibliotek Krita brukar</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita er bygd på desse friprog-biblioteka:</p>"
msgid "The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialog."
msgid "Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived color. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for images."
msgid "Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for business graphics (make it colorful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)"
msgid "Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)"
"<p><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space\"><span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;\">Color Spaces</span></a> determine how colors are encoded in your files. Different color spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p>"
"<p>Try to disable vsync for Krita. This makes painting more responsive. Uncheck only when experiencing crashes with some GPU/driver combinations.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> This changes only the colorspace of the rendered image. To convert the colorspace of the layers, use Convert Image Colorspace.</p>"
"<p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the color management correct the paper-color to screen white while using <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p>"
"<p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest color of the source device to the darkest color of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With blackpoint compensation, black is black.</p>"
#| msgctxt "You are about to translate the 'CanvasColor' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see http://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it."
"<p>When rendering animation frames (into files or during animation cache regeneration), Krita will make the specified number of copies of your image and will work on them in parallel. Each copy will demand more RAM for its storage (about 20% of the size of you image), so raise this limit only if you have enough RAM installed.</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Recommended value:</span> set Clones Limit to the number of <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">physical</span> (non-hyperthreaded) cores your CPU has</p>"
"<p>Krita will try to limit the number of screen updates per second to the given number. A lower number will decrease visual responsiveness but increase stylus precision on some systems like macOS."
"<p>When performance logging is enabled Krita saves timing information into the '<working_dir>/log' folder. If you experience performance problems and want to help us, enable this option and add the contents of the directory to a bug report.</p>"
"<p>Animation frame cache will be stored in RAM completely without any limitations</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">WARNING:</span> please make sure your computer has enough RAM <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">above</span> the amount you requested in General tab. Otherwise you might face system freezes.</p>"
"<p>* for 1 second of FullHD@25fps video you need extra 200 MiB of memory</p>"
"<p>* for 1 second of 4K UltraHD@25fps video you need extra 800 MiB of memory</p>"
"<p>Animation frames are stored on hard disk in the same folder as swap file. The cache is stored in a compressed way. Little amount of extra RAM is needed.</p>"
"<p>Since data transfer speed of the hard drive is low, you might want to limit cached frame size to be able to play your video at 25 fps. The limit of 2500 px is usually a good choice.</p>"
"<p>Render scaled down version of the frame if the image is bigger than the provided limit. Make sure you enable this option when using on-disk storage backend.</p>"
"<p>Choose the optional emblem icon that indicates extra information, such as the preset being a special effects brush, or just using tilt, or angled in some way.</p>"
"<p>Some tablet devices don't pass barrel-button clicks via tablet API. If you have such a device, you can try activate this workaround. Krita will try to read right- and middle-button clicks from the mouse events stream. It may or may not work on your device (depends on the tablet driver implementation).</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p>After changing this option Krita should be restarted.</p>"
msgid "The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it picks a color from the canvas."
"<p>The driver for your drawing tablet and Windows do not agree on the size of the screen your tablet is connected to. Please select the right option.</p>"
#| msgid "Your image contains layers with the color model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted."
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "%1 cannot save images with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will be converted."
msgstr "Biletet inneheld lag som har fargemodellen <b>%1</b> og kanaldjupna <b>%2</b>, som ikkje kan lagrast til dette formatet. Desse laga vert derfor konverterte."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportFilter.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "%1 cannot save layers with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be converted or skipped."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportFilter.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "%1 cannot save images with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will not be saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportFilter.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "%1 cannot save layers with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be skipped."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:271
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "Open Audio in New Window"
#| msgid "Open Audio"
msgctxt "@titile:window"
msgid "Open Audio"
msgstr "Opna lyd"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:357
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Open document"
msgid "Opening document..."
msgstr "Opna dokument"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:400
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Save document"
msgid "Saving document..."
msgstr "Lagra dokument"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:470
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "image conversion warning"
#| msgid "The image contains <b>compositions</b>. The compositions will not be saved."
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>assistants</b>. The assistants will not be saved."
msgstr "Biletet inneheld <b>samanstillingar</b>. Desse vert ikkje lagra."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:473
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "image conversion warning"
#| msgid "The image contains <b>guides</b>. The guides will not be saved."
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>reference images</b>. The reference images will not be saved."
msgstr "Biletet inneheld <b>hjelpelinjer</b>. Hjelpelinjene vert ikkje lagra."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:476
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>guides</b>. The guides will not be saved."
msgstr "Biletet inneheld <b>hjelpelinjer</b>. Hjelpelinjene vert ikkje lagra."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:479
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "image conversion warning"
#| msgid "The image contains <b>compositions</b>. The compositions will not be saved."
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains a <b>custom grid configuration</b>. The configuration will not be saved."
msgstr "Biletet inneheld <b>samanstillingar</b>. Desse vert ikkje lagra."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:484
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: cannot save this image as a %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:493
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Krita: Export Error"
msgstr "Intern feil"
# %1 er for eksempel «JPEG-bilete».
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:516
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Keep the extra space at the end of the sentence, please"
msgid "Warning: saving as %1 will lose information from your image. "
msgstr "Åtvaring: Viss du lagrar som %1, vil du mista informasjon i biletet. "
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/KisImportExportManager.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "You will lose information when saving this image as a %1."
msgid "A spot color is a color that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process color."
msgid "The Intel graphics driver in use is known to have issues with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Intel graphics drivers tend to have issues with OpenGL so ANGLE will be used by default. You may manually switch to OpenGL but it is not guaranteed to work properly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl.cpp:751
#, kde-format
msgid "Preferred renderer doesn't support requested surface format. Another renderer has been selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl.cpp:753
#, kde-format
msgid "Preferred output format is not supported by available renderers"
#. i18nc("Who made the profile?","Manufacturer: ") + currentColorSpace()->profile()->manufacturer() + "</p>"); //This would work if people actually wrote the manufacturer into the manufacturer fiedl...
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space\">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the color model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>"
"RGB is an additive color model: adding colors together makes them brighter. This color model is the most extensive of all color models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colorspace for HDR editing."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model\">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>"
"CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colors together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>"
"CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colorants or the TRC for this space."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space\">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colors, and used to convert colors between profiles. XYZ is an additive color model, meaning that adding colors together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale\">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for gray values and transparent values. Grayscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>"
"Grayscale is useful for inking and grayscale images. In Krita, you can mix Grayscale and RGB layers in the same image."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale\">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for gray values and transparent values. Grayscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>"
"Grayscale is useful for inking and greyscale images. In Krita, you can mix Grayscale and RGB layers in the same image."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space\">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L<b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent color channels.<br/>"
"L*a*b is a special model for color correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for color correction, but the vast majority of color maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>"
"Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose color information. This colorspace is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr\">YCbCr (Luma, Blue Chroma, Red Chroma)</a></b>, is a model designed for video encoding. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. Chroma in this case is then a word indicating a special type of saturation, in these cases the saturation of Red and Blue, of which the desaturated equivalents are Green and Yellow respectively. It is available to open up certain images correctly, but Krita does not currently ship a profile for this due to lack of open source ICC profiles for YCrCb."
msgid "<b>8 bit integer</b>: The default number of colors per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of colors of 256 to the power of the number of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images."
msgid "<b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep color'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimization when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 16 bit float"
msgid "<b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 32bit float"
msgid "<b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 64bit float, but this isn't actually available in Krita at the moment."
msgid "<b>64 bit float point</b>: 64 bit float is as precise as it gets in current technology, and this depth is used most of the time for images that are generated or used as an input for software. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take eight times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "These are Elle Stone's notes on her profiles that we ship."
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extra notes on profiles by Elle Stone:</b></p>"
"<p><i>Krita comes with a number of high quality profiles created by <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com\">Elle Stone</a>. This is a summary. Please check <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/lcms-make-icc-profiles.html\">the full documentation</a> as well.</i></p>"
msgid "<p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Color Encoding System (ACES) is a color image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing color accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>"
msgid "<p>The ACEScg color space is smaller than the ACES color space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES color space it has no negative values and contains only few colors that fall just barely outside the area of real colors humans can see</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 color space specifications.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the color gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>"
"<p>This profile's color gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES color space gamut, and like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colors. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger color gamut (to capture some fringe colors that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p>"
"<p>Just like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colors. See the Completely <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html\">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colors.</p>"
"<p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your color space really does hold all possible real colors.</p>"
"<p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the color space that was used in the original color matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference color space.</p>"
"<p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB color space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>"
msgid "<p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colors, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colors than the ACES and AllColorsRGB color spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles."
"<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) color gamut to include all printable and most real world colors. It includes some imaginary colors and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles."
"<p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colors, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally and for most editing purposes, I recommend BetaRGB, Rec2020, or the ACEScg profiles ProPhotoRGB.</p>"
msgid "<p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB color space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB color space.</p>"
"<p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the color gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard color space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p>"
"<p>The sRGB color gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p>"
"<p>Printer color gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB color gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colors from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB color gamut.</p>"
"<p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colors fit inside the sRGB color gamut! The standard sRGB color space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p>"
"<p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut color space that uses spectral colors as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting color space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB color space.</p>"
msgid "<p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone gray (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Gray is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Grayscale images does save some kilobytes. For grayscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Gray profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma color spaces.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-labl.icc' have perceptually uniform TRCs. A few editing operations really should be done on perceptually uniform RGB. Make sure you use the V4 versions for editing high bit depth images.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-srgbtrc.icc', '-g22.icc', and '-bt709.icc' have approximately but not exactly perceptually uniform TRCs. ProPhotoRGB's gamma=1.8 TRC is not quite as close to being perceptually uniform.</p>"
msgid "<p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small color gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) color spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 color space you need to be careful to not cause posterization. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>"
msgid "<p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Color Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>"
"Linear gamma RGB color spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colorspace for linear profiles.\n"
"\n"
"Press \"Ok\" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB color space or \"Cancel\" to return to the settings dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:502
#, kde-format
msgid "bytes"
msgstr "byte"
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:505
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "KB"
msgctxt "Abbreviation for kilobyte"
msgid "KB"
msgstr "KB"
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:509
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "MB"
msgctxt "Abbreviation for megabyte"
msgid "MB"
msgstr "MB"
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "arg1: width. arg2: height. arg3: colorspace name. arg4: size of a channel in bits. arg5: image size"
msgid "This document will be %1 pixels by %2 pixels in %3, which means the pixel size is %4 bit. A single paint layer will thus take up %5 of RAM."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:513
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "GB"
msgctxt "Abbreviation for gigabyte"
msgid "GB"
msgstr "GB"
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:516
#, kde-format
msgctxt "arg1: width. arg2: height. arg3: colorspace name. arg4: size of a channel in bits. arg5: size in unites of arg6. Arg6: KB, MB or GB"
msgid "This document will be %1 pixels by %2 pixels in %3, which means the pixel size is %4 bit. A single paint layer will thus take up %5 %6 of RAM."
"<html><b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce.</html>"
msgstr ""
"<html><b>KDE</b> er eit verdsfemnande nettverk av folk som programmerar, teiknar, komponerer, dokumenterer, set om eller hjelper til på andre måtar med utvikling av <a href=\"%1\">fri programvare</a>. Me har i fellesskap laga fleire hundre frie program, som no inngår som ein del av KDE-utviklingsplattforma og KDE-programdistribusjonen.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"KDE er eit fellesskap der inga enkel gruppe, firma eller organisasjon kontrollerer kjeldekoden til produkta, og alle er velkomne til å bidra – du òg.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"Du finn meir informasjon om KDE og programma me utviklar på <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.</html>"
"<html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> or use the \"Report Bug...\" dialog from the \"Help\" menu to report bugs.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\".</html>"
msgstr ""
"<html>Ein kan alltid forbetra programvare, og KDE-gruppa arbeider heile tida for det. Men du, som brukar, må melda frå til oss når noko ikkje verkar slik du forventar, eller når noko kunne vore gjort betre.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"KDE har eit feilsporingssystem. Gå til <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> eller vel «Meld frå om feil» frå «Hjelp»-menyen for å melda frå om feil.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"Om du har framlegg til forbetringar, kan du gjerne registrera desse i feilsporingssystemet òg. Sjå då til at du har markert feilrapporten med «Wishlist».</html>"
"<html>You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need.</html>"
msgstr ""
"<html>Du treng ikkje vera programutviklar for å hjelpa til med KDE. Du kan arbeida med omsetjingar, laga grafikk, tema, lydar eller betre hjelpetekstar. Her er noko for alle!<br/>"
"<br/>"
"På <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> finn du informasjon om nokre prosjekt du kan delta i.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"Om du vil ha meir informasjon eller dokumentasjon, finn du det du treng på <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.</html>"
"<html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br />"
"<br />"
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>"
msgstr ""
"<html>KDE-programma er, og vil alltid vera, gratis, men det er slett ikkje gratis å laga eller vedlikehalda dei.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"For å støtta utviklingsarbeidet har KDE-fellesskapet derfor oppretta KDE e.V., ein ideell organisasjon registrert i Tyskland. KDE e.V. representerer KDE-fellesskapet i juridiske og finansielle saker. På <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> finn du meir informasjon om organisasjonen. <br/>"
"<br/>"
"Både økonomisk og annan type støtte er til stor hjelp. Pengane går med til å dekkja utgifter medlemmane våre har ved utviklinga av KDE-programma, samt til juridisk bistand og til organisering av konferansar og møter.<br />"
"<br />"
"På <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> kan du lesa om korleis du kan bidra.<br/>"
"<p>Please read <b><a href=\"https://docs.krita.org/en/untranslatable_pages/reporting_bugs.html\">this guide</a></b> for reporting bugs first!</p>"
"<p>To submit a bug report, click on the button below. This will open a web browser window on <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org\">http://bugs.kde.org</a> where you will find a form to fill in. The information displayed above will be transferred to that server.</p>"
msgid "Here you can see a list of key bindings, i.e. associations between actions (e.g. 'Copy') shown in the left column and keys or combination of keys (e.g. Ctrl+V) shown in the right column."
msgstr "Her kan du sjå ei liste over snøggtastar, altså koplingar mellom handlingar (for eksempel «Kopier») i venstre kolonne og tastar eller tastekombinasjonar (for eksempel Ctrl-V) i høgre kolonne."
msgid "Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated color. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated color to white, gray or black."
msgid "Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated colour. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated colour to white, grey or black."
"<p>This sets the gamma value that the linearised HSY Luminosity is crunched with. 1 makes the selector fully linear, 2.2 is a practical default value.</p>"
#| msgctxt "You are about to translate the 'Step' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see http://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it."
msgid "The location of FFmpeg is unknown. Please install FFmpeg first: Krita cannot render animations without FFmpeg. (<a href=\"https://www.ffmpeg.org\">www.ffmpeg.org</a>)"
msgid "Krita tries to automatically check or uncheck this based on the information it can get from the profile you are converting from and the profile you are converting to."
msgid "The icon associated with this action. It is shown alongside text in the menu bar and in toolbars as required. A string to use KDE's image loading system, or a custom QPixmap or QIcon, or None."
msgid "<p>Failed to check version of dependency <application>%1</application>: Module do not have PEP396 <code>__version__</code> attribute. It is not disabled, but behaviour is unpredictable...</p>"
"<p>Select the location of the G'Mic-Qt plugin. You can download the plugin from the <a href=\"http://gmic.eu/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;\">G'Mic website</span></a>. Make sure you download the special version for Krita, not the standalone or the GIMP version.</p>"
msgid "The formula decides how the kernel is created, so different formulas choose different values in the kernel, and thus give subtly different results."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the inserted text. This is a line of inserted text. This is a line after the inserted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the deleted text. This is a line of deleted text. This is a line after the deleted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the format-change text. This is a line of text whose format has been changed. This is a line of text after the format-change text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">It is possible to assign a named style to text and alter the style properties to change all text with that style.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Applying a style change will reformat all text that previously got the named style assigned to it. Use the Styles docker to apply styles to text.</p>"
"The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero color channels. Krita has modified those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:892
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "One image has been modified."
#| msgid_plural "%1 images have been modified."
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "EXR image has been modified"
msgstr "Eitt bilete er endra."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1273
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "- web short cut (e.g. gg): what it refers to (e.g. Google)"
#| msgid "- %1: \"%2\""
msgctxt "@item:unsupported-node-message"
msgid "%1 (type: \"%2\")"
msgstr "– %1: «%2»"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1278
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The following layers have a type that is not supported by EXR format:</p>"
"<r>"
"<ul>%1</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p><warning>these layers have <b>not</b> been saved to the final EXR file</warning></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:91
#, kde-format
msgid "This layer cannot be saved to EXR."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:95
#, kde-format
msgid "The layer does not have an image associated with it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:99
#, kde-format
msgid "The filename is empty."
msgstr "Filnamnet er tomt."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:103
#, kde-format
msgid "EXR images cannot be saved remotely."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Colorspace not supported: EXR images must be 16 or 32 bits floating point RGB."
msgid "This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to check this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly."
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">PNG</span> files have <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">two</span> options to save <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">sRGB</span> information: as a tag or as an explicit profile. For use with in websites, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">disable</span> this option. For interchange with other applications, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">enable</span> this option.</p>"
msgid "Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analyzed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG."
"<p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</p>"
"<p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>"
"<p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p>"
"<p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>"
"<p>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</p>"
"<p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>"
"<p>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</p>"
"<p>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</p>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</li>"
msgid "<p>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</p>"
"<p>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It's applied before interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>CFA Line Denoise</emphasis>: Banding noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Impulse Denoise</emphasis>: Impulse noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</p>"
"<p>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (no profile)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</li>"
# «Tettleik» vert òg brukt som omsetting av «density», i penselsamanheng. Det er litt uheldig, men ikkje noko stort problem, då orda ikkje vert brukte i same dialog. Og «tetthet» er omsettinga av «opacity» som Adobe-produkta brukar, eks. https://helpx.adobe.com/no/indesign/using/adding-transparency-effects.html
msgid "This determines every interval after which the precision should change. For example: if the delta value is set to be 15.00, after every 15 pts change in the size of brush, the precision will change."
msgid "If checked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background color. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent."
"<p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up color while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even color in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p>"
msgid "These are keywords that can be used to identify text layers. A layer only needs to contain the keyword to be recognized. Keywords should be comma separated."
msgid "These are keywords that can be used to identify panel layers. A layer only needs to contain the keyword to be recognized. Keywords should be comma separated."
msgid "By default this will be filled with a generated universal unique identifier. The ID by itself is merely so that comic book library management programs can figure out if this particular comic is already in their database and whether it has been rated. Of course, the UUID can be changed into something else by manually changing the JSON, but this is advanced usage."
msgid "The genre of the work. Prefilled values are from the ACBF, but you can fill in your own. Separate genres with commas. Try to limit the amount to about two or three."
msgid "The following is a table of the authors that contributed to this comic. You can set their nickname, proper names (first, middle, last), role (penciller, inker, etc), email and homepage."
msgid "If there is an entry in a comics data base, that should be added here. It is unlikely to be a factor for comics from scratch, but useful when doing a conversion."
msgid "Whether the comic is an adaption of an existing source, and if so, how to find information about that source. So for example, for an adapted webcomic, the official website url should go here."
msgid "Krita doesn't have write access to this folder, so new files cannot be made. Please configure the folder access or move the project to a folder that can be written to."
msgid "The location for extra autocompletion keys in the metadata editor. Point this at a folder containing key_characters/key_format/key_genre/key_rating/key_author_roles/key_other with inside txt files (csv for rating) containing the extra auto-completion keys, each on a new line. This path is stored in the Krita configuration, and not the project configuration."
"This allows you to make a template document with guides.\n"
"The width and height are the size of the live-area, the safe area is the live area minus the margins, and the full image is the live area plus the bleeds."
"<p>Your name for your script. This is used to calculate the name of your package, the name of the class in your package and the associated directory.</p>"
"<p>What you want to appear in the Tools-> Scripts menu. If you leave this blank a default entry will be created based on the name of the script. </p>"
"<p>If this is checked your script will be automatically enabled in Krita. That is, it will show up in the Scripts menu or docker list. If not, you will need to manually enable the script through the Krita->Settings menu entry. </p>"
msgid "<nobr>Blending controls the percentage of color that is picked</nobr> and mixed with your current brush color. A full blending value picks colors completely, ignoring brush color."
"<p>In \"Global Coordinates\" mode Width and Height fields show the size of the shape's bounding box in image-aligned coordinates, even when the shape is rotated or has any other transform. </p>"
"<p>If \"Global Coordinates\" mode is disabled, Width and Height fields show the shape's \"local\" size, before application of any transformations.</p>"
# Bør vel vera mykje det same som «Shrink (Selection)»/«Trekk saman (utval)», men finn ikkje dette att i brukargrensesnittet. Omset det derfor til ganske tekniske ord. Anten finst det ikkje i brukargrensesnittet, eller så vil me oppdaga det ein gong, og eventuelt endra omsettinga (OBS: til noko *anna* enn omsettinga for «Shrink»).
# Bør vel vera mykje det same som «Grow (Selection)»/«Utvid (utval)», men finn ikkje dette att i brukargrensesnittet. Omset det derfor til ganske tekniske ord. Anten finst det ikkje i brukargrensesnittet, eller så vil me oppdaga det ein gong, og eventuelt endra omsettinga (OBS: til noko *anna* enn omsettinga for «Grow»).
msgid "Sorry, Krita was built without the support of GNU Scientific Library, so you cannot scale the selection with handles. Please compile Krita with GNU Scientific Library support, or use options widget for editing scale values manually."
msgid "Switch between Build Up and Wash mode of painting. Build Up mode adds deformations one on top of the other without any limits. Wash mode gradually deforms the piece to the selected deformation level."
#| msgctxt "Shows up when deleting a swatch group"
#| msgid "Keep the Colors"
msgctxt "Shows up when deleting a group"
msgid "Keep the Colors"
msgstr "Behald fargane"
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/kis_palette_view.cpp:314
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Name"
msgctxt "Name for a colorgroup"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/KisColorsetChooser.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Palette %1"
msgstr "Palett %1"
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "The graphics driver in use does not meet the OpenGL requirements."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "The graphics driver in use may not work well with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "ANGLE is using a software Direct3D renderer, which is not hardware-accelerated and may be very slow. This can happen if the graphics drivers are not properly installed, or when using a Remote Desktop session."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MainWindowTabOrientation), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:17
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Orientation:"
msgid "Tab orientation:"
msgstr "Retning:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MainWindowTabOrientation), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:18
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the tab orientation for the tabified dock widgets."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MainWindowTabOrientation), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:21
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "top location"
#| msgid "Top"
msgid "Top"
msgstr "Oppe"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MainWindowTabOrientation), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:24
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "bottom location"
#| msgid "Bottom"
msgid "Bottom"
msgstr "Nede"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MainWindowTabOrientation), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:27
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "left location"
#| msgid "Left"
msgid "Left"
msgstr "Til venstre"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MainWindowTabOrientation), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:30
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "right location"
#| msgid "Right"
msgid "Right"
msgstr "Til høgre"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCustomBookmarkLabel), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:36
#, kde-format
msgid "Show custom bookmark label if available"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCustomBookmarkLabel), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:37
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not show the name of the share that is represented by the bookmark but the custom label that was defined in the bookmark editor."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StartMainWindowDocked), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:41
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Start Kopete docked."
msgid "Start docked"
msgstr "Start Kopete i systemtrauet."
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StartMainWindowDocked), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Start the application docked to the system tray, i.e. only the system tray widget is shown and the main window is hidden. You can bring the main window up by clicking on the system tray widget or by choosing \"Restore\" from its popup menu."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowType), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the type of the share"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowType), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:47
#, kde-format
msgid "The type of a share will be displayed in a separate column in the network neighborhood browser. It can either be Disk, Print or IPC."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowIPAddress), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:51
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "IP address of the peer"
msgid "Show the IP address of the server"
msgstr "IP-adressa til deltakaren"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowIPAddress), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:52
#, kde-format
msgid "The IP address of the server will be displayed in a separate column in the network neighborhood browser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowComment), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the comment"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowComment), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:57
#, kde-format
msgid "The comment describing the server or share will be displayed in a separate column in the network neighborhood browser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNetworkItemToolTip), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Show tooltips for network items"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowNetworkItemToolTip), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:62
#, kde-format
msgid "The tooltip shows various information about the current network item."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNetworkItemToolTip), group (UserInterface)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:40
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a tooltip with information about the network item"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoExpandNetworkItems), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically expand domains and hosts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutoExpandNetworkItems), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically expand domain and host items when a list of associated network items (domain members or shares) is added or updated. Please note that a domain or host item will always be expanded when you execute it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowShareToolTip), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Show tooltips for mounted shares"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowShareToolTip), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:72
#, kde-format
msgid "The tooltip shows various information about the current share."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowShareToolTip), group (UserInterface)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a tooltip with information about the share"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LookupDomains), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Scan the network neighborhood for available workgroups and domains"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LookupDomains), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:74
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the default method to retrieve the initial browse list. It discovers all workgroups and domains by looking for all known master browsers on your network neighborhood."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SharesViewMode), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:76
#, kde-format
msgid "View mode of the shares view:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SharesViewMode), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:77
#, kde-format
msgid "This setting determines the view mode of the shares view. There are two modes: the icon view and the list view."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (QueryCurrentMaster), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Query the current workgroup master browser"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (QueryCurrentMaster), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:79
#, kde-format
msgid "This method queries the current master browser of your workgroup or domain to retrieve the initial browse list."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SharesViewMode), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:80
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Icon View"
msgstr "Ikonvising"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SharesViewMode), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:83
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "List View"
msgstr "Listevising"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (QueryCustomMaster), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Query this custom master browser:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (QueryCustomMaster), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:84
#, kde-format
msgid "This method queries a custom master browser to retrieve the initial browse list."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CustomMasterBrowser), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:88
#, kde-format
msgid "A custom master browser that is to be queried"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CustomMasterBrowser), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the name or IP address of a master browser here that should be queried to compile the initial browse list."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NetBIOSName), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:94
#, kde-format
msgid "NetBIOS name:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NetBIOSScope), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:239
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Scope:"
msgid "NetBIOS scope:"
msgstr "Omfang:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NetBIOSName), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:95
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the NetBIOS name of this computer that is used by Smb4K. By default, it is either the NetBIOS name that is defined in the smb.conf file or the host name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PeriodicScanning), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Scan the network neighborhood periodically"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DomainName), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:99 smb4kclient_p.cpp:1863
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Domain:"
msgstr "Domene:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PeriodicScanning), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Scan the network neighborhood periodically for all available workgroups, hosts and shares."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DomainName), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:100
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the workgroup or domain this computer is or should be in. By default, it is the workgroup that is defined in the smb.conf file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ScanInterval), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Interval between scans:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRemoteSmbPort), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:104
#, kde-format
msgid "SMB port:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ScanInterval), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:104
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the time in minutes that elapses until Smb4K rescans the network neighborhood for new workgroups, hosts and shares."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRemoteSmbPort), group (Network)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RemoteSmbPort), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:105 smb4k.kcfg:109
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the port that is used for connecting to remote servers with the client programs net, smbclient and smbtree. The default value is 139 (NetBIOS). Under FreeBSD, this setting is also used for mounting."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LargeNetworkNeighborhood), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:115
#, kde-format
msgid "This computer is on a large network neighborhood"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LargeNetworkNeighborhood), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:116
#, kde-format
msgid "In case your computer is on a large network neighborhood, discovering all workgroups, hosts and shares might take a long time, since in the default configuration all local master browsers are queried. Enabling this setting limits the number of used local master browsers to three. This can reduced the time consumption on large network neighborhoods considerably."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MasterBrowsersRequireAuth), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:120
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Server requires authentication"
msgid "Master browsers require authentication"
msgstr "Tenaren krev innlogging"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MasterBrowsersRequireAuth), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:93
#, kde-format
msgid "The master browsers require authentication to return the browse list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MasterBrowsersRequireAuth), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:121
#, kde-format
msgid "The master browsers in your network neighborhood require a login to return the browse list. This setting is rarely needed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MasterBrowsersRequireAuth), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:94
#, kde-format
msgid "The master browsers in your network neighborhood require a login to return the browse list. This setting is rarely needed and might even cause a master browser to return an empty browse list. It will not have any effect when you let Smb4K scan broadcast areas."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseKerberos), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Kerberos for authentication"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseKerberos), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Kerberos for authentication. This is only useful in an Active Directory environment."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseKerberos), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:252
#, kde-format
msgid "Try to authenticate with Kerberos. This is only useful in an Active Directory environment. The setting affects the net, smbclient and smbtree command."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseWinbindCCache), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:130
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "waiting for user to type in a password"
#| msgid "Waiting for authentication"
msgid "Use Winbind ccache for authentication"
msgstr "Ventar på autentisering"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseWinbindCCache), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the Winbind ccache for authentication."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseEncryptionLevel), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:135
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Encryption key:"
msgid "Encryption level:"
msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkel:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseEncryptionLevel), group (Network)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EncryptionLevel), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:136 smb4k.kcfg:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the level of encryption that is used for making connections."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LookupIPs), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:137
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "add_device_hint"
#| msgid "Hostname or IP address"
msgid "Lookup method for IP addresses:"
msgstr "Vertsnamn/IP-adresse"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LookupIPs), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Define the method that is to be used to detect the IP addresses of the hosts."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LookupIPs), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Use nmblookup command"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EncryptionLevel), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:143
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "Label for scope that deselects all search subsections"
#| msgid "None"
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LookupIPs), group (Network)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Use net command"
msgstr "Bruk «net»-kommandoen"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EncryptionLevel), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:146
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Requests"
msgid "Request"
msgstr "Førespurnadar"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EncryptionLevel), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:149
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Require"
msgstr "Påkravd"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SigningState), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:279
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Required"
msgstr "Påkravd"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreviewHiddenItems), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:155
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "Name"
#| msgid "Files and Directories"
msgid "Preview hidden files and directories"
msgstr "Filer og mapper"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreviewHiddenItems), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:156
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview hidden files and directories. The hidden files and directories are those whose names begin with a period. They are usually needed for very specific purposes (storing the configuration information for an application, etc.). Since they are not of any importance for your regular work, you normally do not need to enable this feature."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DetectPrinterShares), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Detect printer shares"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DetectPrinterShares), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Printer shares are detected."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DetectHiddenShares), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Detect hidden shares"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DetectHiddenShares), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Hidden shares are detected. Hidden shares are ending with a $ sign, e.g. Musik$ or IPC$."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnableWakeOnLAN), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Wake-On-LAN features"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EnableWakeOnLAN), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Wake-on-LAN (WOL) is an ethernet computer networking standard that allows a computer to be turned on or woken up by a network message. Smb4K uses a magic package send via a UDP socket to wake up remote servers. If you want to take advantage of the Wake-On-LAN feature, you need to enable this option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WakeOnLANWaitingTime), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:175
#, kde-format
msgid "Waiting time:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SigningState), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:266
#, kde-format
msgid "Signing state:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WakeOnLANWaitingTime), group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:176
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the waiting time in seconds between the sending of the magic Wake-On-LAN packages and the scanning of the network neighborhood or the mounting of a share."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseWallet), group (Authentication)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Save logins in a wallet"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseWallet), group (Authentication)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a wallet to store the login. The username and password are stored encrypted on your hard drive. If this setting is disabled, the login is not stored permanently but only temporarily."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseDefaultLogin), group (Authentication)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:192
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "@option:check"
#| msgid "Use default font"
msgid "Use a default login"
msgstr "Bruk standardskrift"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseDefaultLogin), group (Authentication)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable the usage of a default login. The provided data is used by default to authenticate to a remote server. This is very useful e.g. if you are working in an Active Directory environment or an NT domain."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RsyncPrefix), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:205
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Synchronization 1"
msgid "Synchronization prefix:"
msgstr "Synkronisering 1"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RsyncPrefix), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Under this prefix the destination directory for the synchronization will be created. However, if you want to store the data of a particular share elsewhere, you will be able to choose a different path before the actual synchronization begins."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ArchiveMode), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:210
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Archive Mode"
msgid "Archive mode"
msgstr "Arkivmodus"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ArchiveMode), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:211
#, kde-format
msgid "Use archive mode (-a, --archive). This is a short form of -rlptgoD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RecurseIntoDirectories), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:215
#, kde-format
msgid "Recurse into subdirectories"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RecurseIntoDirectories), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:216
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Scan directories recursively."
msgid "Recurse into directories (-r, --recursive)."
msgstr "Søk òg gjennom undermapper."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UpdateTarget), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:220
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Update failed"
msgid "Update files"
msgstr "Feil ved oppdatering"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UpdateTarget), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Update files in the destination directory that are older than in the source directory (-u, --update)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UpdateInPlace), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:225
#, kde-format
msgid "Update files in place"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UpdateInPlace), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Update destination files in-place (--inplace). By default, rsync first creates a new copy of a file and moves it into place after its transfer finished. If you enable this feature, no copy will be created but the destination file will immediately be overwritten instead. An exception to this is if you combine this option with --backup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RelativePathNames), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:230
#, kde-format
msgid "Use relative path names"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RelativePathNames), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Use relative paths (-R, --relative). This means that the full path names specified on the command line are sent to the server rather than just the last parts of the file names."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SocketOptions), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Socket options:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NoImpliedDirectories), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:235
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not send implied directories"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SocketOptions), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:235
#, kde-format
msgid "These are the TCP socket options that are used by nmblookup and smbclient. Socket options are controls on the networking layer of the operating systems which allow the connection to be tuned. See the manual page of smb.conf for more information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NoImpliedDirectories), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not send implied directories with --relative (--no-implied-dirs). This means that the corresponding path elements on the destination system are left unchanged if they exist, and any missing implied directories are created with default attributes. This even allows these implied path elements to have big differences, such as being a symlink to a directory on one side of the transfer, and a real directory on the other side."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TransferDirectories), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:240
#, kde-format
msgid "Transfer directories without recursing"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NetBIOSScope), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:240
#, kde-format
msgid "This sets the NetBIOS scope that nmblookup and smbclient will operate under. It should not be set unless every machine on your network neighborhood sets this value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TransferDirectories), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:241
#, kde-format
msgid "Transfer directories without recursing (-d, --dirs). This means that all top-level subdirectories are transferred but without their contents."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CompressData), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Compress data during transfer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CompressData), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Compress data during transfer (-z, --compress). This significantly reduces the amount of data that is being transferred. You may want to use this option, if you have a slow connection."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseCompressionLevel), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:251
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Set compression level"
msgid "Set compression level:"
msgstr "Vel komprimeringsnivå"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseKerberos), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Try to authenticate with Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseCompressionLevel), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:252
#, kde-format
msgid "Explicitly set the compression level to use (--compress-level=NUM). If NUM is non-zero, the --compress argument is implied."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CompressionLevel), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:256
#, kde-format
msgid "The value for the UseCompressionLevel config entry"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MachineAccount), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:256
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Authenticate with Facebook"
msgid "Authenticate with local machine account"
msgstr "Autentiser med Facebook"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MachineAccount), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:257
#, kde-format
msgid "Make queries to the remote server using the machine account of the local server. The setting affects the net, smbclient and smbtree command."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseWinbindCCache), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the Winbind ccache for authentication. This setting affects the net, smbclient and smbtree command."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseSkipCompression), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Skip compression for following file suffixes:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseSkipCompression), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:264
#, kde-format
msgid "Overwrite the list of file suffixes that will not be compressed (--skip-compress=LIST). The LIST should be one or more file suffixes (without the dot) separated by slashes. You may specify an empty string to indicate that no file should be skipped. The default list of suffixes will be replaced by this list. For further details, see the manual page of rsync."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SigningState), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the signing state. This setting affects the smbclient and smbtree command."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SkipCompression), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:268
#, kde-format
msgid "The value(s) for the UseSkipCompression config entry"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreserveSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SigningState), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:273
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "On"
msgstr "På"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreserveSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:274
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy symlinks as symlinks (-l, --links)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SigningState), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:276
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Av"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TransformSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Transform symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TransformSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Transform symlinks into the items they are pointing to (-L, --copy-links)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TransformUnsafeSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Transform unsafe symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TransformUnsafeSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:381
#, kde-format
msgid "Only transform unsafe symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TransformUnsafeSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:284
#, kde-format
msgid "Transform unsafe symlinks into the items they are pointing to (--copy-unsafe-links). This means that only those symlinks are transformed that point to items that are outside the copied tree. Absolute symlinks are treated the same way. This option has no additional effect if --copy-links has also been specified."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EncryptSMBTransport), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:285
#, kde-format
msgid "Encrypt SMB transport"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EncryptSMBTransport), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Encrypt the SMB transport (Unix extended servers only). This setting affects the net, smbclient and smbtree command."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IgnoreUnsafeSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore unsafe symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (IgnoreUnsafeSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:289
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore symlinks that point outside the copied tree (--safe-links). All absolute symlinks are also ignored. If you use this option in conjunction with --relative you might get unexpected results."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NameResolveOrder), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Name resolve order:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NameResolveOrder), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:291
#, kde-format
msgid "This option is used to determine what naming services and in what order are used to resolve host names and IP addresses. It takes a space-separated list of up to four different name resolution options. Those are: lmhost, host, wins, bcast. See the manual page of smbclient for further information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MungeSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Munge symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MungeSymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:294
#, kde-format
msgid "This option tells rsync to (1) modify all symlinks on the receiving side in a way that makes them unusable but recoverable, or (2) to unmunge symlinks on the sending side that had been stored in a munged state (--munge-links). This is useful if you do not quite trust the source of the data to not try to slip in a symlink to an unexpected place. For more details, see the manual page of rsync."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BufferSize), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:295
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Buffer si&ze:"
msgid "Buffer size:"
msgstr "&Bufferstorleik:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BufferSize), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:296
#, kde-format
msgid "This option changes the transmit/send buffer size when getting or putting a file from/to the server. The default is 65520 bytes. Setting this value smaller has been observed to speed up file transfers to and from Windows 9x servers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreserveHardLinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:298
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve hard links"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreserveHardLinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve hard links (-H, --hard-links). This options causes rsync to preserve the hard links that are found during the transfer. Without it, hard links are treated as though they were separate files."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BroadcastAddress), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Broadcast address:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CopyDirectorySymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy directory symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BroadcastAddress), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Queries performed with nmblookup will be send to the given broadcast address. Without this option the default behavior is to send the queries to the broadcast address of the network interface that was either auto-detected or defined in the \"interfaces\" parameter of the smb.conf file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CopyDirectorySymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:304
#, kde-format
msgid "Treat symlinks to directories on the sending side as though they were real ones (-k, --copy-dirlinks). This is useful if you do not want symlinks to non-directories to be affected, as they would be using --copy-links. Without this option, if the sending side has replaced a directory with a symlink to a directory, the receiving side will delete anything that is in the way of the new symlink, including a directory hierarchy (as long as --force or --delete is in effect). For more details, see the manual page of rsync."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UsePort137), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:307
#, kde-format
msgid "Try and bind to UDP port 137 to send and receive UDP datagrams"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeepDirectorySymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep directory symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UsePort137), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Try and bind to UDP port 137 to send and receive UDP datagrams. The reason for this option is a bug in Windows 95 where it ignores the source port of the requesting packet and only replies to UDP port 137. Unfortunately, on most Unix systems super user privileges are needed to bind to this port. Please read the manual page of nmblookup for more information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (KeepDirectorySymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:309
#, kde-format
msgid "Treat symlinks to directories on the receiving side as though they were real ones (-K, --keep-dirlinks). This only works if the symlink matches a real directory from the sending side. Without this option, the receiver's symlink will be deleted and replaced with a real directory."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SmbtreeSendBroadcasts), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Send requests as broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (KeepDirectorySymlinks), group (Synchronization)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:397
#, kde-format
msgid "Treat symlinked directories on the receiving side as though they were real ones (-K, --keep-dirlinks). This only works if the symlink matches a real directory from the sending side. Without this option, the receiver's symlink will be deleted and replaced with a real directory."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreservePermissions), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve permissions"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SmbtreeSendBroadcasts), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Let smbtree query the network nodes by sending requests as broadcasts instead of querying the local master browser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreservePermissions), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:314
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve permissions (-p, --perms). The permissions of the destination file will be same as the source file. For what happens if this option is switched off, please read rsync's manual page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreserveGroup), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve group"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreserveGroup), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve the group (-g, --group). The group of the destination file will be set to the same value as the source file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreserveOwner), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:323
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Preserve Skin Tones"
msgid "Preserve owner"
msgstr "Hald på hudfargar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreserveOwner), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve the owner (-o, --owner). The owner of the destination file will be set to the same value as the source file, but only if the receiving rsync is run as the super user. Without this option, the owner is set to the invoking user on the receiving side."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreserveDevicesAndSpecials), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:328
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Preserve aspect fit"
msgid "Preserve device and special files"
msgstr "Hald fast breidd/høgd-forhold"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreserveDevicesAndSpecials), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:329
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve device and special files (-D, --devices --specials). This option causes rsync to transfer character and block devices as well as special files such as named sockets and fifos. It works only partially if rsync is not run as super user and the --super option is not specified."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreserveTimes), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:333
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve times"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreserveTimes), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:334
#, kde-format
msgid "Preserve times (-t, --times). The modification times are transferred along with the files. For what happens if this option is switched off, please read rsync's manual page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (OmitDirectoryTimes), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:338
#, kde-format
msgid "Omit directories when preserving times"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (OmitDirectoryTimes), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:339
#, kde-format
msgid "Omit directories when preserving times (-O, --omit-dir-times). This means that directories are omitted when modification times are being preserved. Thus, this feature only works in conjunction with --times."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RemoveSourceFiles), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove synchronized source files"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RemoveSourceFiles), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:344
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove all synchronized source files (--remove-source-files). This tells rsync to remove from the sending side the non-directory items that are a part of the transfer and have been successfully duplicated on the receiving side."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeleteExtraneous), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete extraneous files"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteExtraneous), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:349
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete extraneous files from destination (--delete). This tells rsync to delete all files from the receiving side that are not present on the sending side, but only for the directories that are being synchronized."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeleteBefore), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:353
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files before transfer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteBefore), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:354
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files on the receiving side before the transfer starts (--delete-before). This is the default behavior if --delete or --delete-excluded is specified without one of the --delete-WHEN options."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeleteAfter), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:358
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Remove transcoded files after transfer"
msgid "Delete files after transfer"
msgstr "Fjern omkoda filer etter overføringa"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteAfter), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:359
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files on the receiving side after the transfer has completed (--delete-after, --del)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeleteDuring), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:363
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files during transfer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteDuring), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:364
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files on the receiving side during the transfer (--delete-during). This method is faster than --delete-before or --delete-after, but it is only supported with rsync 2.6.4 or later."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeleteExcluded), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:368
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete excluded files"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeleteExcluded), group (Synchronization)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:456
#, kde-format
msgid "Also delete excluded files"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteExcluded), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:369
#, kde-format
msgid "Also delete excluded files from destination directory (--delete-excluded). In addition to deleting the files on the receiving side that are not on the sending side, this tells rsync to also delete any files on the receiving side that are excluded. Refer to rsync's manual page for further information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IgnoreErrors), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete even if I/O errors occur"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (IgnoreErrors), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:374
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete even if I/O errors occur (--ignore-errors). This option has to be specified in conjunction with --delete to take effect."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ForceDirectoryDeletion), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Force deletion of non-void directories"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ForceDirectoryDeletion), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Force deletion of directories even if they are not empty (--force). This option tells rsync to delete a non-empty directory when it is to be replaced by a non-directory. This is only relevant if deletions are not active."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseMaximumDelete), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:383
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not delete more than this many files:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseMaximumDelete), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:384
#, kde-format
msgid "Only delete as many files as defined here (--max-delete=NUM). This tells rsync not to delete more than NUM files or directories (NUM must be non-zero). This is useful when mirroring very large trees to prevent disasters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaximumDeleteValue), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:388
#, kde-format
msgid "Value for DeleteMaximum config entry"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseMinimalTransferSize), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:394
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not transfer any file smaller than:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseMinimalTransferSize), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:395
#, kde-format
msgid "This option causes rsync to not transfer any file that is smaller than the specified size (--min-size=SIZE)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MinimalTransferSize), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:399
#, kde-format
msgid "Value for MinimalTransferSize config entry"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseMaximalTransferSize), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:405
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not transfer any file larger than:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseMaximalTransferSize), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:406
#, kde-format
msgid "This option causes rsync to not transfer any file that is larger than the specified size (--max-size=SIZE)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaximalTransferSize), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Value for MaximalTransferSize config entry"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeepPartial), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:416
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep partially transferred files"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (KeepPartial), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep partially transferred files (--partial). The default behavior is that any partially transferred file is deleted if the transfer is interrupted."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UsePartialDirectory), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:421
#, kde-format
msgid "Put partially transferred files into:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UsePartialDirectory), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:422
#, kde-format
msgid "Put a partially transferred file into this directory (--partial-dir=DIR). This is a better way than the --partial option to keep partial files, because the partially transferred file is kept in a different directory and the destination file is not overwritten."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PartialDirectory), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:426
#, kde-format
msgid "The data for the UsePartialDirectory option"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseCVSExclude), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto-ignore files in the same way CVS does"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseCVSExclude), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:432
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto-ignore files in the same way CVS does (-C, --cvs-exclude). This is a useful shorthand for excluding a broad range of files that you often do not want to transfer between systems. This option uses the same algorithm that CVS uses to determine if a file should be ignored."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseExcludePattern), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:436
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Select all items matching this pattern:"
msgid "Exclude files matching this pattern:"
msgstr "Vel alle i samsvar med mønsteret:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseExcludePattern), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:437
#, kde-format
msgid "Exclude files that match a certain pattern (--exclude=PATTERN). This is a special filter rule. For further information on filter rules see rsync's manual page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExcludePattern), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:441
#, kde-format
msgid "Pattern that is used for file exclusion"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseExcludeFrom), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:446
#, kde-format
msgid "Read exclude patterns from:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseExcludeFrom), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:447
#, kde-format
msgid "Read exclude patterns from a file (--exclude-from=FILE). This option is similar to the --exclude=PATTERN option except that the exclude patterns are read from a file. This is a special filter rule. For further information on filter rules see rsync's manual page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExcludeFrom), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:451
#, kde-format
msgid "The file from which the exclude patterns are read"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseIncludePattern), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:456
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Unselect all items matching this pattern:"
msgid "Include files matching this pattern:"
msgstr "Fjern merking i samsvar med mønsteret:"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseIncludePattern), group (Synchronization)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:544
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not exclude files matching this pattern:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseIncludePattern), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:457
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not exclude files matching a certain pattern (--include=PATTERN). This is a special filter rule. For further information on filter rules see rsync's manual page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IncludePattern), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:461
#, kde-format
msgid "Pattern that is used for file inclusion"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseIncludeFrom), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:466
#, kde-format
msgid "Read include patterns from:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseIncludeFrom), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:467
#, kde-format
msgid "Read include patterns from a file (--include-from=FILE). This option is similar to the --include=PATTERN option except that the include patterns are read from a file. This is a special filter rule. For further information on filter rules see rsync's manual page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IncludeFrom), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:471
#, kde-format
msgid "The file from which the include patterns are read"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CustomFilteringRules), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:476
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom filter rules:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CustomFilteringRules), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:477
#, kde-format
msgid "Add custom file-filtering rules (-f, --filter=RULE). This option allows you to add rules to selectively exclude certain files from the list of files to be transferred. These rules will be added to the rsync command as they are. Thus, each rule has to start with the --filter=... argument."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseFFilterRule), group (Synchronization)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseFFilterRule), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:482
#, kde-format
msgid "This filter rule tells rsync to look for per-directory .rsync-filter files that have been sprinkled through the hierarchy and use their rules to filter the files in the transfer. It has no effect, if you also choose to use the --filter='exclude .rsync-filter' rule."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseFFFilterRule), group (Synchronization)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseFFFilterRule), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:487
#, kde-format
msgid "This rule filters out the .rsync-filter files from the transfer. These files normally contain filter rules that can be activated by choosing the --filter='dir-merge /.rsync-filter' rule and deselecting this one."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EfficientSparseFileHandling), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:491
#, kde-format
msgid "Handle sparse files efficiently"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EfficientSparseFileHandling), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:492
#, kde-format
msgid "Handle sparse files efficiently (-S, --sparse) so that they take up less space on the destination. This option conflicts with --inplace. For further information read rsync's manual page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CopyFilesWhole), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:496
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy files whole (no rsync algorithm)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CopyFilesWhole), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:497
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy files whole (-W, --whole-file). With this option the incremental rsync algorithm is not used and the whole file is sent as-is instead."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (OneFileSystem), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:501
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Scan across filesystem &boundaries"
msgid "Do not cross file system boundaries"
msgstr "Søk utover filsystem&grenser"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (OneFileSystem), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:502
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not cross file system boundaries (-x, --one-file-system). This tells rsync to avoid crossing a filesystem boundary when recursing. For further information on this option, read the manual page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UpdateExisting), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:506
#, kde-format
msgid "Only update files that already exist"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UpdateExisting), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:507
#, kde-format
msgid "Skip creating new files on the receiving side (--existing). This tells rsync to skip creating files (including directories) that do not exist yet on the destination. If this option is combined with the --ignore-existing option, no files will be updated (which can be useful if all you want to do is to delete extraneous files)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IgnoreExisting), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:511
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore files that already exist"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (IgnoreExisting), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:512
#, kde-format
msgid "Skip updating files that already exist on the receiving side (--ignore-existing). Existing directories are not ignored."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DelayUpdates), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:516
#, kde-format
msgid "Delay updates until the end of transfer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DelayUpdates), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:517
#, kde-format
msgid "Delay updates until the end of the transfer (--delay-updates). This option puts the temporary file from each updated file into a holding directory until the end of the transfer, at which time all the files are renamed and copied into place in rapid succession."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MakeBackups), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:521
#, kde-format
msgid "Make backups"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MakeBackups), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:522
#, kde-format
msgid "Make backups (-b, --backup). With this option, preexisting destination files are renamed as each file is transferred or deleted. You can control where the backup file goes and what (if any) suffix gets appended using the --backup-dir=DIR and --suffix=SUFFIX options."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseBackupSuffix), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:526
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "SessionManager|"
#| msgid "Backup 1"
msgid "Backup suffix:"
msgstr "Reservekopi 1"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseBackupSuffix), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:527
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this suffix for backups (--suffix=SUFFIX)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackupSuffix), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:531
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "SessionManager|"
#| msgid "Backup 1"
msgid "Backup suffix"
msgstr "Reservekopi 1"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseBackupDirectory), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:536
#, kde-format
msgid "Backup directory:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseBackupDirectory), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:537
#, kde-format
msgid "Store backups in this directory (--backup-dir=DIR)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackupDirectory), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:541
#, kde-format
msgid "Backup directory"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseBlockSize), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:546
#, kde-format
msgid "Force fixed checksum block size:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseBlockSize), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:547
#, kde-format
msgid "Force a fixed checksum block-size (-B, --block-size=SIZE). This forces the block size used in the rsync algorithm to a fixed value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BlockSize), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:551
#, kde-format
msgid "The block size"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseChecksumSeed), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:557
#, kde-format
msgid "Set block/file checksum seed:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ChecksumSeed), group (Synchronization)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:650
#, kde-format
msgid "The checksum seed"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseChecksumSeed), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Set block/file checksum seed (--checksum-seed=NUM). Set the MD4 checksum seed to this integer. This 4 byte checksum seed is included in each block and file MD4 checksum calculation. By default the checksum seed is generated by the server and defaults to the current time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ChecksumSeed), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:562
#, kde-format
msgid "The value for the UseChecksumSeed config option"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseChecksum), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Skip files based on checksum"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseChecksum), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:569
#, kde-format
msgid "Skip files based on a checksum and not based on modification time and size (-c, --checksum). For further information on how this feature works read rsync's manual page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseBandwidthLimit), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:573
#, kde-format
msgid "Set bandwidth limit:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseBandwidthLimit), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:574
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the maximum data transfer rate in kilobytes per second (--bwlimit=RATE)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BandwidthLimit), group (Synchronization)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4k.kcfg:578
#, kde-format
msgid "The value for the UseBandwidthLimit config option"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseProfiles), group (Profiles)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:590
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "user profiles"
msgid "Use profiles"
msgstr "brukarprofilar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseProfiles), group (Profiles)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:591
#, kde-format
msgid "Make Smb4K use profiles. This enables you to define different bookmarks and custom options for each profile. This is especially useful if you are using a laptop in different network neighborhoods, e. g. at home and at work."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ProfilesList), group (Profiles)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:595
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr "Profilar"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ProfilesList), group (Profiles)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:596
#, kde-format
msgid "The list of profiles."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:603
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "NavigationBar|"
#| msgid "Home"
msgctxt "default profile name for use at home"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Heim"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:604
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Work"
msgctxt "default profile name for use at work"
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Arbeid"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ActiveProfile), group (Profiles)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:605
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Active profile"
msgstr "Aktiv profil"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ActiveProfile), group (Profiles)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:606
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "This is the current version."
msgid "This is the currently active profile."
msgstr "Dette er siste versjon."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseMigrationAssistant), group (Profiles)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:610
#, kde-format
msgid "Use profile migration assistant"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseMigrationAssistant), group (Profiles)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4k.kcfg:611
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the profile migration assistant when profiles are removed or the use of profiles is enabled or disabled. The profile migration assistant allows you to migrate all settings that were saved for a certain profile to a different one."
#| msgctxt "Label for Unknown search scope, that should never appear"
#| msgid "unknown"
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ukjend"
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kpreviewer_p.cpp:738
#, kde-format
msgid "The preview is displayed here."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kpreviewer_p.cpp:753
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Back"
msgstr "Tilbake"
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kpreviewer_p.cpp:756
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "@action:button Go forward to the next word in history"
#| msgid "Forward"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Fram"
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kpreviewer_p.cpp:765
#, kde-format
msgid "The current UNC address is shown here. You can also choose one of the previously visited locations from the drop-down menu that will then be displayed in the view above."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kprint_p.cpp:506
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "&Options <<"
msgid "Options <<"
msgstr "&Val <<"
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:955
#, kde-format
msgid "The print job could not be set up (step 1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:978
#, kde-format
msgid "The print job could not be set up (step 2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:993
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "The file %1 could not be opened."
msgid "The file %1 could not be read"
msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna fila «%1»."
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1015
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "The file %1 could not be opened."
msgid "The file %1 could not be printed to %2"
msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna fila «%1»."
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1342
#, kde-format
msgid "NULL context given"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1348
#, kde-format
msgid "The smb.conf file would not load"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1412
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Preview of %1"
msgstr "Førehandsvising av %1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1448
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "ReloadStopButton|"
#| msgid "Reload"
msgid "Reload"
msgstr "Last om att"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1450
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Abort"
msgstr "Avbryt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1462
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "SearchEnginesDialog|"
#| msgid "Up"
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Opp"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1829
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "PrintWidget|"
#| msgid "Print File"
msgid "Print File"
msgstr "Skriv ut fil"
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1845
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Information"
msgstr "Informasjon"
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1849
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Printer:"
msgstr "Skrivar:"
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1874
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "File Transfer Settings"
msgid "File and Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for filoverføring"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1878
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "File:"
msgstr "Fil:"
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kprint_p.cpp:417
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "Header for the file name column"
#| msgid "File"
msgid "File"
msgstr "Fil"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1882
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the file you want to print on the remote printer. Currently only a few mimetypes are supported such as PDF, Postscript, plain text, and images. If the file's mimetype is not supported, you need to convert it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1891
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Copies:"
msgstr "Kopiar:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1895
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the number of copies you want to print."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kclient_p.cpp:1906
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Print"
msgstr "Skriv ut"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kcustomoptionsmanager_p.cpp:70
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Custom Options"
msgstr "Brukarval"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kcustomoptionsmanager_p.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Define custom options for host <b>%1</b> and all the shares it provides.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kcustomoptionsmanager_p.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Define custom options for share <b>%1</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kcustomoptionsmanager_p.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Define custom options for share <b>%1</b> on host <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgid "The Uniform Naming Convention (UNC) address describes the location of the share. It has the following syntax: //[USER@]HOST/SHARE. The username is optional."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kmounter_p.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the location and optionally the IP address and workgroup to mount a share."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kmounter_p.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the location (UNC address) and optionally the IP address and workgroup to mount a share."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kmounter_p.cpp:131
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "@label"
#| msgid "Location:"
msgid "Location:"
msgstr "Stad:"
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kmounter_p.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "The location of the share is provided by the Uniform Resource Locator (URL). It generally has the following syntax: [smb:]//[USER:PASSWORD@]HOST:PORT/SHARE. The username, password and port are optional. You should omit to enter the password here, because it is shown in cleartext."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmounter_p.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "The Internet Protocol (IP) address identifies the host in the network and indicates where it is. It has two valid formats, the one known as IP version 4 (e.g. 192.168.2.11) and the version 6 format (e.g. 2001:0db8:85a3:08d3:1319:8a2e:0370:7334)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmounter_p.cpp:152
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Workgroup:"
msgstr "Arbeidsgruppe:"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmounter_p.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "The workgroup or domain identifies the peer-to-peer computer network the host is located in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmounter_p.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Add this share to the bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmounter_p.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "If you tick this checkbox, the share will be bookmarked and you can access it e.g. through the \"Bookmarks\" menu entry in the main window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseUserId), group (Mounting)
msgid "This is the character set that is used by the client side (i.e. your side) for codepage to charset translations. If you keep the default setting, Smb4K will try to automatically determine the charset by looking up the \"unix charset\" option in the smb.conf."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseClientCharset), group (Mounting)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ClientCharset), group (Mounting)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Server character set:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_freebsd.kcfg:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Server codepage:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:130
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the character set that is used by the server. If you keep the default setting, Smb4K will try to automatically determine the codepage by looking up the \"dos charset\" option in the smb.conf file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_freebsd.kcfg:88
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the codepage that is used by the server. The setting is only available with the SMBFS file system. If you keep the default setting, Smb4K will try to automatically determine the codepage by looking up the \"dos charset\" option in the smb.conf file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:136
#, kde-format
msgid "cp437"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:139
#, kde-format
msgid "cp720"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:142
#, kde-format
msgid "cp737"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:145
#, kde-format
msgid "cp775"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:148
#, kde-format
msgid "cp850"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:151
#, kde-format
msgid "cp852"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:154
#, kde-format
msgid "cp855"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:157
#, kde-format
msgid "cp857"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:160
#, kde-format
msgid "cp858"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:163
#, kde-format
msgid "cp860"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:166
#, kde-format
msgid "cp861"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:169
#, kde-format
msgid "cp862"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:172
#, kde-format
msgid "cp863"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:175
#, kde-format
msgid "cp864"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:178
#, kde-format
msgid "cp865"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:181
#, kde-format
msgid "cp866"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:184
#, kde-format
msgid "cp869"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:187
#, kde-format
msgid "cp874"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:190
#, kde-format
msgid "cp932"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:193
#, kde-format
msgid "cp936"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:196
#, kde-format
msgid "cp949"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:199
#, kde-format
msgid "cp950"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:202
#, kde-format
msgid "cp1250"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:208
#, kde-format
msgid "cp1252"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:211
#, kde-format
msgid "cp1253"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:214
#, kde-format
msgid "cp1254"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:217
#, kde-format
msgid "cp1255"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:220
#, kde-format
msgid "cp1256"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:223
#, kde-format
msgid "cp1257"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:226
#, kde-format
msgid "cp1258"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerCodepage), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_bsd.kcfg:229
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Unicode"
msgid "unicode"
msgstr "Unicode"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MountPrefix), group (Mounting)
msgid "Remount all your shares that were mounted when you exited the program or changed a profile. If the remounting of a share fails, Smb4K will retry the next time it is started. Shares that were mounted by other users are ignored. Please note that this setting does not affect the automatic remounting of shares when your computer woke up from a sleep state."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RemountAttempts), group (Mounting)
msgid "Force the unmounting of inaccessible shares (Linux only). In case a share is inaccessible, a lazy unmount is performed. Before the actual unmount is performed, a warning dialog is shown asking to approve the unmount."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DetectAllShares), group (Mounting)
msgid "You will not only see the shares that were mounted and are owned by you, but also all other mounts using the SMBFS and CIFS file system that are present on the system."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CifsUnixExtensionsSupport), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:12
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "All or most of the servers support the CIFS Unix extensions"
msgstr "Tenaren støttar Unix-utvidingar for CIFS"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CifsUnixExtensionsSupport), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:13
#, kde-format
msgid "Most versions of Samba support the CIFS Unix or POSIX extensions. For these servers, some options are not needed, because the right values are negotiated during the mount process. For other servers, you might want to uncheck this option, so that predefined values can be passed to the server. Please note that if your computer is located in a Windows dominated network neighborhood with only a few Samba servers, you can safely uncheck this option and define custom options for the Samba servers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseUserId), group (Mounting)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserId), group (Mounting)
msgid "This is the user ID (a number) that the files and directories of the mounted share will have. If you are using the CIFS filesystem under Linux and the remote server supports the CIFS Unix Extensions, this setting will be ignored unless the assignment of the user ID is forced."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseGroupId), group (Mounting)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GroupId), group (Mounting)
msgid "This is the group ID (a number) that the files and directories of the mounted share will have. If you are using the CIFS filesystem under Linux and the remote server supports the CIFS Unix Extensions, this setting will be ignored unless the assignment of the group ID is forced."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseFileMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:36
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the file mode that will be used for creating files. It must be defined in octal. In case the CIFS file system is used, this setting only takes effect if the server does not support the CIFS Unix Extensions."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FileMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:40
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the filemode that will be used for creating files. It must be defined in octal. In case the CIFS file system is used, this setting only takes effect if the server does not support the CIFS Unix Extensions."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FileMask), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:105
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the mask that will be used for creating files. It must be defined in octal. In case the CIFS file system is used, this setting only takes effect if the server does not support the CIFS Unix Extensions."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseDirectoryMode), group (Mounting)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DirectoryMode), group (Mounting)
msgid "This is the directory mode that will be used for creating directories. It must be defined in octal. In case the CIFS file system is used, this setting only takes effect if the server does not support the CIFS Unix Extensions."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DirectoryMask), group (Samba)
#. +> stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:110
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the mask that will be used for creating directories. It must be defined in octal. In case the CIFS file system is used, this setting only takes effect if the server does not support the CIFS Unix Extensions."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRemoteFileSystemPort), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:53
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "File system port:"
msgstr "Filsystem-port:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRemoteFileSystemPort), group (Mounting)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RemoteFileSystemPort), group (Mounting)
msgid "This is the character set that is used by the client side (i.e. your side) either to convert local path names to and from Unicode (CIFS, Linux) or for codepage to charset translations (SMBFS, FreeBSD). If you keep the default setting, Smb4K will try to automatically determine the charset by looking up the \"unix charset\" option in the smb.conf."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseWriteAccess), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:144
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Write access:"
msgstr "Skrivetilgang:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseWriteAccess), group (Mounting)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WriteAccess), group (Mounting)
msgid "Here you can choose if the shares should be mounted in read-write or read-only mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WriteAccess), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:152
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Read-write"
msgid "read-write"
msgstr "Les/skriv"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WriteAccess), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:155
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "the calendar is read-only"
#| msgid "read-only"
msgid "read-only"
msgstr "skriveverna"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ForceUID), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Definitely assign the UID"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ForceUID), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Instruct the client (i.e. your side) to ignore any user ID (UID) provided by the server for files and directories and to always assign the owner to be the value of the transmitted UID."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ForceGID), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Definitely assign the GID"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ForceGID), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Instruct the client (i.e. your side) to ignore any group ID (GID) provided by the server for files and directories and to always assign the owner to be the value of the transmitted GID."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PermissionChecks), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Do permission checks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PermissionChecks), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:172
#, kde-format
msgid "The client side (i.e. your side) will check if you have the right UID/GID to manipulate a file or directory. You might want to switch this feature off if the server(s) support the CIFS Unix Extensions and you are not allowed to access the files and directories. This setting does not affect the normal ACL check."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ClientControlsIDs), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Attempt to set UID and GID"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ClientControlsIDs), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:177
#, kde-format
msgid "In case the server supports the CIFS Unix Extensions, the client side (i.e. your side) attempts to set the effective UID and GID of the current process on newly created files, directories and devices. If this feature is turned off, the server will set the UID and GID to the default for the share. It is recommended that you read the manual page of mount.cifs before you change this setting."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ServerInodeNumbers), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Use server inode numbers"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ServerInodeNumbers), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Use inode numbers (unique persistent file identifiers) returned by the server instead of automatically generating temporary inode numbers on the client side."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NoLocking), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not use locking"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NoLocking), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not use locking. Do not start lockd."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TranslateReservedChars), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Translate reserved characters"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TranslateReservedChars), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Translate six of the seven reserved characters (including the colon, question mark, pipe, asterisk, greater than and less than characters but not the backslash) to remap range (above 0xF000). This allows you to open files that were created with such characters. This has no effect if the server does not support Unicode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseSmbProtocolVersion), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:196
#, kde-format
msgid "SMB protocol version:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseSmbProtocolVersion), group (Mounting)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SmbProtocolVersion), group (Mounting)
msgid "Define how read and write requests are handled. In case you choose to not cache file data at all, the client never utilizes the cache for normal reads and writes. It always accesses the server directly to satisfy a read or write request. If you choose to follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly, the cache is only trusted if the client holds an oplock. If the client does not hold an oplock, then the client bypasses the cache and accesses the server directly to satisfy a read or write request. Choosing to allow loose caching semantics can sometimes provide better performance on the expense of cache coherency. This option might cause data corruption, if several clients access the same set of files on the server at the same time. Because of this, the strict cache mode is recommended."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CacheMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:230
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not cache file data at all"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CacheMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:233
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CacheMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow loose caching semantics"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseSecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:242
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Security mode:"
msgstr "Tryggleiksmodus:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseSecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
msgid "Security mode for mount.cifs. To be able to use this mode, the CIFS kernel module 1.40 or later is required."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Connect as a null user (no name)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:253
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Key authentication"
msgid "Kerberos 5 authentication"
msgstr "Nøkkelautentisering"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Kerberos 5 authentication and packet signing"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:259
#, kde-format
msgid "NTLM protocol"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:262
#, kde-format
msgid "NTLM protocol and packet signing"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:265
#, kde-format
msgid "NTLMv2 protocol"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:268
#, kde-format
msgid "NTLMv2 protocol and packet signing"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:271
#, kde-format
msgid "NTLMSSP protocol"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SecurityMode), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:274
#, kde-format
msgid "NTLMSSP protocol and packet signing"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CustomCIFSOptions), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:280
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Additional options:"
msgstr "Fleire val:"
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CustomCIFSOptions), group (Mounting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4kmountsettings_linux.kcfg:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can enter advanced options for the CIFS file system in a comma-separated list (refer to the manual page of mount.cifs to learn more). The list will be added AS IS to the \"-o\" argument of mount.cifs. Please do not enter options that have already been defined in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The share <b>%1</b> has been mounted to <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:63
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Open"
msgstr "Opna"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The share <b>%1</b> has been unmounted from <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>%1 share has been mounted.</p>"
msgid_plural "<p>%1 shares have been mounted.</p>"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>%1 share has been unmounted.</p>"
msgid_plural "<p>%1 shares have been unmounted.</p>"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Opening the wallet <b>%1</b> failed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The credentials stored in the wallet could not be accessed. There is either no wallet available or it could not be opened.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The mimetype <b>%1</b> is not supported for printing. Please convert the file to PDF or Postscript and try again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The bookmark for share <b>%1</b> already exists and will be skipped.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The label <b>%1</b> of the bookmark for the share <b>%2</b> is already being used and will automatically be renamed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "The configuration file for the Samba suite <b>smb.conf</b> is missing. This is not a fatal error, but you should consider creating one."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Mounting the share <b>%1</b> failed:</p>"
"<p><tt>%2</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:264
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Retrieving the list of hosts belonging to domain <b>%1</b> failed.</p>"
"<p><tt>%2</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Retrieving the list of shares from <b>%1</b> failed:</p>"
"<p><tt>%2</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Retrieving the preview of <b>%1</b> failed:</p>"
"<p><tt>%2</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:440
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Printing on printer <b>%1</b> failed:</p>"
"<p><tt>%2</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:489
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Searching the network neighborhood for the search item <b>%1</b> failed:</p>"
"<p><tt>%2</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Mounting the share <b>%1</b> failed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Retrieving the list of hosts belonging to domain <b>%1</b> failed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Retrieving the list of shares from <b>%1</b> failed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:330
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Deleting key <b>%1</b> failed."
msgid "<p>Retrieving the preview of <b>%1</b> failed.</p>"
msgstr "Klarte ikkje sletta nøkkelen <b>%1</b>."
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Printing on printer <b>%1</b> failed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:493
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Searching the network neighborhood for the search item <b>%1</b> failed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Unmounting the share <b>%1</b> from <b>%2</b> failed:</p>"
"<p><tt>%3</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid "The entry of the custom master browser is empty. Smb4K is going to try to query the current master browser of your workgroup or domain instead."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Unmounting the share <b>%1</b> from <b>%2</b> failed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You are not allowed to unmount the share <b>%1</b> from <b>%2</b>. It is owned by the user <b>%3</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Synchronizing <b>%1</b> with <b>%2</b> failed:</p>"
"<p><tt>%3</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Retrieving the list of available domains failed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Synchronizing <b>%1</b> with <b>%2</b> failed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The command <b>%1</b> could not be found. Please check your installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The share <b>%1</b> is a printer and cannot be bookmarked.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:280
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "The file \"%1\" could not be found"
msgid "<p>The file <b>%1</b> could not be found.</p>"
msgstr "Fann ikkje fila «%1»"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Opening the file <b>%1</b> failed:</p>"
"<p><tt>%2</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: smb4knotification.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Retrieving the list of available domains failed:</p>"
msgid "<p>The entries are accessible through the submenu <b>Commands</b> in the <b>Tools</b> menu. For faster access it is possible to assign <b>shortcuts</b> in the shortcut configuration page after applying the changes.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Oppføringane er tilgjengelege gjennom undermenyen <b>Kommandoar</b> i <b>Verktøy</b>-menyen. For raskare tilgang er det mogleg til å tildela <b>snarvegar</b> i oppsettsida for snarvegar etter at endringane er tekne i bruk.</p>"
#| "<p>Automatically start a new line of text when the current line exceeds the length specified by the <b>Wrap words at:</b> option.</p>"
#| "<p>This option does not wrap existing lines of text - use the <b>Apply Static Word Wrap</b> option in the <b>Tools</b> menu for that purpose.</p>"
#| "<p>If you want lines to be <i>visually wrapped</i> instead, according to the width of the view, enable <b>Dynamic Word Wrap</b> in the <b>View Defaults</b> config page.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Automatically start a new line of text when the current line exceeds the length specified by the <b>Wrap words at:</b> option.</p>"
"<p>This option does not wrap existing lines of text - use the <b>Apply Static Word Wrap</b> option in the <b>Tools</b> menu for that purpose.</p>"
"<p>If you want lines to be <i>visually wrapped</i> instead, according to the width of the view, enable <b>Dynamic Word Wrap</b> in the <b>Appearance</b> config page.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Start automatisk ei ny tekstlinje når linja vert lengre enn lengda som er vald i <b>Bryt ord etter:</b>.</p>"
"<p>Dette valet påverkar ikkje tekst som er skriven frå før. Du kan bryta eldre tekst med <b>Bruk statisk tekstbryting</b> i <b>Verktøy</b>-menyen.</p>"
"<p>Dersom du vil at linjene berre skal <i>brytast visuelt</i> i staden, kan du slå på <b>Dynamisk tekstbryting</b> på oppsettssida <b>Utsjånad</b>.</p>"
"<p>This string allows to configure Kate's settings for the files selected by this mimetype using Kate variables. Almost any configuration option can be set, such as highlight, indent-mode, encoding, etc.</p>"
"<p>For a full list of known variables, see the manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Denne strengen lèt deg fastsetja kva innstillingar som skal veljast av denne MIME-typen ved bruk av Kate-variablar. Du kan endra dei fleste innstillingsvala, slik som utheving, innrykksmodus og teiknkoding.</p>"
"<p>Sjå handboka for ei fullstendig liste over variablane du kan bruka.</p>"
msgid "The wildcards mask allows to select files by filename. A typical mask uses an asterisk and the file extension, for example <code>*.txt; *.text</code>. The string is a semicolon-separated list of masks."
msgstr "Du kan bruka jokerteikn til å velja filer etter filnamn. Typisk bruk av jokerteikn er ein asterisk og filetternamnet, for eksempel <code>*.txt; *.text</code>. Du kan skilja mønster med semikolon."
msgid "The mime type mask allows to select files by mimetype. The string is a semicolon-separated list of mimetypes, for example <code>text/plain; text/english</code>."
msgstr "MIME-typemønsteret lèt deg velja filer etter MIME-type. Verdien er ei liste av MIME-typar skilde med semikolon, for eksempel <code>text/plain; text/english</code>."
msgid "This is a list of available indentation modes. The specified indentation mode will be used for all new documents. Be aware that it is also possible to set the indentation mode with document variables, modes or a .kateconfig file."
msgstr "Dette er ei oversikt over dei tilgjengelege innrykksmodusa. Den valde innrykksmodusen vert brukt for alle nye dokument. Merk at du òg kan velja innrykksmodus med dokumentvariablar, modusar eller ei .kateconfig-fil."
msgid "The indentation width is the number of spaces which is used to indent a line. If the option <b>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</b> in the section <b>Editing</b> is disabled, a <b>Tab</b> character is inserted if the indentation is divisible by the tab width."
msgstr "Innrykksbreidda definerer kor mange mellomrom som vert brukt til å rykkja inn ei linje. Viss valet <b>Set inn mellomrom i staden for tabulatorteikn</b> under <b>Generelt</b> er slått av, vert det sett inn tabulatorteikn viss innrykket er eit multiplum av tabulatorbreidda."
msgid "If this option is selected, pasted code from the clipboard is indented. Triggering the <b>undo</b>-action removes the indentation."
msgstr "Viss det er kryssa av her, vert programkode limd inn frå utklippstavla formatert med innrykk. <b>Angra</b>-handlinga vil i så fall fjerna innrykka."
msgid "If this option is selected, the <b>Backspace</b> key decreases the indentation level if the cursor is located in the leading blank space of a line."
msgstr "Viss det er kryssa av her, vil rettetasten minka innrykksnivået viss skrivemerket står plassert i blankteikn først på linja."
"<p>Tab key action (if no selection exists) <a href=\"If you want <b>Tab</b> to align the current line in the current code block like in emacs, make <b>Tab</b> a shortcut to the action <b>Align</b>.\"><span>More ...</span></a></p>"
"<p>Tab-tast (viss det ikkje finst noko utval) <a href=\"Viss du vil at <b>Tab</b> skal justera den gjeldande linja i kodeblokka, som i emacs, la <b>Tab</b> vera ein snarveg til handlinga <b>Juster</b>.\"><span>Meir …</span></a></p>"
#| msgid "If this option is selected, the <b>Tab</b> key always inserts white space so that the next tab postion is reached. If the option <b>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</b> in the section <b>Editing</b> is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgid "If this option is selected, the <b>Tab</b> key always inserts white space so that the next tab position is reached. If the option <b>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</b> in the section <b>Editing</b> is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgstr "Viss det er kryssa av her, vil tabulatortasten alltid setja inn blankteikn fram til neste tabulatorplassering. Viss det er kryssa av for <b>Set inn mellomrom i staden for tabulatorteikn</b>, vert det sett inn mellrom; elles vert det sett inn eit tabulatorteikn."
msgid "If this option is selected, the <b>Tab</b> key always indents the current line by the number of character positions specified in <b>Indentation width</b>."
msgstr "Viss det er kryssa av her, vil tabulatortasten alltid rykkja inn linja med så mange teikn som er valt under <b>Innrykksbreidd</b>."
#| "If this option is selected, the <b>Tab</b> key either indents the current line or advances to the next tab position."
#| "<p> If the insertion point is at or before the first non-space character in the line, or if there is a selection, the current line is indented by the number of character positions specified in <b>Indentation width</b>."
#| "<p> If the insertion point is located after the first non-space character in the line and there is no selection, white space is inserted so that the next tab postion is reached: if the option <b>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</b> in the section <b>Editing</b> is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgid ""
"If this option is selected, the <b>Tab</b> key either indents the current line or advances to the next tab position."
"<p> If the insertion point is at or before the first non-space character in the line, or if there is a selection, the current line is indented by the number of character positions specified in <b>Indentation width</b>."
"<p> If the insertion point is located after the first non-space character in the line and there is no selection, white space is inserted so that the next tab position is reached: if the option <b>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</b> in the section <b>Editing</b> is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgstr ""
"Viss det er kryssa av her, vil tabulatortasten anten rykkja inn linja eller gå fram til den neste tabulatorplasseringa."
"<p>Viss skrivemerket er ved eller før det første teiknet som ikkje er mellomrom på linja, eller viss det er eit merkt område, vert linja rykkja inn med så mange teikn som er valt under <b>Innrykksbreidd</b>."
"<p>Viss skrivemerket er etter det første teiknet som ikkje er mellomrom på linja og det ikkje er noko merkt område, vert det sett inn blankteikn fram til neste tabulatorplassering. Viss det er kryssa av for <b>Set inn mellomrom i staden for tabulatorteikn</b>, vert det sett inn mellrom; elles vert det sett inn eit tabulatorteikn."
msgid "When selected, pressing the home key will cause the cursor to skip whitespace and go to the start of a line's text. The same applies for the end key."
msgstr "Viss det er kryssa av her, vil «Home»-tasten hoppa over blankteikn først på linja, og gå rett til der sjølve teksten startar. Det gjeld òg for «End»-tasten."
msgid "Selects whether the PageUp and PageDown keys should alter the vertical position of the cursor relative to the top of the view."
msgstr "Viss det er kryssa av her, vil tastane «Page Up» og «Page Down» flytta på den loddrette plasseringa av skrivemerket i høve til toppen av tekstruta."
msgid "When selected, composed characters are removed with their diacritics instead of only removing the base character. This is useful for Indic locales."
"<p>Backing up on save will cause Kate to copy the disk file to '<prefix><filename><suffix>' before saving changes."
"<p>The suffix defaults to <strong>~</strong> and prefix is empty by default."
msgstr ""
"<p>Dersom du vel å ta reservekopi ved lagring, vil Kate kopiera fila til <prefiks><filnamn><suffiks> før endringane vert lagra.</p>"
"<p>Standardsuffikset er <strong>~</strong>, og standardprefikset er tomt.</p>"
msgid "if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file, this detection will be run."
msgid "This defines the fallback encoding to try for opening files if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file. Before this is used, an attempt will be made to determine the encoding to use by looking for a byte order mark at start of file: if one is found, the right Unicode encoding will be chosen; otherwise encoding detection will run, if both fail the fallback encoding will be tried."
msgid "If this option is enabled the editor will autodetect the end of line type. The first found end of line type will be used for the whole file."
msgstr "Viss det er kryssa av her, vil skriveprogrammet automatisk oppdaga typen linjeskift i fila. Den første typen linjeskift som vert funnen vert brukt for heile fila."
msgid "The byte order mark is a special sequence at the beginning of Unicode encoded documents. It helps editors to open text documents with the correct Unicode encoding. The byte order mark is not visible in the displayed document."
"<p>Enables the start of dynamically wrapped lines to be aligned vertically to the indentation level of the first line. This can help to make code and markup more readable.</p>"
"<p>Additionally, this allows you to set a maximum width of the screen, as a percentage, after which dynamically wrapped lines will no longer be vertically aligned. For example, at 50%, lines whose indentation levels are deeper than 50% of the width of the screen will not have vertical alignment applied to subsequent wrapped lines.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Gjer at starten på dynamisk brotne linjer vert stilte like under innrykket i den første linja. På denne måten kan det verta lettare å lesa programkode og oppmerkingsspråk.</p>"
"<p>I tillegg kan du her velja kor langt ut på skjermen denne justeringa skal brukast. Dersom du for eksempel vel 50 %, vil linjer som er rykte inn meir enn 50 % ikkje få innrykk på dei brotne linjene.</p>"
"The file %1 could not be loaded, as it was not possible to read from it.\n"
"\n"
"Check if you have read access to this file."
msgstr ""
"Klarte ikkje lasta inn fila %1, då det ikkje var mogleg å lesa frå henne.\n"
"\n"
"Sjå til at du har leseløyve til fila."
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2397
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "The file %1 was opened with UTF-8 encoding but contained invalid characters. It is set to read-only mode, as saving might destroy its content. Either reopen the file with the correct encoding chosen or enable the read-write mode again in the menu to be able to edit it."
msgid ""
"The file %1 was opened with %2 encoding but contained invalid characters.<br />"
"It is set to read-only mode, as saving might destroy its content.<br />"
"Either reopen the file with the correct encoding chosen or enable the read-write mode again in the tools menu to be able to edit it."
msgstr "Fila %1 vart opna med teiknkodinga UTF-8, men inneheld ugyldige teikn. Ho er sett til skriveverna, for å unngå å øydeleggja innhaldet. Du må anten opna fila på nytt med rett teiknkoding, eller fjerna skrivevernet via «Verktøy»-menyen."
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2407
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "The file %1 was opened with UTF-8 encoding but contained invalid characters. It is set to read-only mode, as saving might destroy its content. Either reopen the file with the correct encoding chosen or enable the read-write mode again in the menu to be able to edit it."
msgid "The file %1 was opened with %2 encoding but contained invalid characters. It is set to read-only mode, as saving might destroy its content. Either reopen the file with the correct encoding chosen or enable the read-write mode again in the tools menu to be able to edit it."
msgstr "Fila %1 vart opna med teiknkodinga UTF-8, men inneheld ugyldige teikn. Ho er sett til skriveverna, for å unngå å øydeleggja innhaldet. Du må anten opna fila på nytt med rett teiknkoding, eller fjerna skrivevernet via «Verktøy»-menyen."
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2418
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The file %1 was opened and contained lines longer than the configured Line Length Limit (%2 characters).<br />"
"The longest of those lines was %3 characters long<br/>"
"Those lines were wrapped and the document is set to read-only mode, as saving will modify its content."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2423
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Temporary feed file:"
msgid "Temporarily raise limit and reload file"
msgstr "Midlertidig kjeldefil:"
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2426
#, kde-format
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Lukk"
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2432
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The file %1 was opened and contained lines longer than the configured Line Length Limit (%2 characters).<br/>"
"The longest of those lines was %3 characters long<br/>"
"Those lines were wrapped and the document is set to read-only mode, as saving will modify its content."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2455
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to save this unmodified file? You could overwrite changed data in the file on disk."
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil lagra denne uendra fila? Det kan henda at du skriv over endringar som er gjorde i fila på disken."
#| msgid "The selected encoding cannot encode every unicode character in this document. Do you really want to save it? There could be some data lost."
msgid "The selected encoding cannot encode every Unicode character in this document. Do you really want to save it? There could be some data lost."
msgstr "Den valde teiknkodinga inneheld ikkje alle dei Unicode-teikna som er brukte i dokumentet. Er du sikker på at du vil lagra det? Det kan henda at data går tapt."
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2513
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The document could not be saved, as it was not possible to write to %1.\n"
"Check that you have write access to this file or that enough disk space is available.\n"
"The original file may be lost or damaged. Don't quit the application until the file is successfully written."
msgstr ""
"Klarte ikkje lagra dokumentet, då det ikkje var mogleg å skriva til %1.\n"
"Sjå til at du har skriveløyve til denne fila og at det er nok ledig plass på disken.\n"
"Den opphavlege fila kan vera tapt eller øydelagd. Ikkje avslutt programmet før du har fått lagra fila."
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2637
#, kde-format
msgid "For file %1 no backup copy could be created before saving. If an error occurs while saving, you might lose the data of this file. A reason could be that the media you write to is full or the directory of the file is read-only for you."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje laga reservekopi av fila %1 før lagring. Viss det oppstår ein feil ved lagring, kan du mista innhaldet i fila. Éin grunn til feilen kan vera at mediet du prøver å lagra til et fullt, eller at du ikkje har lagringsløyve til mappa fila ligg i."
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2640
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to create backup copy."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje laga reservekopi."
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2641
#, kde-format
msgid "Try to Save Nevertheless"
msgstr "Prøv å lagra likevel"
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2763
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to continue to close this file? Data loss may occur."
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil lukka denne fila? Det kan henda at data går tapt."
msgid "Select the color scheme to use for the print."
msgstr "Vel fargeoppsettet du vil bruka for utskrifta."
#. +> trunk5
#: printing/printconfigwidgets.cpp:563
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If enabled, the background color of the editor will be used.</p>"
"<p>This may be useful if your color scheme is designed for a dark background.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss det er kryssa av her, vert bakgrunnsfargen til skriveprogrammet brukt.</p>"
" "
"<p>Dette kan vera nyttig dersom fargeoppsettet er laga for mørke bakgrunnar.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: printing/printconfigwidgets.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If enabled, a box as defined in the properties below will be drawn around the contents of each page. The Header and Footer will be separated from the contents with a line as well.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Viss det er kryssa av her, vert det skrive ut ei ramme rundt innhaldet på kvar side. Topp- og botnteksten vert òg skilde frå innhaldet med ei linje.</p>"
msgid "Use default color from the KDE color scheme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:59
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "User Defined Color Schemes"
msgid "Use KDE Color Scheme"
msgstr "Fargemalar laga av brukarar"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:86
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "(qtundo-format)"
#| msgid "Set Background Color"
msgid "Editor Background Colors"
msgstr "Vel bakgrunnsfarge"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Text Area"
msgstr "Tekstområde"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of the editing area.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel bakgrunnsfargen for skriveområdet.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:94
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "color-kcm-preview"
#| msgid "Selected text"
msgid "Selected Text"
msgstr "Merkt tekst"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:96
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Sets the background color of the selection.</p>"
#| "<p>To set the text color for selected text, use the \"<b>Configure Highlighting</b>\" dialog.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Sets the background color of the selection.</p>"
"<p>To set the text color for selected text, use the "<b>Configure Highlighting</b>" dialog.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel bakgrunnsfargen på merkt tekst.</p>"
"<p>Bruk fana <b>Merkte tekststilar</b> for å velja tekstfarge til merkt tekst.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:100
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Current line:"
msgid "Current Line"
msgstr "Gjeldande linje:"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of the currently active line, which means the line where your cursor is positioned.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel bakgrunnsfargen på linja med skrivemerket.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:106
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "SearchHighLight"
msgid "Search Highlight"
msgstr "SøkFramHeving"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:108
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "<p>Sets the background color of the editing area.</p>"
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of search results.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel bakgrunnsfargen for skriveområdet.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Replace Highlight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:114
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "<p>Sets the background color of the editing area.</p>"
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of replaced text.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel bakgrunnsfargen for skriveområdet.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:121
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "No Border"
msgid "Icon Border"
msgstr "Inga linje"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:123
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Background frame"
msgid "Background Area"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsramme"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of the icon border.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Line Numbers"
msgstr "Linjenummer"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:131
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "<p>This color will be used to draw the line numbers (if enabled) and the lines in the code-folding pane.</p>"
msgid "<p>This color will be used to draw the line numbers (if enabled).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Denne fargen vert brukt til å visa linjenummera og linjene i kodefaldingsruta.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:135
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "QObject|"
#| msgid "M110: Set Current Line Number"
msgid "Current Line Number"
msgstr "M110: Definer gjeldande linjenummer"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This color will be used to draw the number of the current line (if enabled).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:141
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Separator"
msgstr "Skiljelinje"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This color will be used to draw the line between line numbers and the icon borders, if both are enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid "Word Wrap Marker"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Sets the color of Word Wrap-related markers:</p>"
"<dl>"
"<dt>Static Word Wrap</dt>"
"<dd>A vertical line which shows the column where text is going to be wrapped</dd>"
"<dt>Dynamic Word Wrap</dt>"
"<dd>An arrow shown to the left of visually-wrapped lines</dd>"
"</dl>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel fargen på tekstbrytingsmerka:</p>"
"<dl>"
"<dt>Statisk tekstbryting</dt>"
"<dd>Ei loddrett linje ved den kolonnen der teksten vert broten.</dd>"
"<dt>Dynamisk teksbryting</dt>"
"<dd>Ei pil til venstre for dei linjene som er brotne.</dd>"
"</dl>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:153
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "&Code Folding"
msgid "Code Folding"
msgstr "&Kodefalding"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:155
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "<p>Sets the background color of the editing area.</p>"
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the code folding bar.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel bakgrunnsfargen for skriveområdet.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Modified Lines"
msgstr "Endra linjer"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the line modification marker for modified lines.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Saved Lines"
msgstr "Lagra linjer"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:167
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "<p>Sets the color of the tabulator marks.</p>"
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the line modification marker for saved lines.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel fargen på tabulatormerka.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:174
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Decorations:"
msgid "Text Decorations"
msgstr "Dekorasjonar:"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:176
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Spelling mistake line:"
msgid "Spelling Mistake Line"
msgstr "Stavefeil linje:"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the line that is used to indicate spelling mistakes.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel fargen på linja som vert brukt til å markera stavefeil.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:182
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Tab and space markers:"
msgid "Tab and Space Markers"
msgstr "Tabulator og mellomromsmerke:"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the tabulator marks.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel fargen på tabulatormerka.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:188
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Indentation"
msgid "Indentation Line"
msgstr "Innrykk"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:190
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "<p>Sets the color of the tabulator marks.</p>"
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the vertical indentation lines.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel fargen på tabulatormerka.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:194
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Bracket highlight:"
msgid "Bracket Highlight"
msgstr "Parentesmerking:"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the bracket matching color. This means, if you place the cursor e.g. at a <b>(</b>, the matching <b>)</b> will be highlighted with this color.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel fargen på parentesmerkinga. Viss du for eksempel plasserer skrivemerket på ein <b>(</b>, vert <b>)</b> vist med denne fargen.</p>"
#| "<p>Sets the background color of the selected marker type.</p>"
#| "<p><b>Note</b>: The marker color is displayed lightly because of transparency.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Sets the background color of mark type.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: The marker color is displayed lightly because of transparency.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel bakgrunnsfargen til den valde markeringstypen.</p>"
" "
"<p><b>Merk</b>: Markeringsfargen vert vist lysare på grunn av gjennomsikt.</p>"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:226
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Text Snippets"
msgid "Text Templates & Snippets"
msgstr "Tekstbitar"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:230
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "@title:column Text style"
#| msgid "Background"
msgid "Background"
msgstr "Bakgrunn"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:235
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Template Editable Placeholder"
msgid "Editable Placeholder"
msgstr "Redigerbar plasshaldar for mal"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:240
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Template Focused Editable Placeholder"
msgid "Focused Editable Placeholder"
msgstr "Fokusert redigerbar plasshaldar for mal"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:245
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Template Not Editable Placeholder"
msgid "Not Editable Placeholder"
msgstr "Ikkje-redigerbar plasshaldar for mal"
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This list displays the default styles for the current schema and offers the means to edit them. The style name reflects the current style settings.</p>"
"<p>To edit the colors, click the colored squares, or select the color to edit from the popup menu.</p>"
"<p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colors from the popup menu when appropriate.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Denne oversikta viser standardstilane til det valde oppsettet, og lèt deg endra dei. Stilnamnet er avhengig av stilinnstillingane.</p>"
"<p>Viss du vil redigera fargane, kan du trykkja på fargerutene eller velja fargen du vil redigera frå sprettoppmenyen.</p>"
"<p>Du kan òg fjerna fargane frå bakgrunnen og merkingsbakgrunnen frå sprettoppmenyen.</p>"
"<p>This list displays the contexts of the current syntax highlight mode and offers the means to edit them. The context name reflects the current style settings.</p>"
"<p>To edit using the keyboard, press <strong><SPACE></strong> and choose a property from the popup menu.</p>"
"<p>To edit the colors, click the colored squares, or select the color to edit from the popup menu.</p>"
"<p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colors from the context menu when appropriate.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Denne oversikta viser kontekstane til den valde syntaksmerkingsmodusen, og lèt deg endra dei. Kontekstnamnet er avhengig av stilinnstillingane.</p>"
"<p>Viss du vil redigera med tastaturet, kan du trykkja trykk <strong>Mellomrom</strong> og velj ein eigenskap frå sprettoppmenyen.</p>"
"<p>Viss du vil redigera fargane, kan du trykkja på fargerutene eller velja fargen du vil redigera frå sprettoppmenyen.</p>"
"<p>Du kan òg fjerna fargane frå bakgrunnen og merkingsbakgrunnen frå sprettoppmenyen.</p>"
"<p>This word was considered to be an \"unknown word\" because it does not match any entry in the dictionary currently in use. It may also be a word in a foreign language.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>If the word is not misspelled, you may add it to the dictionary by clicking <b>Add to Dictionary</b>. If you do not want to add the unknown word to the dictionary, but you want to leave it unchanged, click <b>Ignore</b> or <b>Ignore All</b>.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>However, if the word is misspelled, you can try to find the correct replacement in the list below. If you cannot find a replacement there, you may type it in the text box below, and click <b>Replace</b> or <b>Replace All</b>.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Dette ordet er rekna som «ukjent» fordi det ikkje finst i den ordlista du brukar. Ordet kan vera feilstava eller skrive på eit anna språk.</p>"
" "
"<p>Dersom ordet ikkje er feilstava, kan du leggja det til i ordlista ved å trykkja på <b>Legg til i ordlista</b>. Dersom du ikkje vil leggja ordet til i ordlista, men la det stå urørt, trykkjer du på <b>Ignorer</b> eller <b>Ignorer alle</b>.</p>"
" "
"<p>Dersom ordet er feilstava, kan du prøva å finna den rette skrivemåten i lista nedanfor. Dersom du ikkje finn noko som passar, kan du skriva ordet i skrivefeltet under, og velja <b>Byt ut</b> eller <b>Byt ut alle</b>.</p>"
"<p>The unknown word was detected and considered unknown because it is not included in the dictionary.<br>"
"\n"
"Click here if you consider the unknown word not to be misspelled, and you want to avoid wrongly detecting it again in the future. If you want to let it remain as is, but not add it to the dictionary, then click <b>Ignore</b> or <b>Ignore All</b> instead.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Ordet vart funne og rekna som ukjend fordi det ikkje finst i ordlista.<br/>"
"\n"
"Trykk her dersom du veit at det ukjende ordet ikkje er feilstava, og du vil at stavekontrollen ikkje skal reagera på det i framtida. Dersom du vil la ordet stå utan å leggja det til i ordlista, brukar du i staden knappen <b>Ignorer</b> eller <b>Ignorer alle</b>.</p>"
"<p>If the unknown word is misspelled, you should type the correction for your misspelled word here or select it from the list below.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>You can then click <b>Replace</b> if you want to correct only this occurrence of the word or <b>Replace All</b> if you want to correct all occurrences.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Dersom det ukjende ordet er feilstava, kan du skriva det rette ordet her eller velja eit av framlegga frå lista nedanfor.</p>"
" "
"<p>Du kan deretter trykkja på <b>Byt ut</b> dersom du vil retta akkurat dette ordet, eller <b>Byt ut alle</b> for å retta alle førekomstane av det same ordet.</p>"
"<p>Click here to let this occurrence of the unknown word remain as is.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>This action is useful when the word is a name, an acronym, a foreign word or any other unknown word that you want to use but not add to the dictionary.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Trykk her for å la denne førekomsten av det ukjende ordet stå.</p>"
" "
"<p>Dette kan vera nyttig dersom ordet er eit namn, ei forkorting, eit ord på eit anna språk eller eit anna ukjend ord som du vil bruka utan å leggja det til i ordlista.</p>"
"<p>Click here to let all occurrences of the unknown word remain as they are.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>This action is useful when the word is a name, an acronym, a foreign word or any other unknown word that you want to use but not add to the dictionary.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Trykk her for å la alle førekomstane av det ukjende ordet stå.</p>"
" "
"<p>Dette kan vera nyttig dersom ordet er eit namn, ei forkorting, eit ord på eit anna språk eller eit anna ukjend ord som du vil bruka utan å leggja det til i ordlista.</p>"
"<p>Indents the selected lines or the current line</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>unindent</p>"
"<p>Unindents the selected lines or current line.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>cleanindent</p>"
"<p>Cleans up the indentation of the selected lines or current line according to the indentation settings in the document. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>comment</p>"
"<p>Inserts comment markers to make the selection or selected lines or current line a comment according to the text format as defined by the syntax highlight definition for the document.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>uncomment</p>"
"<p>Removes comment markers from the selection or selected lines or current line according to the text format as defined by the syntax highlight definition for the document.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>goto <b>line number</b></p>"
"<p>This command navigates to the specified line number.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-indent-pasted-text <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>If enabled, indentation of text pasted from the clipboard is adjusted using the current indenter.</p>"
"<p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:95
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Deletes the current clone"
msgid "Deletes the current line."
msgstr "Slettar den gjeldande klonen"
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-tab-width <b>width</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the tab width to the number <b>width</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-replace-tab <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>If enabled, tabs are replaced with spaces as you type.</p>"
"<p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-show-tabs <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>If enabled, TAB characters and trailing whitespace will be visualized by a small dot.</p>"
"<p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-remove-trailing-spaces <b>mode</b></p>"
"<p>Removes the trailing spaces in the document depending on the <b>mode</b>.</p>"
"<p>Possible values:"
"<ul>"
"<li><b>none</b>: never remove trailing spaces.</li>"
"<li><b>modified</b>: remove trailing spaces only of modified lines.</li>"
"<li><b>all</b>: remove trailing spaces in the entire document.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-indent-width <b>width</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the indentation width to the number <b>width</b>. Used only if you are indenting with spaces.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-indent-mode <b>mode</b></p>"
"<p>The mode parameter is a value as seen in the Tools - Indentation menu</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-auto-indent <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Enable or disable autoindentation.</p>"
"<p>possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-line-numbers <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the visibility of the line numbers pane.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-folding-markers <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the visibility of the folding markers pane.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-icon-border <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the visibility of the icon border.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-word-wrap <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Enables dynamic word wrap according to <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-word-wrap-column <b>width</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the line width for hard wrapping to <b>width</b>. This is used if you are having your text wrapped automatically.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-replace-tabs-save <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>When enabled, tabs will be replaced with whitespace whenever the document is saved.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-highlight <b>highlight</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the syntax highlighting system for the document. The argument must be a valid highlight name, as seen in the Tools → Highlighting menu. This command provides an autocompletion list for its argument.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-mode <b>mode</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the mode as seen in Tools - Mode</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-show-indent <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>If enabled, indentation will be visualized by a vertical dotted line.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:186
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Opens the print dialog to print the current document"
msgid "<p>Open the Print dialog to print the current document.</p>"
msgstr "Opnar eit dialogvindauge for å skriva ut dokumentet"
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:301 utils/katecmds.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing argument. Usage: %1 <value>"
msgstr "Manglar argument. Bruk: %1 <value>"
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "No such highlighting '%1'"
msgstr "Syntaksmerking «%1» finst ikkje"
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:320
#, kde-format
msgid "No such mode '%1'"
msgstr "Modusen «%1» finst ikkje"
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:335
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to convert argument '%1' to integer."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje konvertera argumentet «%1» til heiltal."
msgctxt "%2 is the translation of the next message"
msgid "1 replacement done on %2"
msgid_plural "%1 replacements done on %2"
msgstr[0] "1 ubyting utført på %2"
msgstr[1] "%1 ubytingar utførte på %2"
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katesedcmd.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgctxt "substituted into the previous message"
msgid "1 line"
msgid_plural "%1 lines"
msgstr[0] "1 linje"
msgstr[1] "%1 linjer"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/katehelpbutton.cpp:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Kate Handbook."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variableeditor.cpp:188
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "You are about to translate the 'True' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see http://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it."
#| msgid "true"
msgid "true"
msgstr "sann"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variableeditor.cpp:189
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "You are about to translate the 'False' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see http://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it."
#| msgid "false"
msgid "false"
msgstr "usann"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variableeditor.cpp:325
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "none"
msgctxt "value for variable remove-trailing-spaces"
msgid "none"
msgstr "ingen"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variableeditor.cpp:326
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "modified"
msgctxt "value for variable remove-trailing-spaces"
msgid "modified"
msgstr "endra"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variableeditor.cpp:327
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "all"
msgctxt "value for variable remove-trailing-spaces"
msgid "all"
msgstr "alle"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Show list of valid variables."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable automatic insertion of brackets."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the number of autocenter lines."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:146
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Schedule background color:"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the document background color."
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfarge på planen:"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Pressing backspace in leading whitespace unindents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:159
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Block selection mode"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable block selection mode."
msgstr "Blokkmerkingsmodus"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable the byte order mark (BOM) when saving Unicode files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:169
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Set the color for the background."
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the color for the bracket highlight."
msgstr "Vel bakgrunnsfarge."
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:174
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "The background color for the student's line."
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the background color for the current line."
msgstr "Bakgrunnfargen på elevlinja."
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the default dictionary used for spell checking."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable dynamic word wrap of long lines."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Sets the end of line mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:195
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Enable/disable the editor"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable folding markers in the editor border."
msgstr "Vis/gøym redigeringsvindauge for oppføringar."
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable folding preview in the editor border."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the point size of the document font."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:211
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Select to the end of the document"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the font of the document."
msgstr "Merk til slutten av dokumentet"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:225
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Syntax Highlighting"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the syntax highlighting."
msgstr "Syntaksmerking"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the icon bar color."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:235
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable the icon border in the editor view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the auto indentation style."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:245
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Adjust indentation of code pasted from the clipboard"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Adjust indentation of text pasted from the clipboard."
msgstr "Juster innrykk på programkode limd inn frå utklippstavla"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the indentation depth for each indent level."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Allow odd indentation level (no multiple of indent width)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:261
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Show line numbers"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Show line numbers."
msgstr "Vis linjenummer"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Insert newline at end of file on save."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable overwrite mode in the document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:276
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Print the selection"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable persistent text selection."
msgstr "Skriv ut utvalet"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Replace tabs with spaces when saving the document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Replace tabs with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Remove trailing spaces when saving the document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:296
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Show &scrollbar marks"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Show scrollbar minimap."
msgstr "Vis merke i &rullefeltet"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:301
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Show a preview"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Show scrollbar preview."
msgstr "Vis førehandsvising"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:310
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Choose the color scheme"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the color scheme."
msgstr "Vel fargeoppsett"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:315
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Use selection color"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the text selection color."
msgstr "Bruk merkjefargen"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:320
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Trim trailing spaces"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Visualize tabs and trailing spaces."
msgstr "Fjern mellomrom sist på linja"
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable smart home navigation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Pressing TAB key indents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:336
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the tab display width."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:342
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the number of undo steps to remember (0 equals infinity)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:348
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the word wrap column."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Set the word wrap marker color."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: variableeditor/variablelineedit.cpp:358
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Enable &word wrapping"
msgctxt "short translation please"
msgid "Enable word wrap while typing text."
msgstr "Slå &på linjebryting"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Current cursor position. Click to go to a specific line."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert mode and VI input mode indicator. Click to change the mode."
msgid "Please specify the wanted indentation width:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 and %3 are the selected words/chars count, %2 and %4 are the total words/chars count."
msgid "Words %1/%2, Chars %3/%4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:477
#, kde-format
msgid "Cut the selected text and move it to the clipboard"
msgstr "Klipp ut merkt tekst og flytt han til utklippstavla"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgid "Paste previously copied or cut clipboard contents"
msgstr "Lim inn tidlegare kopiert eller utklippa innhald frå utklippstavla"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this command to copy the currently selected text to the system clipboard."
msgstr "Kopier den merkte teksten til utklippstavla."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:485
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Clipboard history"
msgid "Clipboard &History"
msgstr "Utklippshistorikk"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgid "Save the current document"
msgstr "Lagra dokumentet"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:493
#, kde-format
msgid "Revert the most recent editing actions"
msgstr "Angra dei siste redigeringane"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:496
#, kde-format
msgid "Revert the most recent undo operation"
msgstr "Gjer om den sist angra handlinga"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "&Scripts"
msgstr "&Skript"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:504
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply &Word Wrap"
msgstr "B&rekk om teksten"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:505
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Use this to wrap the current line, or to reformat the selected lines as paragraph, to fit the 'Wrap words at' setting in the configuration dialog.<br />"
"<br />"
"This is a static word wrap, meaning the document is changed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "&Clean Indentation"
msgstr "&Fjern innrykk"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Use this to clean the indentation of a selected block of text (only tabs/only spaces).<br />"
"<br />"
"You can configure whether tabs should be honored and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
"Fjern innrykka i det merkte området (berre tabulatorar/mellomrom).<br />"
"<br />"
"I oppsettsvindauget kan du velja om det skal brukast tabulatorar, eller om dei skal bytast ut med mellomrom."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgid "&Align"
msgstr "F&ormater med innrykk"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this to align the current line or block of text to its proper indent level."
msgstr "Juster linja eller det merkte området til rett innrykksnivå."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgid "C&omment"
msgstr "Komme&nter"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:524
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This command comments out the current line or a selected block of text.<br />"
"<br />"
"The characters for single/multiple line comments are defined within the language's highlighting."
msgstr ""
"Kommenter ut linja eller det merkte område.<br />"
"<br />"
"Teikna for kommentering av ei linje eller fleire linjer er definerte i reglane for syntaksmerking av det aktuelle språket."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:529
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Go to previous article"
msgid "Go to previous editing line"
msgstr "Gå til førre innlegg"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to next editing line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgid "Unco&mment"
msgstr "Fje&rn kommentering"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This command removes comments from the current line or a selected block of text.<br />"
"<br />"
"The characters for single/multiple line comments are defined within the language's highlighting."
msgstr ""
"Fjern kommentarteikna frå linja eller det merkte området.<br />"
"<br />"
"Teikna for kommentering av ei linje eller fleire linjer er definerte i reglane for syntaksmerking av det aktuelle språket."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle Comment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgid "&Read Only Mode"
msgstr "&Skriveverna"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:551
#, kde-format
msgid "Lock/unlock the document for writing"
msgstr "Legg til eller fjern skrivesperre"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Uppercase"
msgstr "Store bokstavar"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:560
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert the selection to uppercase, or the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected."
msgstr "Gjer om det merkte området til store bokstavar. Dersom ingen tekst er merkt, vert berre bokstaven til høgre for skrivemerket endra."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgid "Lowercase"
msgstr "Små bokstavar"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert the selection to lowercase, or the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected."
msgstr "Gjer om det merkte området til små bokstavar. Dersom ingen tekst er merkt, vert berre bokstaven til høgre for skrivemerket endra."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgid "Capitalize"
msgstr "Store forbokstavar"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:576
#, kde-format
msgid "Capitalize the selection, or the word under the cursor if no text is selected."
msgstr "Gjer om til store forbokstavar i det merkte området. Dersom ingen tekst er merkt, vert berre forbokstaven i ordet der skrivemerket står endra."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:581
#, kde-format
msgid "Join Lines"
msgstr "Slå saman linjer"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:586
#, kde-format
msgid "Invoke Code Completion"
msgstr "Utfør kodefullføring"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:587
#, kde-format
msgid "Manually invoke command completion, usually by using a shortcut bound to this action."
msgstr "Utfør kommandofullføring manuelt, som regel ved å bruka ein snarveg som er knytt til denne handlinga."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:599
#, kde-format
msgid "Print the current document."
msgstr "Skriv ut dokumentet."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:602
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Show print preview of current document"
msgstr "Vis førehandsvising av dokumentet"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:606
#, kde-format
msgid "Reloa&d"
msgstr "Last om a&tt"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:608
#, kde-format
msgid "Reload the current document from disk."
msgstr "Last dokumentet om att frå disken."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:612
#, kde-format
msgid "Save the current document to disk, with a name of your choice."
msgstr "Lagra dokumentet på disken, med eit namn du vel."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:614
#, kde-format
msgid "Save As with Encoding..."
msgstr "Lagra som med &teiknkoding …"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:620
#, kde-format
msgid "Save &Copy As..."
msgstr "Lagra &kopi som …"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:621
#, kde-format
msgid "Save a copy of the current document to disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:625
#, kde-format
msgid "This command opens a dialog and lets you choose a line that you want the cursor to move to."
msgstr "Opna ein dialog der du kan velja kva for linje du vil flytta skrivemerket til."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:628
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Move to Previous Line"
msgid "Move to Previous Modified Line"
msgstr "Gå til førre linje"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:629
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Move to the previous line"
msgid "Move upwards to the previous modified line."
msgstr "Gå til førre linje"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:633
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Move to Next Line"
msgid "Move to Next Modified Line"
msgstr "Gå til neste linje"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:634
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Move to the next line"
msgid "Move downwards to the next modified line."
msgstr "Gå til neste linje"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:638
#, kde-format
msgid "&Configure Editor..."
msgstr "&Set opp skriveprogram …"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:640
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure various aspects of this editor."
msgstr "Tilpass ymse delar av skriveprogrammet."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:643
#, kde-format
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr "&Modus"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:645
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can choose which mode should be used for the current document. This will influence the highlighting and folding being used, for example."
msgstr "Vel kva modus du vil bruk for det gjeldande dokumentet. Dette vil påverka for eksempel syntaksmerking og falding."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "&Highlighting"
msgstr "&Syntaksmerking"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:650
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can choose how the current document should be highlighted."
msgstr "Vel korleis dokumentet skal syntaksmerkjast."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:653
#, kde-format
msgid "&Schema"
msgstr "&Oppsett"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:658
#, kde-format
msgid "&Indentation"
msgstr "&Innrykk"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:662
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the entire text of the current document."
msgstr "Merk all teksten i dokumentet."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "If you have selected something within the current document, this will no longer be selected."
msgstr "Dersom du alt har merkt noko i dokumentet, vil ikkje dette vera merkt lengre."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:669
#, kde-format
msgid "Enlarge Font"
msgstr "Auk skriftstorleik"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:671
#, kde-format
msgid "This increases the display font size."
msgstr "Auk storleiken på teksten."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:676
#, kde-format
msgid "Shrink Font"
msgstr "Minsk skriftstorleik"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:678
#, kde-format
msgid "This decreases the display font size."
msgstr "Minsk storleiken på teksten."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:681
#, kde-format
msgid "Bl&ock Selection Mode"
msgstr "&Blokkmerkingsmodus"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:684
#, kde-format
msgid "This command allows switching between the normal (line based) selection mode and the block selection mode."
msgstr "Byt mellom vanleg (linjebasert) merkingsmodus og blokkmerkingsmodus."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:688
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch to Next Input Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:690
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Switch to Kid mode"
msgid "Switch to the next input mode."
msgstr "Byt til barnemodus"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:693
#, kde-format
msgid "Overwr&ite Mode"
msgstr "Overskr&ivingsmodus"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:696
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose whether you want the text you type to be inserted or to overwrite existing text."
msgstr "Vel om du vil at teksten du skriv skal setjast inn, eller heller skriva over teksten som finst frå før."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:703
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen."
msgid ""
"If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.<br />"
"<br />"
"This is only a view option, meaning the document will not changed."
msgstr "Denne funksjonen gjer at tekstlinjene vert brotne der tekstruta sluttar."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:707
#, kde-format
msgid "Dynamic Word Wrap Indicators"
msgstr "Merke for dynamisk tekstbryting"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:709
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose when the Dynamic Word Wrap Indicators should be displayed"
msgstr "Vel når merka for dynamisk tekstbryting skal visast"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:711
#, kde-format
msgid "&Off"
msgstr "&Av"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:711
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow &Line Numbers"
msgstr "Følg &linjenummer"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:711
#, kde-format
msgid "&Always On"
msgstr "Alltid &på"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:717
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen."
msgid "If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the column defined in the editing properties."
msgstr "Denne funksjonen gjer at tekstlinjene vert brotne der tekstruta sluttar."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:720
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Static &Word Wrap Marker"
msgstr "Vis merke for &statisk tekstbryting"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:722
#, kde-format
msgid "Show/hide the Word Wrap Marker, a vertical line drawn at the word wrap column as defined in the editing properties"
msgstr "Vis eller gøym merket for tekstbryting, ei loddrett linje som vert vist ved den tekstbrytingskolonnen du har valt i oppsettet."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:726
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Folding &Markers"
msgstr "Vis &faldemerke"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:729
#, kde-format
msgid "You can choose if the codefolding marks should be shown, if codefolding is possible."
msgstr "Du kan velja om faldemerka skal visast dersom kodefalding er mogleg."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:732
#, kde-format
msgid "Show &Icon Border"
msgstr "Vis &ikonramme"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:734
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Show/hide the icon border.<br />"
"<br />"
"The icon border shows bookmark symbols, for instance."
msgstr ""
"Vis eller gøym ikonramma.<br />"
"<br />"
"Ikonramma viser for eksempel bokmerketeikn."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:737
#, kde-format
msgid "Show &Line Numbers"
msgstr "Vis &linjenummer"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:740
#, kde-format
msgid "Show/hide the line numbers on the left hand side of the view."
msgstr "Vis eller gøym linjenummer til venstre for tekstruta."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:743
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Scroll&bar Marks"
msgstr "Vis merke i &rullefeltet"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:745
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Show/hide the marks on the vertical scrollbar.<br />"
"<br />"
"The marks show bookmarks, for instance."
msgstr ""
"Vis eller gøym merka i det loddrette rullefeltet.<br />"
"<br />"
"Desse merka viser for eksempel bokmerke."
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:748
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Show Scroll&bar Marks"
msgid "Show Scrollbar Mini-Map"
msgstr "Vis merke i &rullefeltet"
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:750
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Show/hide the mini-map on the vertical scrollbar.<br />"
"<br />"
"The mini-map shows an overview of the whole document."
msgstr ""
#. i18n("Show the whole document in the Mini-Map"), this);
#. a->setWhatsThis(i18n("Display the whole document in the mini-map.<br /><br />With this option set the whole document will be visible in the mini-map."));
"<p>Quits the application. If <tt>w</tt> is prepended, it also writes the document(s) to disk. This command can be called in several ways:<br />"
" <tt>q</tt> — closes the current view.<br />"
" <tt>qa</tt> — closes all views, effectively quitting the application.<br />"
" <tt>wq</tt> — writes the current document to disk and closes its view.<br />"
" <tt>wqa</tt> — writes all documents to disk and quits.</p>"
"<p>In all cases, if the view being closed is the last view, the application quits. If no file name is associated with the document and it should be written to disk, a file dialog will be shown.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>x/xa — write and quit</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>x[a]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Saves document(s) and quits (e<b>x</b>its). This command can be called in two ways:<br />"
" <tt>x</tt> — closes the current view.<br />"
" <tt>xa</tt> — closes all views, effectively quitting the application.</p>"
"<p>In all cases, if the view being closed is the last view, the application quits. If no file name is associated with the document and it should be written to disk, a file dialog will be shown.</p>"
"<p>Unlike the 'w' commands, this command only writes the document if it is modified.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>sp,split— Split horizontally the current view into two</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>sp[lit]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>The result is two views on the same document.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>vs,vsplit— Split vertically the current view into two</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>vs[plit]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>The result is two views on the same document.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>clo[se]— Close the current view</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>clo[se]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>After executing it, the current view will be closed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>[v]new — split view and create new document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>[v]new</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Splits the current view and opens a new document in the new view. This command can be called in two ways:<br />"
" <tt>new</tt> — splits the view horizontally and opens a new document.<br />"
" <tt>vnew</tt> — splits the view vertically and opens a new document.<br />"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>e[dit] — reload current document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>e[dit]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Starts <b>e</b>diting the current document again. This is useful to re-edit the current file, when it has been changed by another program.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:485
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>b,buffer — Edit document N from the document list</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>b[uffer] [N]</b></tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>bp,bprev — previous buffer</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>bp[revious] [N]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Goes to <b>[N]</b>th previous document (\"<b>b</b>uffer\") in document list. </p>"
"<p> <b>[N]</b> defaults to one. </p>"
"<p>Wraps around the start of the document list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:498
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>bn,bnext — switch to next document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>bn[ext] [N]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Goes to <b>[N]</b>th next document (\"<b>b</b>uffer\") in document list.<b>[N]</b> defaults to one. </p>"
"<p>Wraps around the end of the document list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:506
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>bf,bfirst — first document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>bf[irst]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Goes to the <b>f</b>irst document (\"<b>b</b>uffer\") in document list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>bl,blast — last document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>bl[ast]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Goes to the <b>l</b>ast document (\"<b>b</b>uffer\") in document list.</p>"
msgid "When selected, vi commands will override Kate's built-in commands. For example: Ctrl+R will redo, and override the standard action (showing the search and replace dialog)."
msgstr "Viss det er kryssa av her, vil Vi-kommandoar overstyra dei innebygde kommandoane i Kate. For eksempel vil «Ctrl + R» gjera om ei angring, og ikkje utføra standardhandlinga (visa «søk og byt ut»-ruta)."
"Key mapping is used to change the meaning of typed keys. This allows you to move commands to other keys or make special keypresses for doing a series of commands.\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"\"<F2>\" → \"I-- <esc>\"\n"
"\n"
"This will prepend \"-- \" to a line when pressing F2."
msgstr ""
"Tastebindingar vert brukte til å endra kva ulike tastar gjer. Dette gjer det mogleg å flytta kommandoar til andre tastar, eller definera spesielle tastetrykk for å utføra fleire kommandoar etter kvarandre.\n"
"\n"
"Eksempel:\n"
"«<F2>» → «I-- <esc>»\n"
"\n"
"Dette legg til «-- » på linja når du trykkjer «F2»."
msgctxt "When the binary bridge between browser and Plasma quit (usually it crashed or was otherwise killed), placeholder is the reason"
msgid "The native host disconnected unexpectedly: $1"
msgstr "Lokalverten kopla uventa frå: $1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: general_error_port_startupfail:0
msgctxt "When the binary bridge between browser and Plasma failed to start (e.g. not installed)"
msgid "Failed to connect to the native host. Make sure the 'plasma-browser-integration' package is installed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje kopla til lokalverten. Sjå til at pakken «plasma-browser-integration» er installert."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: general_error_title:0
msgctxt "Title message for most error notifications"
msgid "Plasma Browser Integration Error"
msgstr "Feil ved nettlesarintegrering for Plasma"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: general_error_unknown:0
msgctxt "An unknown error occurred, usually used when an error message by the system is not provided"
msgid "Unknown Error"
msgstr "Ukjend feil"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kdeconnect_open_device:0
msgctxt "Context menu, open link on device $1, similar to 'Open in New Tab'"
msgid "Open on '$1'"
msgstr "Opna på «%1»"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kdeconnect_open_via:0
msgctxt "Context menu, open link on device whose name we don't (yet) know"
msgid "Open via KDE Connect"
msgstr "Send via KDE Connect"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_about_bugs:0
msgid "If you find an issue, please check the <a href=\"$1\">list of open bugs</a> and then <a href=\"$2\">file a bug report</a>."
msgstr "Viss du finn ein feil, sjå først gjennom oversikta over <a href=\"$1\">opne feilrapportar</a> og meld så eventuelt inn <a href=\"$2\">ein ny feilrapport</a>."
msgid "This browser extension was created by the <a href=\"$1\">KDE Community</a>. You can find more information about this project on the <a href=\"$2\">KDE Community Wiki</a>."
msgstr "Denne nettlesarutvidinga var laga av <a href=\"$1\">KDE-fellesskapet</a>. Du kan lesa meir om prosjektet på <a href=\"$2\">wikien</a>."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_about_donate:0
msgid "If you like what you saw, please consider <a href=\"$1\">donating to KDE</a>, so we can continue to make the best free software possible."
msgstr "Viss du likar programmet, vurder å <a href=\"$1\">gje ei pengegåve til KDE</a>, slik at me kan halda fram med å laga den beste frie programvara."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_about_kde:0
msgctxt "KDE description taken from kaboutkdedialog_p.h in kmxlgui"
msgid "KDE is a world-wide community of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and creators who are committed to <a href=\"$1\">Free Software</a> development. KDE produces the Plasma desktop environment, hundreds of applications, and the many software libraries that support them. KDE is a cooperative enterprise: no single entity controls its direction or products. Instead, we work together to achieve the common goal of building the world's finest Free Software. Everyone is welcome to <a href=\"$2\">join and contribute</a> to KDE, including you. Visit <a href=\"$3\">$3</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce."
msgstr "KDE er eit verdsfemnande fellesskap av eldsjeler som programmerar, teiknar, komponerer, dokumenterer, set om eller hjelper til på andre måtar med utvikling av <a href=\"$1\">fri programvare</a>. Me har laga brukarflata Plasma, hundrevis av program og dei mange programbiblioteka desse byggjer på. KDE er eit fellesskap der inga einskild gruppe, firma eller organisasjon har eigarskap til produkta eller styrer retninga den vidare utviklinga skal gå i. Derimot arbeider me saman å oppnå vårt felles mål om å laga fri programvare i verdsklasse. Alle er <a href=\"$2\">velkomne til å bidra</a> – du òg. Du finn meir informasjon om KDE og programma me utviklar på <a href=\"$3\">$3</a>."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_about_license:0
msgid "License: <a href=\"$1\">GNU General Public License Version 3</a>"
msgstr "Lisens: <a href=\"$1\">GNU General Public License versjon 3</a>"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_about_translated_by:0
msgid "Translated by: $1"
msgstr "Omsett av: $1"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_about_translators:0
msgctxt "Name of translators"
msgid "Your names"
msgstr "Karl Ove Hufthammer"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_not_supported_os:0
msgid "This extension is not supported on this operating system."
msgstr "Utvidinga er ikkje støtta på dette operativsystemet."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_breezeScrollBars_description:0
msgctxt "Description for Breeze style scroll bars plugin"
msgid "This may interfere with the appearance of websites that already apply a custom styling to their scroll bars."
msgstr "Dette kan påverka nettstadar som allereie brukar ein tilpassa stil på rullefelta."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_breezeScrollBars_title:0
msgctxt "Title for Breeze style scroll bars plugin"
msgid "Use Breeze-style scroll bars"
msgstr "Bruk rullefelt med Breeze-stil"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_downloads_title:0
msgctxt "Title for Downloads plugin"
msgid "Show downloads in notification area"
msgstr "Vis nedlastingar i varslingsområde"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_kdeconnect_description:0
msgctxt "Description for KDE Connect plugin"
msgid "Adds a context menu entry to links enabling you to send them to your phone and other paired devices using <a href=\"$1\">KDE Connect</a>."
msgstr "Legg til ein høgreklikksmeny for lenkjer som gjer det mogleg å senda dei til telefonen din og andre einingar som brukar <a href=\"$1\">KDE Connect</a>."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_kdeconnect_title:0
msgctxt "Title for KDE Connect plugin"
msgid "Send via KDE Connect"
msgstr "Send via KDE Connect"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_mpris_description:0
msgctxt "Description for Media Controls plugin"
msgid "Lets you control video and audio players in websites using the Media Controller plasmoid."
msgstr "Lèt deg styra video- og lydavspelarar på nettstadar med skjermelementet for mediestyring."
msgctxt "Description for MediaSessions API Control plugin"
msgid "Extract metadata and thumbnails of currently playing content. (Experimental)"
msgstr "Hent ut metadata og miniatyrbilete frå innhaldet som spelar. [Eksperimentell]"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_mpris_media_sessions_title:0
msgctxt "Title for MediaSessions API Control plugin"
msgid "Enhanced Media Controls"
msgstr "Utvida mediakontrollar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_mpris_title:0
msgctxt "Title for Media Controls plugin"
msgid "Media Controls"
msgstr "Mediestyring"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_tabsrunner_description:0
msgctxt "Description for Browser Tabs KRunner plugin"
msgid "Make sure the “Browser Tabs” module is enabled in <a id=\"$1\" href=\"$2\">Plasma Search settings</a>."
msgstr "Sjå til at «nettlesarfaner»-modulen er slått på i <a id=\"$1\" href=\"$2\">søkjeinnstillingane for Plasma</a>."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_plugin_tabsrunner_title:0
msgctxt "Title for Browser Tabs KRunner plugin"
msgid "Find browser tabs in “Run Command” window"
msgstr "Finn nettlesarfane i «Køyr kommando»-vindauget"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_save_failed:0
msgid "Saving settings failed"
msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra innstillingane"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_save_success:0
msgid "Settings successfully saved"
msgstr "Innstillinga er no lagra"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_tab_about:0
msgctxt "The 'About this plugin' tab in settings"
msgid "About"
msgstr "Om"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_tab_general:0
msgctxt "The 'General settings' tab in settings"
msgid "General"
msgstr "Generelt"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: options_title:0
msgctxt "Title for settings page"
msgid "Plasma Integration Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for Plasma-integrering"
+#. +> trunk5
+#: store_description:0
+msgctxt "The extension description on the extension store"
+msgid ""
+"Multitask efficiently by controlling browser functions from the desktop, even while Chrome is in the background. Manage audio and video playback, check downloads in the notification area, send files to your phone using KDE Connect and more inside the KDE Plasma Desktop!\n"
+"\n"
+"The plasma-browser-integration package must be installed for this extension to work. It should be available from your distribution's package manager when running Plasma 5.13 or later.\n"
+"\n"
+"NOTE: This extension is not supported on Debian."
+msgstr ""
+
#~ msgctxt "KDE description taken from kaboutkdedialog_p.h in kmxlgui"
#~ msgid "KDE is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"$1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications. KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you."
#~ msgstr "KDE er eit verdsfemnande fellesskap av eldsjeler som programmerar, teiknar, komponerer, dokumenterer, set om eller hjelper til på andre måtar med utvikling av <a href=\"$1\">fri programvare</a>. Me har laga brukarflata Plasma, hundrevis av program og dei mange programbiblioteka desse byggjer på. KDE er eit fellesskap der inga einskild gruppe, firma eller organisasjon har eigarskap til produkta eller styrer retninga den vidare utviklinga skal gå i. Derimot arbeider me saman å oppnå vårt felles mål om å laga fri programvare i verdsklasse. Alle er velkomne til å bidra – du òg."
msgid "Here you can configure your default file manager. The entries in the K menu and all KDE applications in which you can open folders will use this file manager."
msgstr "Her kan du velja standard filhandsamar. Oppføringane i programmenyen og alle KDE-program der du kan opna mapper vil bruka denne filhandsamaren."
msgid "This service allows you to configure your default email client. All KDE applications which need access to an email client application should honor this setting."
msgstr "Her kan du velja standard e-postprogram. Alle KDE-program som treng tilgang til e-post vil bruka dette e-postprogrammet."
msgid "This service allows you to configure your default terminal emulator. All KDE applications which invoke a terminal emulator application should honor this setting."
msgstr "Her kan du velja standard terminalemulator. Alle KDE-program som startar terminalemulatorar vil bruka denne emulatoren."
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcms/componentchooser/EXAMPLE.desktop:1
msgctxt "Name"
msgid "A nice name you have chosen for your interface"
msgstr "Eit fint namn du har valt for grensesnittet"
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcms/componentchooser/EXAMPLE.desktop:89
msgctxt "Comment"
msgid "A helpful description of the interface for the top right info box"
msgstr "Ei hjelpsam skildring av grensesnittet for infoboksen oppe til høgre"
msgid "Mouse,Mouse acceleration,Mouse threshold,Mouse buttons,Selection,Cursor Shape,Input Devices,Button Mapping,Click,icons,feedback,Pointers,Drag,Double Click,Single Click,mapping,right handed,left handed,Pointer Device,Mouse Wheel,Mouse Emulation,Mouse Navigation,Mouse Drag and Drop,Mouse Scrolling,Mouse Sensitivity,Move Mouse with Num Pad,Mouse Num Pad Emulation"
msgstr "mus,peikarakselerasjon,peikarterskel,knappar,val,peikarform,inndataeiningar,knappetilordning,klikk, ikon,oppstartsmelding,peikarar,dra,dobbeltklikk,enkeltklikk,knapperekkjefølgje,høgrehendt,venstrehendt,peikareining,musehjul,musemulering,musenavigasjon,dra-og-slepp med mus,muserulling,flytt mus med taltastatur,museemulering med taltastatur"
msgid "Enables switching keyboard layout through shortcuts or system tray"
msgstr "Byte av tasteoppsett via snøggtastar eller systemtrauet"
# Vert kalla «Shortcuts» her på engelsk, då «Keyboard Shortcuts» er for langt. Men det problemet har me ikkje på norsk, så her vert både «Global Shortcuts» og «Global Keyboard Shortcuts» til «Globale snøggtastar» (det er alltid snakk om snøggtastar, ikkje andre typar snarvegar).
msgid "Mouse,Mouse acceleration,Mouse threshold,Mouse buttons,Selection,Cursor Shape,Input Devices,Button Mapping,Click,icons,feedback,Pointers,Drag,mapping,right handed,left handed,Pointer Device,Mouse Wheel,Mouse Emulation,Mouse Navigation,Mouse Drag and Drop,Mouse Scrolling,Mouse Sensitivity,Move Mouse with Num Pad,Mouse Num Pad Emulation"
msgstr "mus,peikarakselerasjon,peikarterskel,knappar,val,peikarform,inndataeiningar,knappetilordning,klikk, ikon,oppstartsmelding,peikarar,dra,knapperekkjefølgje,høgrehendt,venstrehendt,peikareining,musehjul,musemulering,musenavigasjon,dra-og-slepp med mus,muserulling,flytt mus med taltastatur,museemulering med taltastatur"
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcms/nightcolor/kcm_nightcolor.desktop:18
#: kcms/nightcolor/package/metadata.desktop:2
msgctxt "Name"
msgid "Night Color"
msgstr "Nattfargar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcms/nightcolor/kcm_nightcolor.desktop:52
#: kcms/nightcolor/package/metadata.desktop:36
msgctxt "Comment"
msgid "Adjust color temperature at night to reduce eye strain"
msgstr "Juster fargetemperaturen ved kveldstid for å gjera det mindre anstrengjande for auga"
msgid "<p><b>Julia</b> is a high-level, high-performance dynamic programming language for technical computing, with syntax that is familiar to users of other technical computing environments. It provides a sophisticated compiler, distributed parallel execution, numerical accuracy, and an extensive mathematical function library.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/julia/juliabackend.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The url to the documentation of Julia, please check if there is a translated version and use the correct url"
msgid "http://docs.julialang.org/en/latest/"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/julia/juliabackend.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid "Julia backend uses special binary file - %1 (installed with Julia backend), which must be executable"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (replPath), group (JuliaBackend)
msgid "Lua backend needs installed Lua programming language. The backend often automatically finds needed Lua binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Lua executable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/lua/luabackend.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "In Lua backend settings a path to Lua binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Lua? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/lua/luabackend.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Lua official documentation"
msgid "http://www.lua.org/docs.html"
msgstr "http://www.lua.org/docs.html"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/lua/luabackend.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p> Lua is a fast and lightweight scripting language, with a simple procedural syntax. There are several libraries in Lua aimed at math and science.</p>"
"<p>This backend supports luajit 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p> Lua er eit lite og kjapt skriptspråk, med ein enkel syntaks. Det finst fleire Lua-bibliotek for matematikk og forsking.</p>"
"<p>Denne motoren støttar LuaJIT 2.</p>"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (LuaBackend)
msgid "Maxima backend needs installed Maxima - a computer algebra system. The backend often automatically finds needed binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Maxima executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/maxima/maximabackend.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "In Maxima backend settings a path to maxima binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Maxima? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximabackend.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation of Maxima, please check if there is a translated version and use the correct url"
msgid "Maxima is a system for the manipulation of symbolic and numerical expressions, including differentiation, integration, Taylor series, Laplace transforms, ordinary differential equations, systems of linear equations, polynomials, and sets, lists, vectors, matrices, and tensors. Maxima yields high precision numeric results by using exact fractions, arbitrary precision integers, and variable precision floating point numbers. Maxima can plot functions and data in two and three dimensions. "
msgstr "Maxima er eit system for manipulering av symbolske og numeriske uttrykk, som derivering, integrering, Taylor-utvikling, Laplace-transformasjonar, enkle differensiallikningar, system med lineære likningar, polynom, mengder, lister, vektorar, matriser og tensorar. Maxima gjev numeriske resultat med høg presisjon ved å bruka eksakte brøkar og heil- og flyttal med vilkårleg presisjon. Maxima kan plotta funksjonar og data i to og tre dimensjonar. "
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (MaximaBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximabackend.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to the Maxima executable"
msgstr "Adresse til Maxima-programfila"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (MaximaBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximabackend.kcfg:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Url to the local Maxima documentation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaexpression.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Too many */"
msgstr "Feil: For mange */"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaexpression.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Too many /*"
msgstr "Feil: For mange /*"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaexpression.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: expected \" before ;"
msgstr "Feil: venta \" før ;"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaexpression.cpp:356
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Waiting for others"
msgid "Waiting for the plot result"
msgstr "Ventar på andre"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaextensions.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Maxima batch file (*.mac)"
msgstr "Maxima-batchfil (*.mac)"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximasession.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to start Maxima"
msgstr "Klarte ikkje starta Maxima"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximasession.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Maxima crashed. restarting..."
msgstr "Maxima krasja. Startar på nytt …"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximasession.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Maxima crashed twice within a short time. Stopping to try starting"
msgstr "Maxima har krasja to gongar på kort tid. Stoppar omstartinga."
msgid "Octave backend needs installed Octave programming language. The backend often automatically finds needed Octave binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Octave binary file with command line interface (CLI)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/octave/octavebackend.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "In Octave backend settings a path to Octave binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Octave? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/octave/octavebackend.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation of Octave, please check if there is a translated version (currently Czech and Japanese) and use the correct url"
"GNU Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. <br/>"
"It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab."
msgstr ""
"GNU Octave er eit høgnivå-språk mest meint for numeriske utrekningar.<br/>"
"Det har eit praktisk kommandolinje-grensesnitt for å løysa lineære og ikkje-lineære likningar numerisk, og for å utføra andre numeriske eksperiment ved bruk av eit språk som for det meste er kompatibelt med Matlab."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (OctaveBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/octave/octavebackend.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to the Octave executable"
msgstr "Adresse til Octave-programfila"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (OctaveBackend)
"<p>Python is a remarkably powerful dynamic programming language that is used in a wide variety of application domains. There are several Python packages to scientific programming.</p>"
"<p>This backend supports Python 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Python er eit særs kraftig dynamisk programmeringsspråk som er teke i bruk på mange ulike bruksområde. Det finst fleire Python-pakkar for vitskapleg programmering.</p>"
"<p>Denne bakgrunnsmotoren støttar Python 2.</p>"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (Python2Backend)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (Python3Backend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python2/python2backend.kcfg:9
#: backends/python3/python3backend.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Url to the local Python documentation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python3/python3backend.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation Python 3"
msgid "http://docs.python.org/3/"
msgstr "http://docs.python.org/3/"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python3/python3backend.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Python is a remarkably powerful dynamic programming language that is used in a wide variety of application domains. There are several Python packages to scientific programming.</p>"
"<p>This backend supports Python 3.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Python er eit særs kraftig dynamisk programmeringsspråk som er teke i bruk på mange ulike bruksområde. Det finst fleire Python-pakkar for vitskapleg programmering.</p>"
msgid "Qalculate! is not your regular software replication of the cheapest available calculator. Qalculate! aims to make full use of the superior interface, power and flexibility of modern computers. The center of attention in Qalculate! is the expression entry. Instead of entering each number in a mathematical expression separately, you can directly write the whole expression and later modify it. The interpretation of expressions is flexible and fault tolerant, and if you nevertheless do something wrong, Qalculate! will tell you so. Not fully solvable expressions are however not errors. Qalculate! will simplify as far as it can and answer with an expression. In addition to numbers and arithmetic operators, an expression may contain any combination of variables, units, and functions."
msgstr "«Qalculate!» er ikkje ein vanleg dataversjon av den billegaste kalkulatoren som er å få. Programmet utnyttar krafta, fleksibiliteten og brukargrensesnittet i moderne datamaskiner. Hovudvekta er på inntasting av matematiske uttrykk. I staden for å tasta inn kvart tal i eit matematisk uttrykk for seg, kan du skriva inn heile uttrykket, og endra det sidan. Uttrykkstolkinga er fleksibel og feiltolerant, og viss du likevel gjer noko som er feil, vil «Qalculate!» seia frå om det. Men uttrykk som ikkje kan verta fullt rekna ut er ikkje feil. «Qalculate!» vil då forenkla så mykje som mogleg, og svara med eit uttrykk. Forutan tal og rekneoperatorar kan eit uttrykk innehalda ein vilkårleg kombinasjon av variablar, einingar og funksjonar."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (postConversion), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "If and how units will be automatically converted. If true, convert to the best suited SI units (the least amount of units)."
msgstr "Om og korleis einingar skal gjerast om automatisk. Viss det er kryssa av her, vert dei gjorde om til dei mest passande SI-einingane (færrast einingar)."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (angleUnit), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:13
#, kde-format
msgid "Default angle unit for trigonometric functions."
msgstr "Standard vinkeleining for trigonometriske funksjonar."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (base), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:23
#, kde-format
msgid "Base of parsed and evaluated numbers."
msgstr "Grunntal for tal som vert tolka og vert rekna ut."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (structuring), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:32
#, kde-format
msgid "If the evaluation result will be simplified or factorized."
msgstr "Om resultatet av utrekninga skal forenklast eller faktoriserast."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fractionFormat), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:42
#, kde-format
msgid "If rational numbers will be displayed with decimals, as a fraction, or something in between."
msgstr "Om rasjonale tal skal visast med desimalar, som brøk eller ein mellomting."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indicateInfiniteSeries), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Show that the digit series of a number continues forever with three dots, instead of rounding (ex. 2/3 displays as 0.666666... instead of 0.666667)."
msgstr "Bruk tre prikkar for å merkera at dei gjentekne siffera i eit tal held fram for alltid, i staden for å runda av (for eksempel vert 2/3 vert vist som 0,666666… i staden for 0.666667)."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useAllPrefixes), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Use all decimal SI prefixes. If false, prefixes which is not a multiple of thousand (centi, deci, deca, hecto) will not be used automatically."
msgstr "Bruk alle desimale SI-prefiks. Viss det ikkje er kryssa av her, vert prefiks som ikkje er multiplum av tusen (centi, desi, deka, hekto) ikkje brukte automatisk."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (negativeExponents), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:54
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "If true, negative exponents will be used instead of division (ex. 5/x^2 becomes 5*x^-2)."
msgstr "Viss dette er sant vert det brukt negative eksponentar i staden for divisjon (eks. 5/x^2 vert 5*x^-2)."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (minExp), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:64
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Numerical display:"
msgid "Numerical display."
msgstr "Talvising:"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (inlinePlot), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:68
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "If true, plots will be displayed inside the worksheet. If not they appear in a separate window."
msgstr "Viss dette er sant vert plott vist inne i arbeidsarket, elles vert vist det i separate vindauge."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (coloredPlot), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:72
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Whether colors should be used in plots."
msgstr "Om fargar skal brukast i plott."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotGrid), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:76
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Whether a grid should be plotted."
msgstr "Om rutenett skal plottast."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotBorder), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:80
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Whether full borders should be drawn around the plot."
msgstr "Om heltrukne kantar skal teiknast rundt plottet."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotLineWidth), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:84
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Width of lines, in pixels."
msgstr "Linjebreidd, i piksler."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotSteps), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:88
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Number of interpolation steps to be used in plotting."
msgstr "Mengd interpoleringssteg som skal brukast i plotting."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotSmoothing), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:99
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Smoothing mode in plots."
msgstr "Utjamning"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotStyle), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:113
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Style of plots."
msgstr "Stil for plott."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotLegend), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:126
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Legend position in plots."
msgstr "Posisjon for skildring i plott."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:157
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Qalculate reports it cannot print. Is gnuplot installed?"
msgstr "Qalculate melder at det ikkje klarer å skriva ut. Er gnuplot installert?"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:178
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgctxt "QRegularExpression|"
#| msgid "missing )"
msgid "missing %1"
msgstr "manglar )"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:268
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "%1 must be a number."
msgstr "%1 må vera eit heiltal."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:269
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "%1 must be a integer."
msgstr "%1 må vera eit heiltal."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:270
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "%1 must be a boolean."
msgstr "%1 må vera boolsk."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:271
#, fuzzy, kde-format
#| msgid "Invalid option: "
msgid "invalid option for %1: %2"
msgstr "Ugyldig val: "
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:598
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "found multiple expressions in one plot command (%1 and %2)."
msgstr "fann fleire uttrykk i éin plottekommando (%1 og %2)."
msgid "Image to save plot to. If empty shows plot in a window on the screen. If inline=true the image is shown regardless of this option."
msgstr "Bilete som plotta skal lagrast til. Viss det er tomt vise si plotta i eit vindauge på skjermen. Viss inline=truga verta biletet vist uansett dette valet."
msgid "Where the plot legend shall be placed. One of none, top_left, top_right, bottom_left, bottom_right, below, outside"
msgstr "Der forklaringa skal plasserast på plottet. Ein av ingen. øvst til venstre, øvst til høgre, nedst til venstre, nedst til høgre, under, utanfor"
"R is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics, similar to the S language and environment. <br/>"
"It provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and nonlinear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity."
msgstr ""
"R er eit språk og grensesnitt for statistisk utrekning og grafikk. Det har likskapstrekk med S-språket og miljøet. <br/>"
"Det omfattar ei rekkje statistiske (lineær og ikkje-lineær modellering, klassiske statistiske testar, tidsserieanalyse, klassifisering, klyngjeanalyse m.m.) og grafiske teknikkar, og det er i høg grad utvidbart. S-språket er ofte føretrekt når det gjeld forsking innanfor statistisk metodologi, og R er eit alternativ under open kjeldekode til slik aktivitet."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (RBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/R/rserver/rserver.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Url to the local R documentation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/R/rsettingswidget.cpp:33
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Double click to open file selection dialog"
msgstr "Dobbelttrykk for å opne filvelgerdialogen"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/R/rsettingswidget.cpp:53
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "*.R *.r|R source files (*.R, *.r)"
msgstr "*.R *.r|R-kildefiler (*.R, *.r)"
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/sage/sagebackend.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Sage backend needs installed Sage programming language. The backend often automatically finds needed Sage binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Sage executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/sage/sagebackend.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "In Sage backend settings a path to Sage binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Sage? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/sage/sagebackend.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation of Sage, please check if there is a translated version and use the correct url"
msgid "Scilab backend needs installed Scilab programming language. The backend often automatically finds needed Scilab binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Scilab executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/scilab/scilabbackend.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "In Scilab backend settings a path to Scilab binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Scilab? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/scilab/scilabbackend.cpp:111
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation of Scilab, please check if there is a translated version and use the correct url"
"<p>Scilab is a free software, cross-platform numerical computational package and a high-level, numerically oriented programming language.</p>"
"Scilab is distributed under CeCILL license (GPL compatible)"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Åtvaring:</b> denne bakgrunnsmotoren verkar berre med Scilab versjon 5.5 eller seinare,</p>"
" "
"<p> Scilab er ein programpakke for numeriske beregninger, med fri programvare for fleire plattformer, og òg eit høynivå programmeringsspråk for numeriske beregninger.</p>"
" Scilab vert utgjeve under CeCILL-lisensen (GPL-kompatibel)"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (ScilabBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/scilab/scilabbackend.kcfg:10
#, fuzzy, kde-format
msgid "Path to scilab-adv-cli command (Warning: Scilab version must better or equal than 5.4 version)"
msgstr "Stig til kommandoen scilab-adv-cli. Åtvaring: Scilab-versjonen må vera 5.4 eller betre."
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/scilab/scilabextensions.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid ";;Scilab script file (*.sce);;Scilab function file (*.sci)"